07. Previous Year Questions: Coordinate Geometry

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: The distance of the point (4, 0) from x-axis is:
(a) 4 units
(b) 16 units
(c) 0 units
(d) 4√2 units 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Distance of point (4, 0) from x-axis is 0 units.

Q2: The distance of the point A(-3, -4) from x-axis is 
(a) 3 
(b) 4 
(c) 5 
(d) 7

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Distance of the point A(-3, -4) from x-axis = absolute value of the ordinate = 4 units.

Q3: AOBC is a rectangle whose three vertices are A(0, 2), B(0, 0) and 8(4, 0). The square of the length of its diagonal is equal to:
(a) 36
(b) 20
(c) 16
(d) 4

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
In rectangle AOBC, AB is the diagonal, where A(0, 2) and B(4, 0).
∴ By distance formula,

Q4: The coordinates of the centre of a circle are (2a, a – 7). Find the value(s) of ‘a’ if the circle passes through the point (11, -9) and has diameter 10√2 units.

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Given, diameter 
Since, circle passes through (11, -9)
∴ Using distance formula, we have
(11 – 2a)2 + (-9 – a + 7)= (5√2)2
⇒ 121 + 4a2 – 44a + a2 + 4 + 4a = 50
⇒ 5a² – 40a + 125 – 50 = 0
⇒ 5a² – 40a + 75 = 0
⇒ a² – 8a + 15 = 0
⇒ a² – 3a – 5a + 15 = 0
a(a – 3) – 5(a – 3) = 0
⇒ (a – 3)(a – 5) = 0 ⇒ a = 3 or 5

Q5: Prove that abscissa of a point P which is equidistant from points with coordinates A(7, 1) and B(3, 5) is 2 more than its ordinate. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the point P be (x, y). 
Since, P is equidistant from A(7, 1) and 8(3, 5), we get PA = PB 


Hence, abscissa of point P is 2 more than its ordinate. 

Q6: If the mid-point of the line segment joining the points (a, 4) and (2, 2b) is (2, 6), then the value of (a + b) is given by: 
(a) 6 
(b) 7
(c) 8 
(d) 16

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Let the coordinates be A(a, 4), B(2, 2b) and C(2, 6) respectively.  

On comparing the coordinates, we get 

∴ a + b = 2 + 4 = 6

Q7: Two of the vertices of ΔPQR are P(-1, 5) and Q(5, 2). The coordinates of a point which divides PQ in the ratio 2 : 1 are: 
(a) (3, -3)
(b) (5, 5)
(c) (3,3) 
(d) (5, 1)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c) 
Let (x, y) be the coordinates of a point that divides P(-1, 5) and Q(5, 2) in the ratio 2:1. 
By section formula,  

∴ Required coordinates are (3, 3).

Q8: The line represented by  intersects x-axis and y-axis respectively at P and Q. The coordinates of the mid-point of line segment PQ are: 
(a) (2, 3) 
(b) (3, 2) 
(c) (2, 0) 
(d) (0, 3) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) 

⇒ 3x + 2y = 12 … (i) 
Put x = 0 in (i), we have 3(0) + 2y = 12 ⇒ y = 12/2 = 6 
Coordinates of Q are (0, 6). 
Put y = 0 in (i), we have 3x + 2(0) = 12 

∴ Coordinates of P are (4, 0) 
∴ Coordinates of mid point of PQ

Q9: The mid-point of the line segment joining the points P(-4, 5) and Q(4, 6) lies on: 
(a) x-axis 
(b) y-axis 
(c) origin 
(d) neither x-axis nor y-axis

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Mid-point of PQ 
Here, x-coordinate is zero. 
So, mid-point lies on y-axis.

Q10: If the mid-point of the line segment joining the points A(3, 4) and B(k, 6) is P(x, y) and x + y – 10 = 0, find the value of k.

Hide Answer  

Ans: By mid point formula 


Now, put y = 5, in x + y – 10 = 0, we have 
⇒ x + 5 – 10 = 0⇒ x=5 

⇒ k = 10 – 3 = 7

Q11: Find the coordinates of the points which divide the line segment joining A(-2, 2) and B(2, 8) into four equal parts.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let P, Q and R divides the line joining AB into four equal parts. 
Now, point P divides the line segment AB in 1 : 3. 

∴ The coordinates of P are given by

∴ The coordinates of P are 
Point Q divides the line segment in 1:1 i.e., Q is mid point of AB. 

∴ The coordinates of Q are (0, 5). 
Point R divides AB in 3 : 1 
The coordinates of R are given by

∴ The coordinates of R are 

Q12: Find the ratio in which the y-axis divides the line segment joining the points (5, -6) and (-1, -4). Also find the point of intersection.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the point P(0, y) on y-axis divides the line segment joining the points A(5, -6) and B(-1, -4) in the ratio k : 1.

∴ By section formula, we have, 
⇒ -k + 5 = 0 ⇒ k = 5 … (i)


Hence, the required point is  and the required ratio is 5 : 1.

Q13: If the points A(6, 1), B(p, 2), C(9, 4) and D(7, q) are the vertices of a parallelogram ABCD, then find the values of p and q. Hence, check whether ABCD is a rectangle or not.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Since, ABCD be a parallelogram. 
∴ Mid-point of AC = Mid-point of BO  


Thus, it is not a rectangle. 

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1: Assertion (A): The point which divides the line segment joining the points A (1, 2) and B (–1, 1) internally in the ratio 1 : 2 is 
Reason (R): The coordinates of the point which divides the line segment joining the points A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) in the ratio m1 : m2 are   (1 Mark) (CBSE 2024)

(a) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true and reason (R) is the correct explanation of assertion (A). 

(b) Both assertion (A) and reason (R) are true but reason (R) is not the correct explanation of assertion (A). 

(c) Assertion (A) is true but reason (R) is false. 

(d) Assertion (A) is false but reason (R) is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

Assertion says that point ( -13 , 53 ) divides the line joining the points A(1,2) and B(-1,1) in 1:2.

∴ By section formula,

x = m1x2 + m2x1m1 + m2

= 1×(-1) + 2×13 = 13

y = m1y2 + m2y1m1 + m2

= 1×1 + 2×21+2

= 1 + 43

= 53

which is not equal to RHS i.e. 1/3

Q2: Find a relation between x and y such that the point P(x, y) is equidistant from the points A(7, 1) and B(3, 5).    (3 Marks) (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Since, P(x, y) is equidistant from A(7, 1) and B(3, 5)
So, PA = PB
⇒ PA2 = PB2
⇒ (x – 7)2 + (y – 1)2 = (x – 3)2 + (y – 5)2
⇒ x2 + 49 – 14x + y2 + 1 – 2y = x2 + 9 – 6x + y2 + 25 – 10y
⇒ 6x – 14x + 50 – 34 + 10y – 2y = 0
⇒ – 8x + 8y + 16 = 0
⇒ 8x – 8y – 16 = 0
⇒ 8(x – y – 2) = 0
⇒ x – y – 2 = 0
⇒ x – y = 2

Q3: Points A(–1, y) and B(5, 7) lie on a circle with centre O(2, –3y) such that AB is a diameter of the circle. Find the value of y. Also, find the radius of the circle.       (3 Marks) (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: A (– 1, y); B(5, 7)
Since, AB is a diameter of circle and O is the centre of the circle.
OA = OB i.e., O divides AB in 1 : 1
So m1 : m2 = 1 : 1
So 
⇒ 
⇒ – 6y = y + 7
⇒ – 7y = 7
⇒ y = – 1
Point O = (2, 3), A = (–1, – 1)
Now,


So, radius of circles = 5 units

Q4: Find the ratio in which the line segment joining the points (5, 3) and (–1, 6) is divided by Y-axis.    (3 Marks) (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
If y-axis divides points (5, 3) and (–1, 6) then coordinate of that point will be (0, y). Let P(0, y) divides A(5, 3) and B(–1, 6) in k : 1.
m1 : m2 = k : 1

⇒ 0 × (k + 1) = – k + 5
⇒ 0 = – k + 5
⇒ k = 5
So, m1 : m2 = 5 : 1

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q1: The distance of the point (-1, 7) from the x-axis is  (1 Mark) (2023)
(a) -1
(b) 7
(c) 6
(d) √50    [2023, 1 Mark]

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Distance from x-axis = y-coordinate of point = 7 units

Q2: Assertion (A): Point P(0, 2) is  the point of intersection of the y-axis with the line 3x + 2y = 4.   (1 Mark) (2023)
Reason (R): The distance of point P(0, 2) from the x-axis is 2 units.
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)

  • Assertion (A):To find the intersection of the y-axis with the line 3x + 2y = 4, set x = 0:3(0) + 2y = 4 ⇒ y = 2. So, the point of intersection is P(0,2).Assertion (A) is true.
  • Reason (R):The distance of point P(0,2) from the x-axis is indeed 2 units.Reason (R) is true.

However, Reason (R) does not explain Assertion (A); it is just a separate true statement.
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).

Q3: The distance of the point (-6, 8) from origin is   (1 Mark) (2023)
(a) 6
(b) -6
(c) 8
(d) 10

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Distance of the point (-6, 8) from origin (0, 0)

= 10 Units

Q4: The points (-4, 0), (4, 0) and (0, 3) are the vertices of a   (1 Mark) (CBSE 2023)
(a) right triangle
(b) isosceles triangle
(c) equilateral triangle
(d) scalene triangle 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
The points be A(-4, 0), B(4, 0) and C(0, 3).
Using distance formula


= 8 units


 = 5 units


 = 5 units
And, AB2 ≠  BC2 + CA [∵ BC = CA]
∴ ΔABC is an isosceles triangle.

Q5: The centre of a circle is (2a, a – 7). Find the values of ‘a’ if the circle passes through the point (11, -9). Radius of the circle is 5√2 cm.     (3 Marks) (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given centre of a circle is(2a, a – 7 )

Radius of the circle is 5√2 cm.
∴ Distance between centre (2a, a – 7) and (11, – 9 ) = radius of circle.

Q6: In what ratio, does the x-axis divide the line segment joining the points A(3, 6) and B(-12, -3) ?   (1 Mark) (2023)
(a) 1 : 2 
(b) 1 : 4
(c) 4 : 1
(d) 2 : 1

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Let the point on the x-axis be (x, 0) which divides the line segment joining the points A(3, 6) and B(-12, -3) in the ratio k : 1

Using section formula, we have

(x, 0) = (-12)k + 3(1)k + 1 , (-3)k + 6(1)k + 1

⇒ -3k + 6k + 1 = 0

⇒ -3k + 6 = 0

⇒ k = 2

Hence, the required ratio is 2 : 1.

Q7: Case Study: Jagdish has a Field which is in the shape of a right angled triangle AQC. He wants to leave a space in the form of a square PQRS inside the field for growing wheat and the remaining for growing vegetables (as shown in the figure). In the field, there is a pole marked as O.   (4/5/6 Marks) (CBSE 2023)

Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
(i) Taking O as origin, coordinates of P are (-200, 0) and of Q are (200, 0). PQRS being a square, what are the coordinates of R and S?
(ii) (a) What is the area of square PQRS?

OR
(b) What is the length of diagonal PR in square PQRS?
(iii) If S divides CA in the ratio K: 1, what is the value of K, where point A is (200, 800)?

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) We have. P = (-200, 0) and Q = (200, 0)

The coordinates of R and S are (200, 400) and (-200, 400).
(ii) (a) The length PQ = 200 + 200 = 400 units.
Area of square PQRS = 400  x 400 = 160000 sq. units.

OR

(b) Length of diagonal PR = √2  x length of side = 400√2 units.
(iii) Here,

Using section formula, we have
∴ Kx2 + x1K + 1 , Ky2 + y1K + 1 = (-200, 400)

⇒ K(200) + (-600)K + 1 , K(800) + 0K + 1 = (-200, 400)

⇒ 200K – 600K + 1 , 800KK + 1 = (-200, 400)

∴ 800KK + 1 = 400

⇒ 800K = 400K + 400

⇒ 400K = 400

⇒ K = 1

Also read: Important Definitions & Formulas: Coordinate Geometry

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q1: The line represented by 4x – 3y = 9 intersects the y-axis at   (2022)
(a) (0, -3)
(b) (9/4, 0)
(c) (-3, 0)
(d) (0, 9/4)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Given, the equation of line is 4x- 3y = 9.
Putting x = 0, we get 4x(0) – 3y = 9 ⇒ y =  -3
So, the line 4x – 3y = 9 intersects the y-axis at (0, -3).

Q2: The point on x-axis equidistant from the points P(5, 0) and Q(-1, 0) is   (2022)
(a) (2, 0)
(b) (-2, 0)
(c) (3, 0)
(d) (2, 2)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Let coordinates of the point on the x-axis be R (x, 0).

√((x – 5)² + (0 – 0)²) = √((x + 1)² + (0 – 0)²)

Simplify:

(x – 5)² = (x + 1)²

Expand:

x² – 10x + 25 = x² + 2x + 1

Solve for x:

-10x + 25 = 2x + 1

⇒ -12x = -24

⇒ x = 2

So, the point is (2, 0).

Q3: The x-coordinate of a point P is twice its y-coordinate. If P is equidistant front Q(2, -5) and R(-3, 6), then the coordinates of P are   (2022)
(a) (8, 16)
(b) (10, 20)
(c) (20, 10)
(d) (16, 8)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Let coordinate of point P= t
So, .(x-coordinate of point P = 2t  ∴ Point is P (2t, t).
Given, PQ = RP ⇒ PQ2 = RP2
⇒ (2t – 2)2 + (t + 5)2 = (2t + 3)2 + (t – 6)2  [By distance formula]
⇒ 4t– 8t + 4 + t2 + 10t + 25 = 4t2+ 12t + 9  +  t2– 12t + 36
⇒ 2t = 16
t = 8
P = 2t = 2 x 8 = 16
Coordinates of P are (16,  8).

Q4: The ratio in which the point (-4, 6) divides the line segment joining the points A(-6, 10) and B(3, -8) is   (2022)
(a) 2 : 5
(b) 7 : 2
(c) 2 : 7
(d) 5 : 2

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Let point P(-4, 6) divides the line segment AB in the ratio m1: m2.

By section formula, we have

(-4,6) = 3m1 – 6m2m1 + m2 , -8m1 + 10m2m1 + m2

Now, -4 = 3m1 – 6m2m1 + m2

⇒ 3m1 – 6m2 = -4m1 – 4m2

⇒ 7m1 = 2m2 ∴ m1 : m2 = 2:7

Putting the value of m1 : m2 in the y-coordinate, we get

-8m1 +10m1 + m2 = -8 × 27 + 10

-167 + 10 = 6

Hence, the required ratio is 2:7.

Q5: Case Study: Shivani is an interior decorator. To design her own living room, she designed wail shelves. The graph of intersecting wail shelves is given below:   (2022)

Based on the above information, answer the following questions:
(i) If O is the origin, then what are the coordinates of S?
(a) (-6, -4)
(b) (6, 4)
(c) (-6, 4)
(d) (6, -4)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Coordinates of S are (-6, 4).

(ii) The coordinates of the mid-point of the line segment joining D and H is
(a) 

(b) (3, -1)
(c) (3, 1)
(d) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Coordinates of D are (-2, -4) and coordinates of H are (8, 2).
∴ Midpoint of DH = 

(iii) The ratio in which the x-axis divides the line-segment joining the points A and C is
(a) 2 : 3 
(b) 2 : 1
(c) 1 : 2
(d) 1 : 1 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Coordinates of A are (-2, 4) and coordinates of C are (4, -4).
Let (x, 0) divides the line segment joining the points A and C in the ratio m1 : m2
By section formula, we have

(x, 0) = 4m1 – 2m2m1 + m2 , -4m1 + 4m2m1 + m2

Now, 0 = -4m1 + 4m2m1 + m2

⇒ -4m1 + 4m2 = 0

⇒ m1 : m2 = 1:1

(iv) The distance between the points P and G is
(a) 16 units
(b) 3√74 units
(c) 2√74 units
(d) √74 units

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Coordinates of P are (-6, -4) and coordinates of G are (8, 6).

(v) The coordinates of the vertices of rectangle IJKL are
(a) I(2, 0), J(2, 6), K(8,6), L(8, 2)
(b) I(2, -2), J(2, -6), K(8, – 6), L(8, -2)
(c) I(-2, 0), J(-2, 6), K(-8, 6), L(-8, 2)
(d) I(-2, 0), J(-2, -6), K(-8, -6), L(-8, -2)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Coordinates of vertices of rectangle IJKL are respectively I(2, -2), J(2, -6), K(8, -6),L(8, -2).

Previous Year Questions 2021

Q1: Case Study : Students of a school are standing in rows and columns in their school playground to celebrate their annual sports day. A, B, C and D are the positions of four students as shown in the figure.    (2021)

Based on the above, answer the following questions:
(i) The figure formed by the four points A, B, C and D is a
(a) square
(b) parallelogram 
(c) rhombus
(d) quadrilateral

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
From figure coordinates are A(2, 5), B(5, 7), C(8, 6) and D(6, 3)
Now, 


Clearly, ABCD is a quadrilateral

(ii) If the sports teacher is sitting at the origin, then which of the four students is closest to him?
(a) A
(b) B
(c) C
(d) D

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Here, sports teacher is at O(0,0).
Now, 

∴ OA is the minimum distance
∴ A is closest to sports teacher.

(iii) The distance between A and C is
(a) √37 units
(b) √35 units
(c) 6 units
(d) 5 units

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Required distance = 

(iv) The coordinates of the mid point of line segment AC are
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) (5, 11)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
 Coordinates of mid-point of AC are

(v) If a point P divides the line segment AD in the ratio 1: 2, then coordinates of P are
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
 Let point P(x, y) divides the line segment AD in the ration 1: 2.

∴ 1(6) + 2(2)1 + 2 , 1(3) + 2(5)1 + 2

⇒ x = 6 + 43 , y = 3 + 103

⇒ x = 103 , y = 133

∴ Coordinates of P are ( 103 , 133 )

Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q1: The distance between the points (m, -n) and (-m, n) is    (2020)
(a) 

(b) m + n
(c) 
(d) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Required distance

Q2: The distance between t he points (0, 0) and (a – b,  a + b) is    (2020)
(a) 

(b) 
(c) 
(d) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Required distance = 

Q3: AOBC is a rectangle whose three vertices are A(0, -3), O(0, 0) and B(4, 0). The length of its diagonal is ______.    (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: In rectangle AOBC. AB is a diagonal.

So,

= 5 Units

Q4: Show that the points (7, 10), (-2, 5) and (3, -4) are vertices of an isosceles right triangle.     (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the given points be A(7, 10), B(-2, 5) and C(3, – 4].
Using distance Formula, we have 

Also, AB2 + BC2 = 106 + 106 = 212 = AC2
So. ABC is an isosceles right angled triangle with ∠B = 90°.

Q5: The point on the x-axis which is equidistant from (-4, 0) and (10, 0) is    (2020)
(a) (7, 0)
(b) (5, 0)
(c) (0, 0)
(d) (3, 0)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

To find the point on the x-axis equidistant from (-4, 0) and (10, 0), let the point be (x, 0).

Using the distance formula:

√( (x + 4)² ) = √( (x – 10)² )

Square both sides:

(x + 4)² = (x – 10)²

Expand:

x² + 8x + 16 = x² – 20x + 100

Cancel x² and simplify:

8x + 16 = -20x + 100

28x = 84

x = 3

Final Answer:

The point is (3,0).

Q6: If the point P(k, 0) divides the line segment joining the points A(2, -2) and B(-7, 4) in the ratio 1:2 then the value of k is    (2020)
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) -2
(d) -1 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Since, the point P(k 0) divides the line segment joining A(2, -2) and B(-7, 4) in the ratio 1 : 2.

Q7: The centre of a circle whose end points of a diameter are (-6, 3) and (6, 4) is    (2020)
(a) (8, -1)
(b) (4, 7)
(c) 

(d)     

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Let the coordinates of centre of the circle be (x, y) and AB be the given diameter.
By Using mid-point formula.

We have,


∴ Coordinates of C are 

Q8: Find the ratio in which the y-axis divides the line segment joining the points (6, -4) and (-2, -7). Also, find the point of intersection.       (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the point P(0, y) on y-axis divides the line segment joining the points A(6, -4) and B(-2, -7) in the ratio k : 1.

By section formula, we have

-2k + 6k + 1 = 0

⇒ -2k + 6 = 0 ⇒ k = 3

and

-7k – 4k + 1 = y

⇒ -7(3) – 43 + 1 = y

4y = -21 – 4 = -25

⇒ y = -254

Hence, the required point is (0, -254) and the required ratio is 3:1.

Q9: If the point C(-1, 2) divides internally the line segment joining A(2, 5) and B(x, y) in the ratio 3 : 4, find the coordinates of B.    (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: We have, A(2, 5), B(x, y) and C(-1, 2) and point C divides AB in the ratio 3 :4.

∴ -1 = 3x + 87 ⇒ -7 = 3x + 8 ⇒ x = -153 = -5

and

2 = 3y + 207 ⇒ 14 = 3y + 20 ⇒ y = -63 = -2

∴ Coordinates of B = (-5, -2)

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q1: Find the value(s) of x, if the distance between the points 4(0, 0) a nd B(x, – 4) is 5 units.     (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  Given AB = 5 units

Q2: Find the point on y-axis which is equidistant from the points (5,-2) and (-3, 2).      (Delhi 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Any point on the y-axis has coordinates of the form (0, y).

Set Up the Distance Equation:

The distance from (0, y) to (5, -2) should be equal to the distance from (0, y) to (-3, 2):

√((0 – 5)² + (y – (-2))²) = √((0 – (-3))² + (y – 2)²)

Simplify the equation:

√(25 + (y + 2)²) = √(9 + (y – 2)²)

Square Both Sides:

25 + (y + 2)² = 9 + (y – 2)²

Expand and Simplify:

Expand both sides:

25 + y² + 4y + 4 = 9 + y² – 4y + 4

Simplify:

29 + y² + 4y = 13 + y² – 4y

Subtract y² from both sides:

29 + 4y = 13 – 4y

Add 4y to both sides:

29 + 8y = 13

Subtract 29 from both sides:

8y = -16

Divide by 8:

y = -2

The point on the y-axis that is equidistant from (5,-2) and (-3,2) is (0,-2).

Q3: Find the coordinates of a point A where AB is a diameter of the circle with centre (-2, 2) and B is the point with coordinates (3, 4).    (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let coordinates of the point A be (x, y) and O is the mid point of AB.

By using mid-point formula,
we have
⇒ -4 = x + 3 and 4 = y + 4
⇒ x = -7 and y = 0
∴ Coordinates of A are (-7, 0).

Q4: In what ratio is the line segment joining the points P(3, -6) and Q(5, 3) divided by x-axis?     (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the point R(x, 0) on x-axis divides the line segment PQ in the ratio k: 1.

∴ By section formula, we have

∴ Required ratio is 2 : 1 .

Q5: Find the ratio in which the segment joining the points (1, -3) and (4, 5) is divided by x-axis? Also find the coordinates of this point on x-axis.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the point P(x, 0) divides the segment joining the points A(1, -3) and B (4, 5) in the ratio k : 1

Coordinates of P are (4k + 1, 5k – 3)k + 1 (By Section Formula)

Since, y-coordinate of P is 0

5k – 3k + 1 = 0 ⇒ 5k – 3 = 0 ⇒ 5k = 3 ⇒ k = 35

Hence, the point P divides the line segment in the ratio 3:5.

Also, x-coordinate of P

= 4k + 1k + 1 = 43/5 + 1 = 178

∴ Coordinates of point P are (17/8, 0)

Q6: The point R divides the line segment AB, where A (- 4, 0) and B(0, 6) such that AR = 3/4 AB.
Find the coordinates of R.    (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given,

AR = 34 AB ⇒ ABAR = 43

⇒ ABAR – 1 = 43 – 1 = 1

⇒ AB – ARAR = 4 – 33 = 13

⇒ BRAR = 13 ⇒ AR : BR = 3:1

∴ Coordinates of R are

( 3(0) + 1(-4)3 + 1 , 3(6) + 1(0)3 + 1 )

= ( -44 , 184 ) = (-1, 92 )

Q7: Find the coordinates of point A, where AB is the diameter of the circle with centre (3, -1) and point B is (2, 6).   [2019, 2 Marks]

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the coordinates of A be (x, y). Here, 0(3, – 1] is the mid point of AB.

By using mid point formula, we have⇒ x = 4, y = – 8∴ Coordinates of A are (4, – 8).

Q8: The line segment joining the points A(2, 1) and B(5, -8) is trisected at the points P and Q such that P is nearer to A. If P also lies on the line given by 2x – y + k = 0, find the value of k.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Let P(x1, y1) and Q(x2, y2) are the points of trisection of line segment AB.
∴ AP = PQ = QB
Now. point P divides AB internally in the ratio 1 : 2
∴ By section formula, we have  

Since, point P(3, -2) lies on the line 2x – y + k = 0
⇒ 6 + 2 + k = 0
⇒ k = – 8

Q9: Find the ratio in which the line x – 3y = 0 divides the line segment joining the points (-2, -5) and (6, 3). Find the coordinates of the point of intersection.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let point P(x1, y1) divides the line segment joining the points A(-2, -5) and B(6, 3) in the ratio k: 1

∴ Coordinates of P are

The point P lies on line x – 3y = 0

∴ Required ratio is 13 : 3.Now, coordinates of P are

Q10: In what ratio does the point P(-4, y) divide the line segment joining the points A(-6, 10) and B(3, -8) Hence find the value of y.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the point P(-4, y) divides the line segment joining the points A and B in the ration k: 1

∴ By section formula, coordinates of P are

∴ Required ratio is 2: 7.

Now,

Also read: Important Definitions & Formulas: Coordinate Geometry

Previous Year Questions 2017

Q1: If two adjacent vertices of a parallelogram are (3, 2) and (–1, 0) and the diagonals intersect at  (2, –5), then find the coordinates of the other two vertices. (CBSE 2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Consider a parallelogram ABCD with A(3, 2) and B(–1, 0).

Let two adjacent vertices of a parallelogram be A ≡ (3,2) and B ≡ (-1,0).

Let coordinates of the other two vertices be C (x1, y1) and D (x2, y2).

We know that diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.

∴ Midpoint of AC and Midpoint of BD are the same, i.e., point O(2, -5).

∴ 3 + x12 = 2 and 2 + y12 = -5

⇒ x1 = 1 and y1 = -12 ⇒ C ≡ (1, -12)

Also, x2 – 12 = 2 and y2 + 02 = -5

⇒ x2 = 5 and y2 = -10 ⇒ D ≡ (5, -10)

Hence, the remaining vertices are (1, -12) and (5, -10).

Q2: Find the coordinates of the points of trisection of the line segment joining the points (3, –2) and (–3, –4). (CBSE 2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The given line segment is A(3, – 2) and B(–3, –4). 
Here, C(x, y) and C'(x’, y’) are the points of trisection of AB. 
Then, AC : CB = 1 : 2 and AC’ : C’B = 2 : 1

By section formula,

C(x, y) = mx2 + nx1m + n , my2 + ny1m + n

Here, m = 1, n = 2

x1 = 3, y1 = -2

x2 = -3, y2 = -4

∴ C(x, y) = 1(-3) + 2×31 + 2 , 1(-4) + 2(-2)1 + 2

= -3 + 63 , -4 – 43

= (1, -8/3)

Now,

C'(x’, y’) = m’x2 + n’x1m’ + n’ , m’y2 + n’y1m’ + n’

Here, m’ = 2, n’ = 1

∴ C'(x’, y’) = 2(-3) + 1×32 + 1 , 2(-4) + 1×(-2)2 + 1

= -6 + 33 , -8 – 23

= (-1, -10/3)

Hence, the coordinates of the points of trisection are (1, -8/3) and (-1, -10/3).

Q3: In the given figure, ∆ABC is an equilateral triangle of side 3 units. Find the coordinates of the other two vertices. (CBSE 2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given an equilateral triangle ABC of side 3 units. 
Also, coordinates of vertex A are (2, 0). 
Let the coordinates of B = (x, 0) and C = (x’, y’). 
Then, using the distance formula,

On squaring both sides, we get
9 = (x – 2)2
x2 + 4 – 4x = 9 
x2 – 4x – 5 = 0 
x2 – 5x + x – 5 = 0
(x – 5) (x + 1) = 0 
x = 5, – 1 But x = – 1 (Neglected , since it lies on positive x-axis) 
Coordinates of B are (5, 0). 
Now, AC = BC [Q Sides of an equilateral triangle are equal] 
or AC2 = BC2
By using the distance formula, 
√(x’ – 2)2 + (y’ – 0)2 = √(x’ – 5)2 + (y’ – 0)2
x’ 2 + 4 – 4x’ + y’ 2 = x’ 2 + 25 – 10x’ + y’ 
6x’ = 21 
x’ = 7 / 2 

Also, AC = 3 units. (given)

√((x – 2)² + (y’ – 0)²) = 3

On squaring both sides:

x² + 4 – 4x + y’² = 9

494 + 4 – 4 × 72 + y’² = 9 [∵ x’ = 72]

⇒ y’² = 9 – 94 = 274

⇒ y’ = √274 = ± 3√32

But, C lies in the first quadrant.

y’ = 3√32

Coordinates of C are ( 72 , 3√32 )

Hence, the coordinates of B and C are (5, 0) and ( 72 , 3√32 ) respectively.

Q4: Show that ∆ABC, where A(–2, 0), B(2, 0), C(0, 2) and ∆PQR where P(–4, 0), Q(4, 0), R(0, 4) are similar triangles. (CBSE 2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given: ∆ABC with vertices A(–2, 0), B(2, 0), C(0, 2) and ∆PQR with vertices P(−4, 0) Q(4, 0) and R(0, 4). 
In ∆ABC, using distance formula,

Similarly, in ∆PQR, using distance formula,

Now,

and 

So, 

Since, the corresponding sides of ΔABC and ΔPQR are proportional,
∴ ∆ABC ~ ∆PQR
Hence, proved.

06. Previous Year Questions: Triangles

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: The perimeter of an isosceles triangle is 32 cm. If each equal side is 5th/6  of the base, find the area of the triangle. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let ABC be an isosceles triangle with length of base BC = a 
Previous Year Questions 2025
⇒ 16a = 32 × 6 ⇒ a = 12 cm 
∴ BC = 12 cm, AB = 10 cm, AC= 10 cm 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Draw AD ⊥ BC so that BD = DC =  12/2 = 6 cm
ln Δ ABD, 
AD2 = AB2 – BD2 (By Pythagoras theorem) 
⇒ AD2 = 102 – 62 = 100 – 36 
⇒ AD2 = 64 ⇒ AD = 8 cm 
So, height of ΔABD, h = 8 cm 
Previous Year Questions 2025
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q2: The perimeter of a right triangle is 60 cm and its hypotenuse is 25 cm. Find the lengths of other two sides of the triangle.

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Let ABC be a right angled triangle. Previous Year Questions 2025Since, the perimeter the right triangle is 60 cm, 
AB + BC+ CA = 60 
⇒ AB + BC+ 25 = 60    {∵ AC = 25 cm}
⇒ AB + BC = 35  … (i) 
ln ΔABC, 
AC2 = AB2 + BC2 {By using Pythagoras theorem} 
Note that (AB + BC)2 = AB2 + 2 (AB) (BC) + BC2.
⇒ (25)2 = (AB + BC)2 – 2(AB)(BC) 
⇒ 2(AB)(BC) = (35)2 – (25)2   {∵ Using(i)} 
⇒ (AB)(BC) = 300 … (ii) 
Now, 
(AB – BC)2 = (AB + BC)2 – 4(AB)(BC) 
⇒ (AB – BC)2 = (35)2 – 4 × 300 {∵ Using(i)} 
⇒ AB – BC = √25 = 5 …(iii)

Adding eqn (i) & (iii), we get 
2AB = 40  ⇒ AB = 20 cm 
From (i), AB+ BC= 35 
⇒ BC = 35 – 20 = 15 cm 
Hence, lengths of other two sides of the triangle are 20 cm and 15cm. 

Q3: In the adjoining figure, PQ||XY||BC, AP = 2 cm, PX = 1.5 cm and BX = 4 cm. If QY = 0.75 cm, then AQ + CY = 
(a) 6 cm
(b) 4.5 cm
(c) 3 cm
(d) 5.25 cm

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c) 
Given, PQ ||XY || BC, AP = 2 cm, PX = 1.5 cm, BX = 4 cm and QY = 0.75 cm. 
Previous Year Questions 2025Previous Year Questions 2025

Previous Year Questions 2025

Previous Year Questions 2025So, AQ + CY= 1 + 2 = 3 cm

Q4:  Given ΔABC ∼ ΔPQR, ∠A = 30° and ΔQ = 90°. The value of (∠R +∠B) is 
(a) 90° 
(b) 120° 
(c) 150° 
(d) 180° 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Given, ΔABC ∼ ΔPQR, ∠A = 30°, ∠Q = 90° 
Since , ΔABC ∼ ΔPQR 
∠A = ∠P = 30°, ∠B = ∠Q = 90° 
So, ∠C = ∠R = 180° – 90° – 30° = 60° 
⇒ Hence, (∠R + ∠B) = 60° + 90° = 150° 

Q5: In the given figure, in ΔABC, DE||BC. If AD = 2.4 cm, DB = 4 cm and AE = 2 cm, then the length of AC is

(a) 10/3 cm
(b) 3/10 cm
(c) 16/3 cm
(d) 1.2 cm

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c) 
In ΔABC, DE||BC
Previous Year Questions 2025By Basic Proportionality Theorem, 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q6: If a line drawn parallel to one side of triangle intersecting the other two sides in distinct points divides the two sides in the same ratio, then it is parallel to third side. State and prove the converse of the above statement.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Statement: If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle, then it divides the other two sides in the same ratio. 
Previous Year Questions 2025Given: In ΔABC, ∵ IIBC, which intersects AB and AC at ‘D’ and ‘E’ respectively.
To prove:  AD/DB = AE/EC 
Construction: Draw OM ⊥ AC and EN ⊥ AB. Also, join B to E and C to D. 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q7: If in two triangles ΔDEF and ΔPQR, ∠D = Q and ∠R = E, then which of the following is not true?
(a) DE/QR = DF/PQ
(b) EF/PR = DF/PQ
(c) EF/RP = DE/QR
(d) DE/PQ = EF/RP

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Previous Year Questions 2025Given, in triangles ΔDEF and ΔPQR 
∠D = ∠Q 
∠R =∠E 
ΔDEF ∼ ΔPQR
Previous Year Questions 2025

(If triangles are similar then corresponding sides are proportional) 
Hence, option (d) DE/PQ = EF/RP is not true. 

Q8: The measurements of ΔLMN and ΔABC are shown in the figure given below. The length of side AC is: 
(a) 16cm 
(b) 7cm
(c) 8cm  
(d) 4cm 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c) 
In ΔLMN, ∠L + ∠M + ∠N = 180°
∠L + 130° + 28° = 180° ⇒ ∠L + 158° = 180°
⇒ ∠L = 22°
In ΔLMN and ΔABC, ∠L = ∠A, ∠M = ∠B
∴ ΔLMN ∼ ΔABC [By AA similarity criterion]
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q9: In the given figure, in ΔABC, AD ⊥ BC and ∠BAC = 90°. If BC = 16 cm and DC = 4 cm, then the value of x is: 
(a) 4 cm 
(b) 5 cm 
(c) 8 cm 
(d) 3 cm

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
In ΔABC and ΔDAC
∠BAC = ∠ADC = 90°
∠C = ∠C (Common)
So, ΔABC ∼ ΔADC (By AA similarity)
Previous Year Questions 2025Previous Year Questions 2025
⇒ x2 = 16 × 4 = 64 
⇒ x = 8 cm

Q10: In triangles ABC and DEF, ∠B = ∠E , ∠F = ∠C and AB = 3DE. Then, the two triangles are: 
(a) congruent but not similar 
(b) congruent as well as similar 
(c) neither congruent nor similar 
(d) similar but not congruent 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d) 
In ΔABC and ΔDEF
∠B = ∠E (Given)
∠C = ∠F (Given)
∴ ΔABC ~ ΔDEF [By AA similarity criterion]

Q11: If ΔABC ~ ΔPQR in which AB = 6 cm, BC = 4 cm, AC = 8 cm and PR = 6 cm, then find the length of (PQ + QR).

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Since, ΔABC ~ ΔPQR 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q12:  In the given figure, QR/QS = QT/PR and  ∠1 = ∠2, show that ΔPQs ~ ΔTQR.

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Given,  QR/QS = QT/PQ
and ∠1 = ∠2 … (i)
Since, ∠1 = ∠2 … (ii)
∴ PQ = PR … (iii)
∴ QR/QS = QT/PQ [Using (i) and (iii)]
∴ PS || RT    [By converse of Basic Proportionality Theorem]
∴ ∠QPS = ∠QTR    [Corresponding angles]
and ∠QSP = ∠QRT    [Corresponding angles]
∴ △PQS ~ △TQR    [By AA similarity criterion]
Hence, proved.

Q13: P is a point on the side BC of ΔABC such that ∠APC = ∠BAC. Prove that AC² = BC · CP.

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Previous Year Questions 2025Given: ∠APC = ∠BAC
In ΔABC and ΔPAC,
∠BAC = ∠APC    (Given)
∠ACB = ∠ACP    (Common)
∴ By AA criterion, ΔABC ~ ΔPAC.
Thus, corresponding sides are proportional.
∴ AC/CP = BC/AC
∴ AC² = BC × CP.
Hence, proved.

Q14: In the given figure, PA, QB and RC are perpendicular to AC. If PA = x units, QB = y units and RC= z units, prove that 

OR
In the given figure, PA, QB and RC are each perpendicular to AC. If AP = x, BQ = y and CR = z, then prove that 1/x + 1/z = 1/y.

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
In ΔAPC and ΔBQC, we have
∠PAC = ∠QBC     (Each 90°)
∠ACP = ∠BCQ  (common) 
∴ ΔAPC ~ ΔBQC     (By AA similarity)
⇒ AP/BQ = AC/BC
⇒ x/y = AC/BC     …(i)
Again, in ΔACR and ΔABQ, we have
∠ACR = ∠ABQ     (Each 90°)
∠CAR = ∠BAQ (Common)
∴ ΔACR ~ ΔABQ     (By AA similarity)
⇒ AC/AB = CR/BQ
⇒ AC/AB = z/y   …(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we have
Previous Year Questions 2025

Previous Year Questions 2025

Hence, proved.

Q15: Sides AB and BC and median AD of a triangle ABC are respectively proportional to sides PQ and QR and median PM of ΔPQR. Show that ΔABC ~ ΔPQR.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, ΔABC and ΔPQR in which AD and PM are the medians such that Previous Year Questions 2025
Previous Year Questions 2025Previous Year Questions 2025
∴ ΔABD ~ ΔPQM     [By SSS similarity]
⇒ ∠B = ∠Q
Now, in ΔABC and ΔPQR,
AB/PQ = BC/QR    [Given]
∠B = ∠Q (Proved above)
∴ ΔABC ~ ΔPQR     (By SAS similarity)

Q16: The diagonal BD of a parallelogram ABCD intersects the line segment AE at the point F, where E is any point on the side BC. Prove that DF × EF = FB × FA. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
In ΔDAF and ΔBEF,
∠DAF = ∠BEF     [Alternate interior angles]
∠AFD = ∠EFB     [Vertically opposite angles] ∴ ΔDAF ~ ΔBEF     [By AAA similarity criterion]
Previous Year Questions 2025∴ DF/BF = AF/EF [Corresponding sides of similar triangles] 
⇒ DF ×  EF = AF × BF 

Q17: In ΔABC, if AD ⊥ BC and AD2 = BD × DC, then prove that ∠BAC = 90°. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

Previous Year Questions 2025Given, In ΔABC, AD ⊥ BC
and AD² = BD × DC
⇒ AD × AD = BD × DC
⇒ AD/BD = DC/AD
In ΔABD and ΔCAD,
AD/BD = DC/AD and ∠ADB = ∠ADC = 90° 
⇒ ΔABD ~ ΔCAD
⇒ ∠BAD = ∠ACD and ∠ABD = ∠CAD
Now, in ΔABD, ∠BAD + ∠CAD = 90°
⇒ ∠BAD + ∠BAD = 90°    [∵ ∠ABD = ∠CAD]
⇒ ∠BAC = 90°

Q18: In the adjoining figure, ΔCAB is a right triangle, right angled at A and AD ⊥ BC. Prove that ΔADB ~ ΔCDA. Further, if BC = 10 cm and CD = 2 cm, find the length of AD.

Hide Answer  

Ans:

In ΔADB and ΔCDA,
∠ADB = ∠CDA     [Each 90°]
∠DAB = ∠DCA     [Each (90° – B)]
∴ ΔADB ~ ΔCDA     [By AA similarity]
Also, AD/CD = BD/AD
⇒ AD² = BD × CD
⇒ AD² = 8 × 2        [∵ BO = BC – CD] 
⇒ AD = 4 cm

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1: In ΔABC, DE || BC (as shown in the figure). If AD = 2 cm, BD = 3 cm, BC = 7.5 cm, then the length of DE (in cm) is:     (CBSE 2024)
(a) 2.5
(b) 3
(c) 5
(d) 6

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b) 
Previous Year Questions 2024

Consider the triangles ΔADE and ΔABC.

Since DE || BC, the corresponding angles are equal.

Hence, 
∠ADE = ∠ABC

∠AED = ∠ACB

Thus, by AA similarity, we find that ΔADE and ΔABC are similar.

So, ΔADE ~ ΔABC.

When two triangles are similar, their corresponding sides are proportional.

This gives the equation:
AE/AC = DE/BC = AD/AB

From this, we write:
AD/AB = DE/BC

We know that:
AB = AD + BD = 2 + 3 = 5 cm

Substituting values:
2/5 = DE/7.5

Using cross multiplication:
2 × 7.5 = 5 × DE
DE = (15/5)
DE = 3 cm

Q2: In ΔABC, if AD ⊥ BC and AD2 = BD × DC, then prove that ∠BAC = 90º. (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Previous Year Questions 2024Previous Year Questions 2024

Q3: The greater of two supplementary angles exceeds the smaller by 18°. Find the measures of these two angles. (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Let the measures of the two angles be x° and y° (x > y).
Given:
x + y = 180° …….. (i)     (Sum of Supplementary angles are 180°)
Also, 
x – y = 18°   …….. (ii)      (Given)

Adding both the equations, we get:
2x = 198°
x = 99°
By putting value of x in equation (i)
we get,
 99° + y = 180°
y = 180° – 99° = 81°
Hence, y = 81° and x = 99°.

Q4: If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle to intersect the other two sides in distinct points, then prove that the other two sides are divided in the same ratio. (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

Given: In ΔABC, DE || BC
To Prove: DB/AD =EC/AE

Proof:
In ΔABC and ΔADE

∠AED = ∠ACB (Corresponding angles)
∠ADE = ∠ABC (Corresponding angles)
∠EAD is common to both the triangles 

∴ ΔAED ~ ΔACB by AAA similarity

⇒ AC / AE = AB / AD   ( ∴ corresponding sides of similar triangles are proportional) ……………(i)
⇒ Also, AC = AE + EC and AB = AD + BD
Putting these values in (i), we get

⇒ (AE + EC) / AE = (AD + BD) / AD

⇒ EC / AE = BD / AD

Hence proved.

Q5: Sides AB and BC and median AD of a ΔABC are respectively proportional to sides PQ and QR and median PM of ΔPQR. Show that ΔABC ∼ ΔPQR. (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:Previous Year Questions 2024

Since AD and PM are medians of ΔABC and ΔPQR,
∴ BD = 1/2 BC and QM = 1/2 QR ……….(1)

Given that,
AB / PQ = BC / QR = AD / PM ……….(2)

From (1) and (2),
AB / PQ = BD / QM = AD / PM ……….(3)

In ΔABD and ΔPQM,
AB / PQ = BD / QM
By SSS criterion of proportionality,
ΔABD ~ ΔPQM
∴ ∠B = ∠Q (Corresponding Sides of Similar Triangles) ……….(4)

In ΔABC and ΔPQR,
AB / PQ = BC / QR (From 2)
∠B = ∠Q (From 4)
By SAS criterion of proportionality,
ΔABC ~ ΔPQR

Q6: In the given figure, ABCD is a quadrilateral. Diagonal BD bisects ∠B and ∠D both. (2024)
Prove that:
(i) ΔABD ∼ ΔCBD
(ii) AB = BC

Previous Year Questions 2024

Hide Answer  

Ans:

i. Given: diagonal BD bisects ∠B and ∠D

To prove: ΔABD ~ ΔCBD

Proof: In ΔABD and ΔCBD

∠ABD = ∠CBD … (BD bisects ∠B)

∠ADB = ∠CDB … (BD bisects ∠D)

Therefore, ΔABD ~ ΔCBD … (by AA rule)

Hence proved

ii. Since, ΔABD ~ ΔCBD

Therefore, ABBD = BCBD … (by cpst)

Hence, AB = BC

Hence proved.

Q7: In the given figure, PA, QB, and RC are each perpendicular to AC. If AP = x, BQ = y, and CR = z, then prove that (1/x) + (1/z) = (1/y). (CBSE 2024) 

Previous Year Questions 2024

Hide Answer  

Ans:

In ΔCAP and ΔCBQ

∠CAP = ∠CBQ = 90°

∠PCA = ∠QCB (common angle)

So, ΔCAP ~ ΔCBQ … (By AA similarity Rule)

Hence, BQAP = BCAC ⇒ yx = BCAC  … (i)  (Corresponding part of similar triangle)

Now, in ΔACR and ΔABQ

∠ACR = ∠ABQ = 90°

∠QAB = ∠RAC (common angle)

So, ΔACR ~ ΔABQ (By AA similarity Rule)

Hence, BQCR = ABAC ⇒ yz = ABAC … (ii)  (Corresponding part of similar triangle)

On adding eq. (i) and (ii), we get

yx + yz = BCAC + ABAC

⇒ y(1/x + 1/z) = BC + ABAC

⇒ y(1/x + 1/z) = 1

1/x + 1/z = 1/y

Hence proved.

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.Avail Offer

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q1: In ΔABC, PQ || BC If PB = 6 cm, AP = 4 cm, AQ = 8 cm. find the length of AC.   (2023)
(a ) 12 cm 
(b) 20 cm 
(c) 6 cm 
(d) 14 cm

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Sol: Since, PQ || BC

∴ APPB = AQQC ………. (By Proportionality Theorem)
⇒ 46 = 8QC

⇒ QC4 = 8 × 64

= 12 cm
Now length of AC = AQ+QC = 12+8 = 20 cm

Q2: In the given figure, XZ is parallel to BC. AZ = 3 cm, ZC = 2 cm, BM = 3 cm and MC = 5 cm. Find the length of XY.   (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

Given: AZ = 3 cm, ZC = 2 cm, BM = 3 cm, and MC = 5 cm.

Proof

We can calculate the lengths of AC and BC:

  • AC = AZ + ZC = 3 + 2 = 5 cm,
  • BC = BM + MC = 3 + 5 = 8 cm.

Next, in triangles AXY and ABM, we know that:

  • ∠AXY = ∠ABM (corresponding angles since XZ is parallel to BC),
  • ∠XAY = ∠BAM (common angle).

∴ By the AA similarity criterion (Angle-Angle similarity):
ΔAXY ~ ΔABM.

Since these triangles are similar, their corresponding sides are proportional:
AX / AB = XY / BM = AZ / AC.

From the proportionality, we substitute the known values:
AX / AB = AZ / AC, which simplifies to:
XY / BM = AZ / AC.

Substituting the known values of AZ = 3 cm and AC = 5 cm, we get:
XY / 3 = 3 / 5.

Now, solving for XY, we multiply both sides by 3:
XY = (3 × 3) / 5 = 9 / 5 = 1.8 cm.

Thus, the length of XY is 1.8 cm.

Q3: Assertion (A): The perimeter of ΔABC is a rational number.
Reason (R): The sum of the squares of two rational numbers is always rational.   (2023)

(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

Previous Year Questions 2023
In ΔABC, AC2 = AB2 + BC2  (Using Pythagoras Theorem)
⇒ AC2 = 22 + 32
⇒ AC2 = 4 + 9
⇒ AC= √13 cm
So, perimeter is (2 + 3 + √13)cm = (5 + √13), which is irrational.
Hence, Assertion in false but Reason is true.

Q4: In a ΔPQR, N is a point on PR, such that QN ⊥ PR. If PN × NR = QN2, prove that ∠PQR = 90°.  (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans:Previous Year Questions 2023

We have, PN . NR = QN²
∴ PN / QN = QN / NR …(i)

In ΔQNP and ΔRNQ,
PN / QN = QN / NR  (from (i))

And ∠PNQ = ∠RNQ (Each equal to 90°)

∴ ΔQNP ~ ΔRNQ [By SAS similarity criterion]
Then, ΔQNP and ΔRNQ are equiangular,
i.e., ∠PQN = ∠QRN
⇒ ∠QRN = ∠QPN

On adding both sides, we get:
∠PQN + ∠QRN = ∠QRN + ∠QPN
⇒ ∠PQR = ∠QRN + ∠QPN …(ii)

We know that the sum of angles of a triangle is 180°.

In ΔPQR,
∠PQR + ∠PQR + ∠QR = 180°
⇒ ∠PQR + ∠QRN + ∠QRN = 180° [∴ ∠PQR = ∠QPN and ∠QRN = ∠QRN]
⇒ 2∠PQR = 180° [Using equation (ii)]

⇒ ∠PQR = 180° / 2 = 90°
∴ ∠PQR = 90°

Hence proved.

Q5: In the given figure, ΔABC and ΔDBC are on the same base BC. If AD intersects BC at O, prove that ar(ΔABC)ar(ΔDBC)= AODO. (CBSE 2023)

Previous Year Questions 2023

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given: ΔABC and ΔDBC are on the same base BC. AD and BC intersect at O. 
To Prove:
ar(ΔABC)ar(ΔDBC)= AODO
Previous Year Questions 2023
Construction: Draw AL ⊥ BC and DM ⊥ BC
Previous Year Questions 2023

Proof:
Now, in ΔALO and ΔDMO, we have 
∠ALO = ∠DMO = 90° 
∠AOL = ∠DOM (Vertically opposite angles) 
Therefore, ΔALO ~ ΔDMO (By AA criterion)

∴ ALDM = AODO (Corresponding sides of similar triangles are proportional)

ar(ΔABC)ar(ΔDBC) = 1/2 × BC × AL1/2 × BC × DM

⇒ ALDM = AODO

Hence, proved.

Q6: In the given figure, PQ || AC. If BP = 4 cm, AP = 2.4 cm, and BQ = 5 cm, then the length of BC is ______.

(a) 8 cm
(b) 3 cm
(c) 0.3 cm
(d) 25/3 cm    (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
As PQ || AC by using basic proportionality theorem

⇒ BPPA = BQQC

⇒ 42.4 = 5QC

⇒ QC = 5 × 2.44

⇒ QC = 5 × 0.6

QC = 3 cm
∴ BC = BQ + QC
= 5 + 3
= 8 cm

Also read: NCERT Textbook: Triangles

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q1: In the figure given below, what value of x will make PQ || AB?    (2022)

(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Sol: Suppose PQ || AB
By using Proportionality theorem we have

CPPA = CQQB

⇒ x + 33x + 19 = x3x + 4

⇒ 3x² + 19x = 3x² + 9x + 4x + 12

⇒ 6x = 12
⇒ x = 2

Q2: If Δ ABC and Δ PQR are similar triangles such that ∠A = 31° and ∠R = 69°, then ∠Q is :    (2022)
(a) 70°
(b) 100°
(c) 90°
(d) 80°

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Sol: Given Δ ABC and Δ PQR are similar.
Hence, ∠A = ∠P, ∠B = ∠Q and ∠C = ∠R 
We know that, 
∠P + ∠Q + ∠R = 180° 
31° + ∠Q + 69° = 180° 
100° + ∠Q = 180° 
∠Q = 180° – 100° 
∠Q = 80°

Q3: A vertical pole of length 19 m casts a shadow 57 m long on the ground and at the same time a tower casts a shadow 51m long. The height of the tower is    (2022)
(a) 171m
(b) 13 m
(c) 17 m
(d) 117 m

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: Let AB be the pole and PQ be the tower
Let height of tower be h m
Now, ΔABC ∼ ΔPQR

∴ ABPQ = BCQR

⇒ 19h = 5751

⇒ h =  19 x 5157

Previous Year Questions 2022

⇒ h = 17m

Previous Year Questions 2021

Q1: Aman goes 5 metres due west and then 12 metres due North. How far is he from the starting point?    (2021)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 13 m
Let Aman starts from A point and continues 5 m towards west and readied at B point, from which he goes 12 m towards North reached at C point finally.
In ΔABC, we have
Previous Year Questions 2021

AC2 = AB2 + BC2  ………… [By Pythagoras theorem]
AC2 = 52 + 122
AC2 = 25 + 144 = 169
AC = 13m
So, Aman is 13 m away from his starting point.

Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!Claim Offer

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q1: All concentric circles are ___________ to each other.    (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: All concentric circles are similar to each other.

Q2: In figure, PQ || BC, PQ = 3 cm, BC = 9 cm and AC = 7.5 cm. Find the length of AQ.    (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, PQIIBC
PQ = 3 cm, BC = 9 cm and AC = 7.5 cm
Since. PQ || BC
∴ ∠APQ = ∠ABC (Corresponding angles are equal)
Now,  in ΔAPQ and ΔABC
∠APQ =∠ABC        (Corresponding angles are equal)
∠A = ∠A                  (Common)
ΔAPQ ∼ ΔABC    (AA similarity)

∴ APAB = AQAC = PQBC

⇒ AQAC = 39

⇒ AQ7.5 = 13

⇒ AQ = 7.53 = 2.5 cm

Q3: In the given figure, EA/EC = EB/ED, prove that ΔEAB ~ ΔECD. (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: In ΔEAB and  ΔECD

Previous Year Questions 2020

Acc to Converse of basic proportionality theorem, It states that if any line divides any two sides of a triangle in the same ratio, then the line is parallel to the third side.

It is given that

Since, EA/EC = EB/ED 
∠1 = ∠2 [Vertically opposite angles] 
So, by SAS similarity criterion ΔEAB ~ ΔECD 
Hence, proved.

Practice Test: TrianglesStart Test

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q1: In the figure, GC||BD and GE||BF. If AC = 3cm and CD = 7 cm, then find the value of AE / AF.    (2019)

Previous Year Questions 2019

Hide Answer  

Ans: 3/10
Here in the given figure.
GC || BD and GE || BF
AC = 3 cm and CD = 7 cm
By Basic Proportionality theorem.

Previous Year Questions 2019

We get, ACCD = AEEF

∴ AE / EF = 3 / 7
⇒ AF / AE = 7 / 3
⇒ AE + EF / AE = 3 + 7 / 3

⇒ AF / AE = 10 / 3

Thus, AE / AF = 3 / 10.

Q2: The perpendicular from A on the side BC of a ΔABC intersects BC at D, such that DB = 3CD. Prove that 2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2.    (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

In ΔABC, AD ⟂ BC and BD = 3CD

BD + CD = BC
3CD + CD = BC
4CD = BC
CD = (1/4) BC …… (1)

and, BD = (3/4) BC …… (2)

In ΔADC, ∠ADC = 90°

AC² = AD² + CD² [Using Pythagoras theorem]
AD² = AC² – CD² ….. (3)

In ΔADB, ∠ADB = 90°

AB² = AD² + BD² [Using Pythagoras theorem]
AB² = AC² – CD² + BD² [from equation (3)]
AB² = AC² + (3/4 BC)² – (1/4 BC)² [from equations (1) and (2)]
AB² = AC² + (9BC² – BC²)/16
AB² = AC² + 8BC²/16
AB² = AC² + 1/2 BC²

Thus, 2AB² = 2AC² + BC²

05. Previous Year Questions: Arithmetic Progressions

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: Three numbers in AP have the sum 30. What is its middle term?
(a) 4
(b) 10
(c) 16
(d) 8

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Let the terms in AP be a – d, a and a + d. 
∴ a – d + a + a + d = 30 ⇒ 3a = 30 ⇒ a = 10 
So, middle term is 10. 

Q2: Case Study: A school is organizing a charity run to raise funds for a local hospital. The run is planned as a series of rounds around a track, with each round being 300 metres. To make the event more challenging and engaging, the organizers decide to increase the distance of each subsequent round by 50 metres. For example, the second round will be 350 metres, the third round will be 400 metres and so on. The total number of rounds planned is 10. 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Based on the given information answer the following questions: 
(i) Write the fourth, fifth and sixth term of the Arithmetic Progression so formed. 
(ii) Determine the distance of the 8th round. 
(iii) (a) Find the total distance run after completing all 10 rounds. 

OR 
(iii) (b) If a runner completes only the first 6 rounds, what is the total distance run by the runner?

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(i) The Arithmetic progression so formed will be 300, 350, 400, 450, ….. up to 10 terms. 
∴ a4 = 450; a5 = 500; a6 = 550 
(ii) Here, a = 300, d = 50, n = 8 
∴ an = a + (n – 1)d 
⇒ a8 = 300 + (8 – 1)50 = 300 + 7(50) = 300 + 350 = 650 
(iii) (a) We have, a = 300, d = 50, n = 10, then total distance run after completing all 10 rounds is given by 
Previous Year Questions 2025

= 5(600 + 450) = 5(1050) = 5250 metres 
(iii) (b) We have, a = 300, d = 50, n = 6 
If a runner completes only first 6 rounds, then total distance run is given by n 

Previous Year Questions 2025
= 3(850) = 2550 metres. 

Q3: Case Study: In order to organise Annual Sports Day, a school prepared an eight lane running track with an integrated football field inside the track area as shown below: 
Previous Year Questions 2025
The length of innermost lane of the track is 400 m and each subsequent lane is 7.6 m longer than the preceding lane. Based on given information, answer the following questions, using concept of Arithmetic Progression. 
(i) What is the length of the 6th lane? 
(ii) How long is the 8th lane than that of 4th lane? 
(iii) (a) While practising for a race, a student took one round each in first six lanes. Find the total distance covered by the student. 
OR 
(iii) (b) A student took one round each in lane 4 to lane 8. Find the total distance covered by the student.

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(i) We have, a= 400 m, d = 7.6 m 
∴ Length of 6th lane(a6) = a + (6 – 1)d =a + 5d 
= 400 + 5(7.6) = 438 m 
(ii) Length of 8th lane, a8 = a + 7d 
= 400 + 7(7.6) = 453.2 m 
Length of 4th lane, a4 = a+ 3d = 400 + 3(7.6) = 422.8 m 
∴ Difference = (453.2 – 422. 8) m = 30.4 m 
(iii) (a) Total distance covered by a student in first six lanes, is given by, 6 

Previous Year Questions 2025

[∵ a = 400, d = 7.6] 
= 3(800 + 38) = 2514 m 
OR 
(iii) (b) Total distance covered by a student from lane 4 to lane 8, is, S8 – S3   

Previous Year Questions 2025

= 4(2a + 7d) – 3(a+ d) = 8a + 28d – 3a – 3d 
= 5a + 25d = 5(400) + 25(7.6)     [∵ a= 400, d = 7.6] 
= 2000 + 190 = 2190 m

Q4: An AP consists of ‘n ‘ terms whose nth term is 4 and the common difference is 2. If the sum of ‘n’ terms of AP is -14, then find ‘n’. Also, find the sum of the first 20 terms. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let a be the first term and d be the common difference and nth term be an of A.P. 
∴ an = a + [n – 1] d
⇒ 4 = a + (n – 1)2    {∵ an = 4, d = 2}
⇒ a + 2n = 6    …(i)
Now, sum of ‘n’ terms of A.P., Sn = – 14 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q5: The sum of the first six terms of an arithmetic progression is 42. The ratio of the 10th term to the 30th term is 1 : 3. Calculate the first and the thirteenth terms of the AP.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, S6 = 42 and a10/a30 = 1/3
As, an = a + (n – 1)d, where a is the first term, d is the common difference, n is the number of terms.
Previous Year Questions 2025
⇒ 3a + 27d  =a + 29d 
⇒ 2a = 2d 
⇒  a = d … (i) 
Now, sum of first six terms of an A.P. (S6) = 42 
Previous Year Questions 2025

⇒ 3[2a + 5d] = 42 [Using (i)] 
⇒ 3 × 7a = 42 
⇒ a = 2 
So, a = d = 2 
∴ a13 = a + (13 – 1)d = 2 + 12 x 2 = 26 
Hence, first term is 2 and thirteenth term is 26. 

Q6: The sum of the third term and the seventh term of an AP is 6 and their product is 8. Find the Q sum of the first sixteen terms of the AP.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let a be the first term and d be the common difference of an A.P. 
Given, a3 + a7 = 6 
⇒ a + 2d + a + 6d = 6 
⇒  2a + 8d = 6 
⇒  a + 4d = 3     …(i)
Also, aa7 = 8 
⇒  (a + 2d) (a + 6d) = 8 
⇒  ( 3 – 4d + 2d) (3  – 4d + 6d) = 8  (using (i)) 
⇒  ( 3 – 2d) (3 + 2d) = 8
⇒ 9 – 4d2 = 8 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q7: The minimum age of children eligible to participate in a painting competition is 8 years. It is observed that the age of the youngest boy was 8 years and the ages of the participants, when seated in order of age, have a common difference of 4 months. If the sum of the ages of all the participants is 168 years, find the age of the eldest participant in the painting competition.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, first term, a = 8 years 
Common difference, d = 4 months = 1/3 year 
Let there are ‘n’ number of participants. 
∵ S= 168 years 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1:  The ratio of the 10th term to its 30th term of an A.P. is 1 : 3 and the sum of its first six terms is 42. Find the first term and the common difference of A.P.       (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Let the AP be a, a + d, a + 2d,………….

T10T30 = 13

⇒ a + 9da + 29d = 13

⇒ 3a + 27d = a + 29d
⇒ 3a – a = 29d – 27d

⇒ 2a – 2d = 0

⇒ 2a = 2d

∴ a = d …(i)

Now, S6 = 42

62 [2a + (6 – 1)d] = 42

⇒ 3[2a + 5d] = 42
⇒ 2a + 5d =14
⇒ 2a + 5a = 14 [From eqn (i)]
⇒ 7a = 14
⇒ a = 14/7
∴ a = 2
So First term = 2
Common difference = 2.

Q2: If the sum of the first 7 terms of an A.P. is 49 and that of the first 17 terms is 289, find the sum of its first 20 terms.   (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
S7 = 49

72 [2a + (7-1)d] = 49

⇒ 2a + 6d = 14

⇒ a + 3d = 7 …(i)

S17 = 289

172 [2a + 16d] = 289

⇒ 2a + 16d = 289 × 217

⇒ 2(a + 8d) = 34
⇒(a + 8d) = 34 / 2

⇒ a + 8d = 17 …(ii)

From eqn (i) and (ii):

⇒ -5d = -10

∴ d = 2

Put the value of d in eqn (i):

⇒ a + 3 × 2 = 7

⇒ a + 6 = 7

⇒ a = 7 – 6

⇒ a = 1

∴ S20 = 202 [2(1) + (20 – 1)2]

⇒ 10 [2 + 19 × 2]

⇒ 10 [2 + 38]

⇒ 40 × 10

⇒ 400

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.Avail Offer

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q1: If a, b,  form an A.P. with common difference d. then the value of a – 2b – c is equal to  (2023)
(a) 2a + 4d
(b) 0
(c) -2a- 4d 
(d) -2a – 3d    

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: We have, a, b, c are in A.P.
b = a + d, and c =  a + 2d
Now, a – 2b – c = a – 2(a + d) –  (a + 2d)
= a – 2a – 2d – a – 2d
= -2a- 4d

Q2: If k + 2, 4k – 6. and 3k – 2 are three consecutive terms of an A.P. then the value of k is  (2023)
(a) 3
(b) -3
(c) 4
(d) -4  

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Sol: Since, k + 2, 4k – 6 and 3k – 2 are three consecutive terms of A.P.
a2 – a1 = a3 – a2
⇒ (4k – 6)- (k + 2) = (3k – 2) – (4k – 6)
⇒ 4k -6 – k – 2= 3k – 2 – 4k + 6
⇒ 3k – 8 = -k + 4
⇒ 4k = 12
⇒ k = 3

Q3: How many terms are there in A.P. whose first and fifth terms are -14 and 2, respectively and the last term is 62.    (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: We have
First term, a1 = – 14
Fifth term, a5 = 2
Last term, an = 62
Let d  be the common difference and n be the number of terms.
∵ a5 = 2
⇒ -14 +(5 – 1)d = 2
⇒  4d = 16
⇒  d =4
Now, a= 62
⇒  -14 + (n – 1)4 = 62
⇒ 4n – 4 = 76
⇒ 4n = 80
⇒ n= 20
There are 20 terms in A.P.

Q4: Which term of the A.P. : 65, 61, 57, 53, _____ is the first negative term?   (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, A.P. is 65, 61, 57, 53,…..
Here, first term a = 65 and common difference, d = -4
Let the nth term is negative.
Last term, an = a + (n – 1) = 65 + (n – 1)(-4)
= 65 – 4n + 4
= 69 – 4n, which will be negative when n = 18
So, 18th term is the first negative term.

Q5: Assertion:  a, b, c are in AP if and only if 2b = a + c
Reason: The sum of the first n odd natural numbers is n2.    (CBSE 2023)
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Sol: Since, a, b ,c are in A.P. then b – a = c -b
⇒ 2b = a + c
First n odd natural number be 1, 3, 5 ….. (2n – 1).
which form an A.P. with a = 1 and d = 2
Sum of first n odd natural number = n/2[2a + (n -1)d]
= n/2 [2 + (n – 1)2] = n2
Hence, assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.

Q6: The sum of the first 15 terms of an A.P. is 750 and its first term is 15. Find its 20th term.    (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Here, a = 15 and S15 = 750
∵ Sn = n/2[2a + (n -1)d]
∴ S15 = 15/2 [2 x 15 + (15 -1)d] = 750
⇒ 15(15 + 7d) = 750
⇒ 15 + 7d = 50
⇒ 7d = 35
⇒ d = 5
Now, 20th term = a + (n – 1)d
= 15 + (20 – 1) 5
= 15 + 95
= 110

Q7: Rohan repays his total loan of Rs. 1,18,000 by paying every month starting with the first installment of Rs. 1,000. If he increases the installment by Rs. 100 every month. what amount will be paid by him in the 30th installment? What amount of loan has he paid after the 30th installment?   (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Total amount of loan Rohan takes = Rs. 1,18,000
First installment paid by Rohan = Rs. 1000
Second instalment paid by Rohan = 1000 + 100 = Rs. 1100
Third installment paid by Rohan = 1100 + 100 = Rs. 1200 and so on.
Let its 30th installment be n.
Thus, we have 1000,1100,1200, which forms an A.P. with first term (a) = 1000
and common difference (d) = 1100 – 1000 = 100
nth term of an A.P. an= a + (n – 1)d
For 30th installment, a30 = a + (30 – 1)d
= 1000 + (29) 100 = 1000 + 2900 = 3900
So Rs. 3900 will be paid by Rohan in the 30th installment.
Now, we have a = 1000, last term (l)= 3900
Sum of 30 installment, S30 = 30/2[a + 1]
⇒ S30 = 15(1000 + 3900) = Rs. 73500
Total amount he still have to pay after the 30th installment = (Amount of loan) – (Sum of 30 installments)
= Rs. 1,18,000 – Rs. 73,500 = Rs. 44,500
Hence, Rs. 44,500 still has to be paid after the 30th installment.

Q8: The ratio of the 11th term to the 18th term of an AP is 2:3. Find the ratio of the 5th term to the 21st term and also the ratio of the sum of the first five terms to the sum of the first 21 terms.   (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let a and d be the first term and common difference of an AP.
Given that, a11 : a18 = 2 : 3

⇒ a + 10da + 17d = 23

⇒ 3a + 30d = 2a + 34d
⇒ a = 4d …(i)
Now, a5 = a + 4d = 4d + 4d = 8d [from Eq.(i)]
And a21 = a + 20d = 4d + 20d = 24d [from Eq. (i)]
a5 : a21 = 8d : 24d = 1 : 3
Now, sum of the first five terms, S5 = 5/2 [2a + (5−1)d]
= 5/2 [2(4d) + 4d]   [from Eq.(i)]
= 5/2 (8d + 4d) = 5/2 × 12d = 30d
And, sum of the first 21 terms, S21 = 21/2 [2a + (21−1)d]
= 21/2 [2(4d) + 20d]= 21/2 × 28 d = 294 d from Eq..(i)]
So, ratio of the sum of the first five terms to the sum of the first 21 terms is,
S5 : S21 = 30d : 294d = 5 : 49

Q9: 250 logs are stacked in the following manner: 22 logs in the bottom row, 21 in the next row, 20 in the row next to it and so on (as shown by an example). In how many rows, are the 250 logs placed and how many logs are there in the top row?

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let there be n rows to pile of 250 logs
Here, the bottom row has 22 logs and in next row, 1 log reduces
It means, we get an AP 22, 21, 20, 19, ………………… n with first term or a = 22 and d = -1
Now, we know that total logs are 250 or we can say that,
Sn =250
Since sum of n terms of an A.P. Sn = n/2 (2a + (n-1) d)
= 250 Therefore, n/2 (2 x 22 + (n-1) x (-1))
or 500 = n (44 – (n-1))
500 = n (45- n)
n2 – 45 n + 500 = 0
n2 – 25n – 20n + 500 = 0
n(n – 25) – 20(n – 25) = 0
By solving this, we get (n-20) (n-25) = 0
Since, there are 22 logs in first row and in next row, 1 log reduces, then we can not have more than 22 terms
∴ n ≠ 25
and n = 20
Means, 20th row is the top row of the pile
Now let’s find out number of logs in 20th row
We know that value of nth term of an A.P. = a + (n-1) d
n20 = [22 + (20-1) (-1)]
=(22-19) = 3
Therefore, there are 3 logs in the top row.

Q10: The next term of the A.P.: √7, √28, √63 is: 
(a) √70 
(b) √80 
(c) √97 
(d) √112   (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

Given an AP √7, √28, √63, ….
Examine the given conditions.

Therefore,

Hence, the next term i.e., 4th term will be,

⇒ aₙ = a + (n – 1)d
⇒ a₄ = √7 + (4 – 1)√7
⇒ a₄ = √7 + 3√7

Therefore, the next term of an AP
√7, √28, √63, .. is √112.
Hence, the correct option is 4.

Also read: Flashcards: Arithmetic Progressions

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q1: Find a and b so that the numbers a, 7, b,  23 are in A.P.      (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Since a, 7, b,  23 are in A.P.
∴ Common difference is same.
∴ 7 – a = b -7 = 23 – b
Taking second and third terms, we get
b – 7 = 23 – b
⇒ 2b = 30
⇒ b = 15
Taking first and second terms, we get
⇒ 7 – a = b – 7
⇒ 7 – a = 15 – 7
⇒ 7 – a = 8
⇒ a = -1
Hence, a = -1, b = 15.

Q2: Find the number of terms of the A.P. : 293, 235, 177,….., 53      (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

  • First term (a) = 293
  • Common difference (d) = 235 − 293 = -58
  • Last term (aₙ) = 53

Formula:
aₙ = a + (n – 1)d

Substitute values:
53 = 293 + (n – 1)(-58)
53 = 293 – 58(n – 1)
53 – 293 = -58(n – 1)
-240 = -58(n – 1)

Solve for (n – 1):
n – 1 = (-240) / (-58)
n – 1 = 240 / 58
n – 1 = 120 / 29

Add 1:
n = 1 + 120/29
n = (29 + 120) / 29
n = 149/29

Since n is not an integer, this means 53 is not a term of this A.P. and the question has no natural number solution for n.

Q3: Determine the A.P. whose third term is 5 and the seventh term is 9.     (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the first term and common difference of an A.P. be a and d, respectively.
Given a3= 5 and a7 = 9
a + (3 – 1 ) d = 5 and a + (7 – 1)d  =  9
a + 2d = 5 ————–(i)
and a + 6d = 9————–(ii)
On subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
⇒ 4d  = 4
⇒ d = 1
From (i), a + 2(1) = 5 ⇒ a + 2 = 5 ⇒ a = 3
So. required A.P. is a, a + d, a + 2d, a + 3d……
i.e. 3, 3 +1, 3 + 2(1), 3 + 3(1), …..,  i.e.. 3,  4,  5, 6, …..

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q1: If -5/7, a, 2 are consecutive terms in an Arithmetic  Progression, then the value of a’ is    (2020)
(a) 9/7
(b) 9/14
(c) 19/7
(d) 19/14     

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Sol: Given, -5/7, a, 2 are in A.P. therefore common difference is same.
∴ a2 – a1 = a3 – a2
a – -57 = 2 – a

⇒ a + 57 = 2 – a

⇒ 2a = 97

⇒ a = 914

Q2: Which of the following is not an A.P?     (2020)
(a) -1.2, 0.8.2.8, ….
(b) 3, 3+√2, 3+2√2,3 + 3√2,…
(c) 4/3, 7/3, 9/3, 12/3, …

(d) -1/5, -2/5, -3/5,..

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: In option (c), We have

a2 – a1 = 73 = 43 = 33 = 1

a3 – a2 = 93 = 73 = 23
As a2 – a1 ≠  a3– a2 the given list of numbers does not form an A.P.

Q3: The value of x for which 2x, (x + 10) and (3x + 2) are the three consecutive terms of an A.P, is  (2020)
(a) 6
(b) -6
(c) 18
(d) -18

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Sol: Given, 2x, (x + 10) and (3x + 2) are in A.P.
(x + 10) – 2x = (3x + 2) – (x + 10)
⇒ -x + 10= 2x – 8
⇒ – 3x = -18
⇒ x = 6

Q4: Show that (a – b)2, (a2 + b2) and (a + b)2 are in A.P.    (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let a1 = (a – b)2, a2 = (a2 + b2) and a3= (a + b)2
Now. a2 – a1 = (a2 + b2) – (a – b)2
= a2 + b2 – (a2 + b2 – 2ab)
= a2 + b2– a2– b2 + 2ab = 2ab
Again a– a2 = (a + b)2 – (a2 + b2)
= a2 + b2 + 2ab – a2 – b2 = 2ab
∴ a2 – a1 = a3 – a2
So, (a – b)2, (a2 + b2) and (a + b)2 are in A.P.

Q5: The sum of four consecutive numbers in A.P. is 32 and the ratio of the product of the first and last terms to the product of two middle terms is 7 : 15. Find the numbers.       (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the four consecutive numbers be (a – 3d), (a – d), (a + d), (a + 3d).

Sum of four numbers = 32 (Given)
⇒ (a – 3d) + (a – d) + (a + d) + (a + 3d) = 32
⇒ 4a = 32 ⇒  a = 8
Also, (a – 3d)(a + 3d)(a – d)(a + d) = 715

⇒ a2 – 9d2a2 – d2 = 715

⇒ 15a2 – 135d2 = 7a2 – 7d2

⇒ 8a2 = 128d2

⇒ d2 = 8a2128 = 8 × 64128

⇒ d = ± 2

If d = 2. then the numbers are (8 – 6), (8 – 2), (8 + 2) and (8 + 6) i.e., 2,6, 10, 14 .
If d = -2. then the numbers are (8 + 6), (8 + 2), (8 – 2). (8 – 6) i.e.,14 ,10 ,6 ,2 .
Hence, the numbers are 2, 6, 10, 14 or 14, 10, 6, 2.

Q6: Find the sum of the first 100 natural numbers.       (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: First 100 natural numbers are 1 , 2 , 3 …… 100 which form an A.P. with a = 1, d = 1.
Sum of n terms =Sn = n/2 [2a + (n – 1)d] 

= 100/2 [2 x 1 + (100 – 1) x 1] 
= 50 [2 + 99] = 50 x 101 = 5050

Q7: Find the sum of the first 16 terms of an Arithmetic Progression whose 4th and 9th terms are – 15 and – 30 respectively.   (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, a4 = -15 and a9 = -30
a + 3d = – 15  (i)
a + 8d = -30   (ii)
On subtracting (ii)from (i), we have
-5d = 15
⇒ d = – 3
Put d = – 3 in (i), we have
a + 3(-3)= – 15 
⇒ a – 9 = – 15
⇒ a = – 6
Now, Sn = n/2 [2a + (n – 1)d]
⇒ S16 = 16/2 [2(-6) + (16 – 1) (-3)]
= 8 [2(-6) + (15) (-3)] = 8 [-12 – 45] = -456

Q8:  In an A.P. given that the first term (a) = 54. the common difference (d) = -3 and the nth term (an) = 0. Find n and the sum of the first n terms (Sn) of the A.P.       (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  Given, d = – 3, a = 54 and an= 0
Since an = a + (n -1)d
∴ 0 = 54 + (n – 1)(-3)
⇒ 0 = 54 – 3n + 3
⇒  3n = 57
⇒ n = 19
Now,
Sn = n/2 [2a+(n-1)d]
= 19/2 [2 × 54 +(19 – 1)(-3)]
= 19/2 [108 – 54] = 19/2 × 54 = 513

Q9: Find the Sum (−5) + (−8)+ (−11) + … + (−230).      (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (−5) + (−8) + (−11) + … + (−230) .
Common difference of the A.P. (d) = a– a
= -8-(-5)
= -8+5
= -3
So here,
First term (a) = −5
Last term (l) = −230
Common difference (d) = −3
So, here the first step is to find the total number of terms. Let us take the number of terms as n.
Now, as we know,
an = a + (n-1) d
So, for the last term,
– 230 = -5 + ( n-1) (-3)
– 230 = -5 – 3n + 3
-230 + 2 = -3n
– 228/-3 = n
n = 76
Now, using the formula for the sum of n terms, we get
Sn = 76/2 [2(-5) + (76-1)(-3)]
= 38 [-10 + (75)(-3)]
=38 (-10-225)
= 38(-235)
= -8930
Therefore, the sum of the A.P is  Sn = -8930 

Q10: Show that the sum of all terms of an A.P. whose first term is a, the second term is b and the last term is c is equal to  (a + c)(b + c – 2a)2(b – a)   . (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given: first term a1 = a, second term, a2 = b and last term, l = c.  
So, common difference, d = a2 – a1 = b – a  
Let this A.P. contains n terms.          
Then,  l = a + (n – 1)d 
⇒ c = a + (n – 1) (b – a) 
⇒ c – a = (n – 1)(b – a)

⇒ n – 1 = c – ab – a

⇒ n = c – ab – a + 1

⇒ n = c – a + b – ab – a

⇒ n = b + c – 2ab – a …(i)

Now, sum of n terms of A.P. is given by:

Sn = n2 [a + l]

⇒ Sn = 12 [b + c – 2ab – a] [a + c] [Using (i)]

⇒ Sn = (a + c)(b + c – 2a)2(b – a)

Hence, proved.

Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!Claim Offer

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q1: Write the common difference of A.P.  (2019)
√3, √12, √27, √48, ……

Hide Answer  

Ans: Give A.P. is
√3, √12, √27, √48, ……
or √3, 2√3, 3√3,4√3, …….
∴ d = common difference = 2√3 – √3 = √3

Q2: Which term of the A.P. 10, 7, 4, …is -41?  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  Let nth term of A.P. 10, 7, 4, …is -41
∴ an = a + (n – 1)d
⇒ – 41 = 10+(n-1)(-3)     [∵ d = 7 – 10 = -3]
⇒ – 41 = 10 – 3n + 3
⇒ -41 = 13 – 3n
⇒ 3n = 54 
⇒ n= 18
∴ 18th term of given A.P. is – 41 

Q3: If in an A.P. a = 15, d = – 3 and an = 0, then find the value of n.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, a = 15,  d = – 3 and an = 0
∴ an = a + (n – 1)d
⇒ 15 + (n – 1 )(- 3)= 0
⇒ 15  – 3n +3 = 0 
⇒ 18 – 3n = 0 
⇒ – 3n = -18
⇒ n = 6

Q4: How many two-digit numbers are divisible by 3?  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Two-digit numbers which are divisible by 3 are 12, 15, 13….. 99. which forms an A.P. with first term (a) = 12, common difference (d) = 15 – 12 = 3 and last term (l) or nth term = 99 
a + (n – 1)d = 99
⇒ 12 + (n – 1)3 = 99 
⇒ 3n = 99 – 9
⇒ n = 90/3
⇒ n = 30

Q5: If the 9th term of an AR is zero, then show that its 29th term is double its 19th term.      (2019, 2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  Given, a9 = 0 . we have to show that a29 = 2a19
a + 8d = 0
⇒ a = – 8 d
Now, a19 = a + 18d = -8d + 18d = 10d
a29 = a + 28d = -8d + 28d = 20d = 2(10d ) = 2a19
Hence, a29 = 2a19

Q6: Which term of the A.P. 3, 15, 27, 39, … will be 120 more than its 21st term?    (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  We have, first term, a = 3, common difference,  d = 15 – 3 =12
nth term of an A.P. is given by an = a + (n – 1)d 
∴ a21 =  3 + (20) x 12 
= 3 + 240 
= 243 
Let the rth term of the AP. be 120 more than the 21st term.
⇒ a + (r – 1) d = 243 + 120
⇒ 3 + (r – 1) 12 = 363
⇒ (r – 1) 12 = 360 
⇒ r – 1= 30 
⇒ r = 31

Q7: If the 17th term of an A.P. exceeds its 10th term by 7, find the common difference.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  According to question, a17 – a10 = 7 
i.e. a + 16d- (a + 9d) = 7
where a = first term d = common difference
⇒ 7d = 7
∴ d = 1

Q8: Ramkali would require ₹ 5000 to get her daughter admitted to a school after a year. She saved ₹ 150 in the first month and increased her monthly savings by ₹ 50 every month. Find out if she will be able to arrange the required money after 12 months. Which value is reflected in her efforts? (CBSE 2019, 15)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The saving in first month is₹ 150. 
The saving in second month is 
₹(150 + 50) = ₹ 200 
Similarly, saving goes on increasing every month by ₹ 50.   
Savings = ₹ 150, ₹ 200, ₹ 250, ₹300,….. 
Savings forms an A.P. in which first term (a) = 150 and common difference, (d) = 50 
Then, total savings for 12 months 

S12 = n2 [2a + (n – 1)d]

⇒ S12 = 122 [2 × 150 + (12 – 1) × 50]

⇒ S12 = 6 [300 + 550]

⇒ S12 = 6 × 850 = ₹ 5100

Then, Ramkali would be able to save ₹ 5,100 in 12 months and she needs ₹5,000 to send her daughter to school. 
Hence, Ramkali would be able to send her daughter to school. 
Values: Putting efforts to send her daughter to school shows her awareness regarding girls education and educating a child.

Also read: Flashcards: Arithmetic Progressions

Previous Year Questions 2017

Q1: A sum of ₹ 4,250 is to be used to give 10 cash prizes to students of a school for their overall academic performance. If each prize is ₹ 50 less than its preceding prize, find the value of each of the prizes. (CBSE 2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the value of first most expensive prize be ₹ a. 
Then, according to the given condition, prizes are a, a – 50, a – 100, a – 150 ……. 
The given series forms an A.P., with a common difference of (– 50). 
Here, first term = a 
Common difference    d = – 50 
Number of terms, n   = 10 and, 
sum of 10 terms, S10 = ₹ 4,250 

By formula, Sn = n2 [2a + (n – 1)d]

⇒ S10 = 102 [2 × a + (10 – 1) × (-50)]

⇒ 4250 = 5(2a – 450)

⇒ 850 = 2a – 450

⇒ a = 13002 = ₹ 650

Hence, the value of the prizes are: ₹ 650, ₹ 600, ₹ 550, ₹ 500, ₹ 450, ₹ 400, ₹ 350, ₹ 300, ₹ 250, ₹ 200.

Q2: A child puts one five-rupee coin of her savings in the piggy bank on the first day. She increases her savings by one five-rupee coin daily. If the piggy bank can hold 190 coins of five rupees in all, find the number of days she can continue to put the five-rupee coins into it and find the total money she saved. Write your views on the habit of saving. (CBSE 2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Since, child puts ₹ 5 on 1st day, ₹ 10 (2 × 5) on 
2nd day, ₹ 15(3 × 5) on 3rd day and so on.  
Total savings = 190 coins = 190 × 5 = ₹ 950          
So, the series of her daily savings is, ₹ 5, ₹ 10, ₹ 15, …..         
Clearly, this series is an A.P. 
So, first term, a = 5               
Common difference, d = 5               
Sum of total savings, Sn = 950 
Let, n be the last day when piggy bank becomes full.

∴ Sn = n2 [2a + (n – 1)d]

⇒ 950 = n2 [2 × 5 + (n – 1) × 5]

⇒ 1900 = n[10 + 5n – 5]

⇒ 1900 = n[5n + 5]

⇒ 5n2 + 5n – 1900 = 0

⇒ n2 + n – 380 = 0

⇒ n2 + 20n – 19n – 380 = 0 (on splitting the middle term)

n(n + 20) – 19(n + 20) = 0 
(n – 19) (n + 20) = 0 
n = 19 or – 20          
But ‘n‘ cannot be negative, hence n = 19.          
Hence, she continuous the savings for 19 days and saves ₹ 950.          
Views on habit of saving: 
(1) Child is developing a very good habit of savings.
(2) Consistent saving can create a wonder.

Q3: Write the nth term of the A.P. 1m , 1 + mm , 1 + 2mm, ……. (CBSE 2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, A.P. is 1m , 1 + mm , 1 + 2mm ……

Here, first term, a = 1/m

Common difference,

d = 1 + mm – 1m = mm = 1

∴ nth term, an = a + (n – 1)d

⇒ an = 1m + (n – 1) × 1

⇒ an = 1m + n – 1

⇒ an = mn – m + 1m

Hence, the nth term of given A.P. is: mn – m + 1m

04. Previous Year Questions: Quadratic Equations

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: if then the values of x are: 
(a) 
± 6
(b) 
± 4
(c) 
± 12
(d) 
± 3

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
We have
Previous Year Questions 2025


Q2: Case Study: A garden designer is planning a rectangular lawn that is to be surrounded by a uniform walkway. 
Previous Year Questions 2025
Previous Year Questions 2025The total area of the lawn and the walkway is 360 square metres. The width of the walkway is same on all sides. The dimensions of the lawn itself are 12 metres by 10 metres. Based on the information given above, answer the following questions: 
(i) Formulate the quadratic equation representing the total area of the lawn and the walkway, taking width of walkway= x m. 
(ii) (a) Solve the quadratic equation to find the width of the walkway ‘x’. 
OR 
(ii) (b) If the cost of paving the walkway at the rate of ₹ 50 per square metre is ₹ 12,000, calculate the area of the walkway. 
(iii) Find the perimeter of the lawn.

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(i) Length of rectangular lawn, l = (12 + 2x) m
Breadth of rectangular lawn, b = (10 + 2x) m
∴ Area of rectangular lawn = 360 m2 (given)
⇒ (12 + 2x)(10 + 2x) = 360
⇒ 120 + 24x + 20x + 4x2 = 360
⇒ 4x2 + 44x + 120 = 360
⇒ 4x2 + 44x – 240 = 0
⇒ x2 + 11x – 60 = 0

(ii) (a) Quadratic equation is x2 + 11x – 60 = 0
⇒ x2 + 15x – 4x – 60 = 0
⇒ x(x + 15) – 4(x + 15) = 0
⇒ (x + 15)(x – 4) = 0
⇒ x = -15 or 4
⇒ x = 4  ( x can’t be negative) 
∴ Width of the walkway= 4 m.

OR
(ii) (b)
Previous Year Questions 2025
(iii) Length of lawn , l= 12 m, 
Breadth of lawn, b = 10 m 
∴ Perimeter of lawn= 2(l + b) 
= 2(12 + 10) 
= 2 x 22 = 44 m

Q3: A student scored a total of 32 marks in class tests in Mathematics and Science. Had he scored 2 marks less in Science and 4 marks more in Mathematics, the product of his marks would have been 253. Find his marks in the two subjects.

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Let the marks scored by a student in Mathematics be x and Science be y.
According to question,
x + y = 32 ⇒ y = 32 – x   …(i)
Also, (x + 4)(y – 2) = 253
⇒ xy – 2x + 4y – 8 = 253
⇒ xy – 2x + 4y = 261
⇒ x(32 – x) – 2x + 4(32 – x) = 261  [from(i)]
⇒ 32x – x2 – 2x + 128 – 4x = 261
⇒ 26x -x2 + 128 = 261
⇒ x2 – 26x + 133 = 0
⇒ x2 – 19x – 7x + 133 = 0
⇒ x(x – 19) – 7(x – 19) = 0
⇒ (x – 19)(x – 7) = 0 ⇒ x = 7, 19
From (i) when get y = 25, 13 respectively
if x = 7, then y = 25 and if x = 19, then y = 13.
∴ Marks in mathematics and science are 7 and 25 or 19 and 13 respectively.


Q4: There is a circular park of diameter 65 mas shown in the following figure, where AB is a diameter. 
An entry gate is to be constructed at a point P on the boundary of the park such that distance of P from A is 35 m more than the distance of P from B. Find distance of point P from A and B respectively.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the distance of ‘P’ from ‘B’ be x m.
∴ PA = (x + 35)m
In ΔAPB, ∠P = 90°
∴ AB2 = AP2 + PB2 [Using Pythagoras theorem]
(65)2 = (x + 35)2 + x2
⇒ 4225 = x2 + 70x + 1225 + x2
⇒ 2x2 + 70x + 1225 = 4225
⇒ 2x2 + 70x – 3000 = 0
⇒ x2 + 35x – 1500 = 0
⇒ x2 + 60x – 25x – 1500 = 0
⇒ (x + 60)(x – 25) = 0
⇒ x = -60, 25 [∵ Distance can’t be negative]
x = 25
∴ PA = 25 + 35 = 60 m and PB = 25 m.


Q5: The discriminant of the quadratic equation bx2 + ax + c = 0, b ≠ 0 is given by:
(a) b2 – 4ac
(b) 

(c) 

(d) a2 – 4bc

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
We have, bx2 + ax + c = 0
On comparing with Ax2 + Bx + C = 0, we get
A = b, B = a and C = c
∴ D = B2 – 4AC = a2 – 4bc  [∵ Discriminant = B2 – 4AC]


Q6: Which of the following quadratic equations has real and equal roots? 
(a) (x + 1)2 = 2x + 1 
(b) x2 +x= 0 
(c) x2 – 4 = 0 
(d) x2+ x + 1= 0

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
(x + 1)2 = 2x + 1 
x2 + 2x + 1 = 2x+1 
x2 + 2x + 1 – 2x – 1 = 0
x2 = 0 ⇒ x = 0, 0 
Hence, the given equation has real and equal roots. 


Q7: Find the value(s) of ‘k’ so that the quadratic equation 4x2 + kx + 1 = 0 has real and equal roots. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given quadratic equation 4x2 + kx + 1 = 0 has real and equal roots.
Comparing with ax² + bx + c = 0, we have
a = 4, b = k, c = 1
∴ D = b2 – 4ac = k2 – 4(4)(1) = 0
⇒ k2 – 16 = 0 
⇒ k² = 16 
⇒ k = ±4


Q8: Find the smallest value of p for which the quadratic equation x2 – 2(p + 1)x + p2 = 0 has real roots. Hence, find the roots of the  equation so obtained.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, x2 – 2(p + 1)x + p2 = 0 has real roots.
Compare it with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 1, b = -2(p + 1), c = p2
∴ For real roots, we have D ≥ 0
(-2(p + 1))2 – 4 × 1 × p² ≥ 0
⇒ 4(p2 + 1 + 2p) – 4p2 ≥ 0 ⇒ 4p2 + 4 + 8p – 4p2 ≥ 0
⇒ 8p + 4 ≥ 0 => p ≥ -1/2
∴ Smallest value of p is -1/2.
Put value of ‘p’ in given equation,
Previous Year Questions 2025
So, 1/2, 1/2 are the roots.

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1: In a flight of 2800 km, an aircraft was slowed down due to bad weather. Its average speed is reduced by 100km/h, and by doing so, the time of flight is increased by 30 minutes. Find the original duration of the flight.     (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Let the speed of aircraft be x km/hr.
Time taken to cover 2800 km by speed of x km/hr = 2800/x  hrs.
New speed is (x – 100) km/hr
so time taken to cover 2800 km at the speed of (x – 100) km/hr = 2800x – 100 hrs

ATQ,
2800x – 100 – 2800x = 12

⇒ 2800 (x – x + 100)x (x – 100) = 12

⇒ 100x² – 100x = 12 × 2800

⇒ 560000 = x2 – 100x
⇒ x2 – 100x – 560000 = 0
⇒ x2 – 800x + 700x – 560000 = 0
⇒ x(x – 800) + 700(x – 800) = 0
⇒ (x – 800) (x + 700) = 0
⇒ x = 800, – 700 (Neglect)
⇒ x = 800
Speed = 800 km/hr
Time = 2800/800
= 3 hr 30 min.


Q2: The denominator of a fraction is one more than twice the numerator. If the sum of the fraction and its reciprocal is  found, the fraction.      (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Let the numerator of the required fraction be x.
Then, its denominator = (2x + 1).

The fraction = x / (2x + 1) and its reciprocal = (2x + 1) / x.
We are given that:
(x / (2x + 1)) + ((2x + 1) / x) = 58 / 21

Multiplying both sides by 21x(2x + 1):
21x [x² + (2x + 1)²] = 58x(2x + 1)
21x [x² + (2x + 1)²] = 58x(2x + 1)
Simplifying this:
21x [5x² + 4x + 1] = 116x² + 58x
Expanding both sides:
11x² – 26x – 21 = 0
This is a quadratic equation.

Solving the quadratic equation:
11x² – 33x + 7x – 21 = 0
11x(x – 3) + 7(x – 3) = 0
(x – 3) (11x + 7) = 0

So, x = 3 or x = -7/11.
Since the numerator cannot be negative, x = 3.

Thus, the required fraction is x / (2x + 1) = 3 / 7.

Q3: If the roots of quadratic equation 4x² – 5x + k = 0 are real and equal, then the value of k is      (CBSE 2024)
(a) 5/4
(b) 25/16
(c) Previous Year Questions 2024
(d) Previous Year Questions 2024

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b) 25/16
Given that,
Roots of quadratic equation 4x2 − 5x + k = 0 are real and equal
On comparing with ax2 + bx + c = 0,
We get, a = 4, b = −5 and c = k
For real and equal roots,
⇒ b2 − 4ac = 0
⇒ (−5)2 − 4(4)(k) = 0
⇒ 16k = 25
⇒ k = 25/16


Q4: A rectangular floor area can be completely tiled with 200 square tiles. If the side length of each tile is increased by 1 unit, it would take only 128 tiles to cover the floor.       (CBSE 2024)
(i) Assuming the original length of each side of a tile is x units, make a quadratic equation from the above information.
(ii) Write the corresponding quadratic equation in standard form. 
(iii) (a) Find the value of x, the length of the side of a tile by factorisation.
OR
(b) Solve the quadratic equation for x using the quadratic formula.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) Let the original side length of each tile be x units.
The area of the rectangular floor using 200 tiles = 200 x2 unit
The area with increased side length (each side increased by 1 unit) using 128 tiles
= 128 (x + 1)2 unit2
So, the required quadratic equation is: 200x2 = 128 (x + 1 )2
(ii) We have,
200x2 = 128 (x + 1)2
⇒ 200x2 = 128 (x2 + 2x + 1)
⇒ 200x2 = 128x2 + 256x + 128
⇒ 72x2 − 256x − 128 = 0
which is the quadratic equation is standard form.
(iii) (a) We have,
72x2 − 256x − 128 = 0
or, 9x2 − 32x − 16 = 0
or, 9x2 − 36x + 4x − 16 = 0
or, 9x (x − 4) + 4 (x − 4) = 0
or, (x − 4) (9x + 4) = 0
Previous Year Questions 2024

Since the side cannot be negative, thus x = 4 units.
OR
(b) We have 9x2 − 32x − 16 = 0
On comparing with ax2 + bx + c = 0, we get
a = 9, b = −32 and c = −16
Using quadratic formula,
Previous Year Questions 2024

 
Q5: If the roots of equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, a ≠ 0 are real and equal, then which of the following relations is true?       (CBSE 2024)
(a) a = b2/c
(b) b2 = ac
(c) ac = b2/4
(d) c = b2/c 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c) ac = b2/4
If the discriminant is equal to zero, i.e., b2 − 4ac = 0 where a, b, c are real numbers and a ≠ 0, then roots of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0, are real and equal.
Thus, b2 – 4ac = 0 or ac = b2/4

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.Avail Offer

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q6: Find the sum and product of the roots of the quadratic equation 2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0.  (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let α and β be the roots of given quadratic equation  2x2 – 9x + 4 = 0.
Sum of roots = α + β = -b/a = (-9)/2 = 9/2
and Product of roots, αβ = c/a = 4/2 = 2  


Q7: Find the value of p, for which one root of the quadratic equation px2 – 14x + 8 = 0 is 6 times the other.  (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the first root be α, then the second root will be 6a
Sum of roots  = -b/a
⇒ a + 6a = 14/p
⇒ 7a = 14/p
⇒ a = 2/p
Product of roots = c/a
⇒ a x 6a  = 8/p
⇒ 6a2 = 8/p

⇒ 6(2p)² = 8p

⇒ 6 x 4p² = 8p

⇒ p = 6 x 4/8
⇒ p = 3
Hence, the value of p is 3.


Q8: The least positive value of k for which the quadratic equation 2x2 + kx + 4 = 0 has rational roots is (2023)
(a) ±2√2
(b) 4√2
(c) ±2
(d) √2

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: Put k = 2,

⇒ 2x² + 2x – 4 = 0

⇒ 2x² + 4x – 2x – 4 = 0

⇒ 2x (x + 2) – 2(x + 2) = 0

⇒ x = 1, -2

Put k = -2,

⇒ 2x² – 2x – 4 = 0

⇒ 2x² – 4x + 2x – 4 = 0

⇒ 2x (x – 2) + 2 (x – 2) = 0

⇒ x = -1, 2
Hence, to get the rational values of x, that is, to get rational roots, k must be ±2.


Q9: Find the discriminant of the quadratic equation 4x2 – 5 = 0 and hence comment on the nature of the roots of the equation.  (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given quadratic equation is 4x2 – 5 = 0
Discriminant, D = b2 – 4ac = 02 – 4(4)(-5) = 80 > 0
Hence, the roots of the given quadratic equation are real and distinct.


Q10: Find the value of ‘p’ for which the quadratic equation px(x – 2) + 6 = 0 has two equal real roots.  (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The given quadratic equation is px(x – 2) + 6 = 0
⇒ px2 – 2xp +6 = 0
On comparing with ax2+ bx + c = 0, we get
a = p, b = -2p and c = 6
Since, the quadratic equations has two equal real roots.

∴ Discriminant D = 0
⇒ b2 – 4ac = 0
⇒ (-2p)– 4 x p x 6 = 0
⇒ 4p– 24p = 0
⇒ p2 – 6p = 0
⇒  p(p – 6) = 0
⇒  p = 0 or p = 6
But p ≠ 0 as it does not satisfy equation
Hence, the value of p is 6.


Q11: Case StudyWhile designing the school yearbook, a teacher asked the student that the length and width of a particular photo be increased by n units each to double the area of the photo. The original photo is 18 cm long and 12 cm wide.
Based on the above information. Answer the following Questions:
(i) Write an algebraic equation depicting the above information.
(ii) Write the corresponding quadratic equation in standard form.
(iii) What should be the new dimensions of the enlarged photo?

Previous Year Questions 2023OR

Can any rational value of x make the new area equal to 220 cm2?      (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Area = 18 x 12 cm = 216 cm2
Length (l) is increased by x cm
So,  new length =(18 + x ) cm
New width = (12 + x) cm
Previous Year Questions 2023

(i) Area of photo after increasing the length and width
= (18 + x)(12 + x) = 2 x 18 x 12
i.e., (18 + x) (12 + x) = 432 is the required algebraic equation.
(ii) From part (i) we get, (18 + x) (12 + x) = 432
⇒ 216 + 18x + 12x + x2 = 432
⇒  x2 + 30x – 216 = 0
(iii)  x2 + 30x – 216 = 0
⇒ x2+ 36x – 6x – 216 = 0
⇒  x(x+ 36) – 6 (x+ 36) = 0 ⇒  x = 6, -36
-36 is not possible.
So, new length = (18 + 6) cm = 24 cm
New width = (12 + 6) cm = 18cm
So. new dimension = 24cm x 18 cmOR

According to question (18 + x) (12 + x) = 220
⇒ 216 + 30x + x2 = 220
⇒  x+ 30x + 216 – 220 = 0
⇒  x2 + 30x – 4 = 0
For rational value of x. discriminant (D) must be perfect square.
So, D = b2 – 4ac
= (30)2 – 4(1)(-4) = 900 + 16 = 916
∴  916 is not a perfect square.
So, no rational value of x is possible.


Q12: The roots of the equation x2 + 3x – 10 = 0 are: 
(a)
 2, –5
(b)
 –2, 
(c)
 2, 5
(d)
 –2, –5     (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
To find the roots of the quadratic equation x2 + 3x − 10 = 0, we can use the quadratic formula:

Previous Year Questions 2023

For the equation x2 + 3x − 10 = 0:
a = 1
b = 3
c = −10
Substitute these values into the formula:

Previous Year Questions 2023

Now, calculate the two roots:

(i) For x = (-3 + 7) / 2 = 4/2 = 2
(ii) For x  = (-3 – 7)/2 = -10/2 = -5

The roots of the equation are 
2 and -5.
So, the correct answer is: (a) 2,−5

Also read: Short Answer Questions: Quadratic Equations

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q13: If the sum of the roots of the quadratic equation ky2 – 11y + (k – 23) = 0 is 13/21 more than the product of the roots, then find the value of k.    (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, quadratic equation is ky2 – 11y + (k – 23) = 0
Let the roots of the above quadratic equation be α and β.
Now, Sum of roots, α + β = -(-11)/k = 11/k …(i)
and Product of roots, αβ = (k-23)/k  …(ii)
According to the question,
α + β = αβ + 13/21

∴ 11k = k – 23k + 1321 … [From equations (i) and (ii)]

⇒ 11k = k – 23k + 1321

⇒ 11 – k + 23k = 1321

⇒ 21(34 – k) = 13k
⇒ 714 – 21k = 13k
⇒ 714 = 13k + 21k
⇒ 34k = 714
⇒ k = 714/34
⇒ k = 21


Q14: Solve the following quadratic equation for x: x2 – 2ax – (4b2 – a2) = 0

Hide Answer  

Ans: x2 – 2ax – (4b2 – a2) = 0 
⇒ x2 + (2b – a)x – (2b + a)x – (4b2 – a2) = 0
⇒ x(x + 2b – a) – (2b + a)(x + 2b – a) = 0
⇒ (x + 2b – a)(x – 2b – a) = 0
⇒ (x + 2b – a) = 0, (x – 2b – a) = 0
∴ x = a − 2b, a + 2b 


Q15: In the picture given below, one can see a rectangular in-ground swimming pool installed by a family In their backyard. There is a concrete sidewalk around the pool that is width x m. The outside edges of the sidewalk measure 7 m and 12 m. The area of the pool is 36 sq. m.

Based on the information given above, form a quadratic equation in terms of x
Find the width of the sidewalk around the pool.
      (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, width of the sidewalk = x m.
Area of the pool = 36 sq.m
∴ Inner length of the pool
= (12 – 2x)m
Inner width of the pool = (7 – 2x)m
∴ Area of the pool = A = l x b
⇒ 36 = (12 – 2x) x  (7 – 2x)
⇒ 36 = 84 – 24x – 14x +4x2
⇒ 4x2 – 38x + 48 = 0
⇒ 2x2 – 19x + 24 = 0, is the required quadratic equation.
Previous Year Questions 2022
Area of the pool given by quadratic equation is 2x2 – 19x + 24 = 0
⇒ 2x2 – 16x – 3x + 24 = 0
⇒  2x(x – 8) – 3(x – 8) = 0
⇒ (x – 8)(2x – 3) = 0
⇒ x = 8 (not possible) 
Hence, x = 3/2 = 1.5
Width of the sidewalk =1.5m


Q16: The sum of two numbers is 34. If 3 Is subtracted from one number and 2 is added to another, the product of these two numbers becomes 260. Find the numbers.      (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let one number be x and another number be y.
Since, x + y = 34 ⇒  y = 34 – x      (i)
Now. according to the question. (x – 3) (y + 2) = 260       (ii)
Putting the value or y from (i) in (ii), we get
⇒ (x – 3)(34 – x + 2) = 260
⇒ (x – 3)(36 – x) = 260
⇒ 36x – x2 – 108 + 3x = 260
⇒ x– 39x +368 = 0
⇒ x2– 23x – 16x + 368 = 0
⇒ x(x – 23) – 16(x – 23) = 0
⇒ (x – 23)(x – 16) =0
⇒ x = 23 or 16
Hence; when x  = 23 from (i),  y = 34 – 23 = 11
When x = 16. then y = 34 – 16 = 18
Hence the required numbers are 23 and 11 or 16 and 18.


Q17: The hypotenuse (in cm) of a right-angled triangle is 6 cm more than twice the length of the shortest side. If the length of the third side is 6 cm less than thrice the length of the shortest side, then find the dimensions of the triangle.     (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

Previous Year Questions 2022
Let ΔABC be the right angle triangle, right angled at B, as shown in the figure.
Also, let AB = c cm, BC = a cm and AC = b cm
Then, according to the given information, we have
b = 6 + 2a  …..(i) (Let a be the shortest side)
and c = 3a – 6  …(ii)
We know that, b2 = c2 + a2   …..(Pythagoras Theorem)
Putting the values of b and c from (i) and (ii) in above equation
⇒ (6 + 2a)2 = (3a – 6)2 + a2 …[Using (i) and (ii)]
⇒ 36 + 4a2 + 24a = 9a2 + 36 – 36a + a2
⇒ 60a = 6a2
⇒ 6a = 60  …[∵ a cannot be zero]
⇒ a = 10 cm
Now, putting value of a in equation (i), we get
b = 6 + 2 × 10 = 26
and putting value of a in equation (ii), we get
c = 3 × 10 – 6 = 24
Thus, the dimensions of the triangle are 10 cm, 24 cm and 26 cm.


Q18: Solve the quadratic equation: x2 – 2ax + (a– b2) = 0 for x.     (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: We have, x2 – 2ax + (a2 – b2) = 0
⇒ x2 – ((a + b) + (a – b))x + (a2 – b2) = 0
⇒ x2 – (a + b)x – (a – b)x + (a + b)(a – b) = 0  ……[∵ a2 – b2 = (a + b)(a – b)]
⇒ x(x – (a + b)) – (a – b)(x – (a + b)) = 0
⇒ (x – (a + b))(x – (a – b) = 0
⇒ x = a + b, a – b 


Q19: Find the value of m for which the quadratic equation (m – 1) x2 + 2 (m – 1) x + 1 = 0 has two real and equal roots.   (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  We have
(m – 1) x2 + 2 (m – 1) x + 1 = 0 —-(i)
On comparing the given equation with ax2 + bx + c = 0,
we have a = (m – 1), b = 2 (m – 1), c = 1
Discriminant, D = 0
⇒ b2 – 4ac = 0 
⇒ (2 (m – 1))– 4 (m – 1)(1)
⇒ 4m2 + 4 – 8m – 4m + 4 = 0
⇒ 4m2 -12m + 8 = 0
⇒ m2 – 3m + 2 = 0 ⇒ m2 – 2m – m + 2= 0
⇒ m(m – 2) – 1 (m – 2) = 0
⇒ (m – 1)(m – 2) = 0 ⇒ m = 1, 2


Q20: The quadratic equation (1 + a2)x2 + 2abx + (b2 – c2) = 0 has only one root. What is the value of c2(1 + a2)?    (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (1 + a2)x2 + 2abx + (b2 – c2)= 0
Comparing on Ax2 + Bx + C = 0
A = 1 + a2, B = 2ab  &  C = (b2 – c2)
Now, B2 – 4AC = 0
⇒ (2ab)2 – 4 × (1 + a2) × (b2 – c2) = 0
⇒ 4a2b2 – 4(b2 – c2 + a2b– a2c2) = 0
⇒ 4a2b2 – 4b2 + 4c2 – 4a2b2 + 4 a2c2 = 0
⇒ – b2+ c2 + a2c2 = 0
⇒ c2 + a2c2 = b2
∴ c2 (1 + a2) = b2

Previous Year Questions 2021

Q21: Write the quadratic equation in x, whose roots are 2 and -5.     (2021)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Roots of quadratic equation are given as 2 and – 5.
Sum of roots = 2 + (-5) = -3
Product of roots = 2 (-5) = -10
Quadratic equation can he written as
x2 – (sum of roots)x + Product of roots = 0
⇒ x2 + 3x – 10 = 0

Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!Claim Offer

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q22: Sum of the areas of two squares is 544 m2. If the difference of their perimeters is 32 m, find the sides of the two squares.     (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the sides of the two squares be x m and y m, where ; x > y.
Then, their areas are xand y2 and their perimeters are 4x and 4y respectively.
By the given condition, x2 + y= 544 ——–(i)
and 4x – 4y = 32
⇒ x – y = 8
⇒ x = y + 8 ———— (ii)
Substituting the value of x from (ii) in (i) we get
⇒ (y + 8)2 + y2 = 544
⇒ y2 + 64 + 16y + y= 544
⇒ 2y2 + 16y – 480 = 0
⇒ y2 + 8y – 240 = 0
⇒ y2 + 20y – 12y – 240 = 0
⇒ y(y + 20) – 12(y + 20) = 0
⇒ (y – 12) (y + 20) = 0
⇒ y = 12    (∵ y ≠ – 20 as length cannot be negative)
From (ii), x = 12 + 8 = 20 Thus, the sides of the two squares are 20 m and 12 m.


Q23: A motorboat whose speed is 18 km/h in still water takes 1 hour more to go 24 km upstream than to return downstream to the same spot. Find the speed of the stream.     (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

Speed of boat = 18 km/hr

Distance = 24 km

Let x be the speed of the stream.

Let t1 and t2 be the time for upstream and downstream.

As we know that, SpeedDistance = TimeDistance ⇒ Time = DistanceSpeed

For upstream:

Speed = (18 – x) km/hr

Distance = 24 km

Time = t1

t1 = 2418 – x

For downstream:

Speed = (18 + x) km/hr

Distance = 24 km

Time = t2

t= 2418 + x

Now according to the question:

t1 = t2 + 1

Substitute the values:

2418 – x = 2418 + x + 1

Simplify:

118 – x – 118 + x = 124

Combine the fractions:

(18 + x) – (18 – x)(18 – x)(18 + x) = 124

⇒ 2x(18 – x)(18 + x) = 124

Cross-multiply:

48x(18 – x)(18 + x) = 1
Expand:

48x = 324 + 18x – 18x – x²

x² + 48x – 324 = 0

Rearrange:

x² + 54x – 6x – 324 = 0

(x + 54) – 6(x + 54) = 0

(x + 54)(x – 6) = 0

Solve for x:

x = -54 or x = 6

Since speed cannot be negative:

x = 6


Q24: The value(s) of k for which the quadratic equation 2x2 + kx + 2 = 0 has equal roots, is
(a) 4
(b) ± 4
(c) – 4
(d) 0   (2020, 1 Mark)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Given Quadratic equation is 2x2 + kx + 2 = 0
Since, the equation has equal roots.
∴ Discriminant = 0
= b2 – 4ac
⇒ k– 4 x 2 x 2 = 0
⇒ k2– 16 = 0
⇒ k2 = 16
⇒ k = ±4


Q25: Solve for x: 1x + 4 – 1x – 7 = 1130, x ≠ -4, 7. (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, 

⇒ 1x + 4 – 1x – 7 = 1130

⇒ (x -7) – (x + 4)(x + 4)(x – 7) = 1130

⇒ -11(x + 4)(x – 7) = 1130

⇒ (x + 4)(x – 7) = –30 
⇒ (x + 4) (x – 7) + 30 = 0 
⇒ x2 + 4x – 7x – 28 + 30 = 0 
⇒ x2 – 3x – 28 + 30 = 0 
⇒ x2 – 3x + 2 = 0 
⇒ x2 – 2x – x + 2 = 0 
⇒ x(x – 2) – 1(x – 2) = 0 
⇒ (x – 2) (x – 1) = 0 
i.e., x – 1 = 0 or x – 2 = 0 
⇒ x = 1 or 2


Q26: A train covers a distance of 480 km at a uniform speed. If the speed had been 8 km/h less, it would have taken 3 hours more to cover the same distance. Find the original speed of the train. (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the original speed of the train be x km/h. 
Then, time taken to cover the journey of 480 km , t = 480 / x hours 
Time taken to cover the journey of 480 km with speed of (x – 8) km/h = 480 / x − 8 hours 
Now, according to question,

480x – 8 – 480x = 3

⇒ 480 [x – x + 8x(x – 8)] = 3
⇒ 480 (8) = 3x(x – 8)

⇒ 3x(x – 8) = 3840 
⇒ x(x – 8) = 1280 
⇒ x2 – 8x – 1280 = 0 
⇒ x2 – 40x + 32x – 1280 = 0 
⇒ x(x – 40) + 32(x – 40) = 0 
⇒ (x + 32) (x – 40) = 0 
⇒ x + 32 = 0 or x – 40 = 0 
∴ x = – 32 (not possible) 
∴ x = 40 Thus, the original speed of the train is 40 km/h.

Practice Test: Quadratic EquationsStart Test

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q27: Find the value of k for which x = 2 is a solution of equation kx2 + 2x – 3 = 0.     (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Since x = 2 is a solution of kx2 + 2x – 3 = 0
k(2)2 + 2(2) – 3 = 0
= 4k + 4 – 3 = 0
⇒ k = -1/4


Q28: The sum of the areas of two squares is 157 m2. If the sum of their perimeters is 68 m, find the sides of the two squares.    (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the length of the side of one square be x m and the length of the side of another square be y m.
Given, x2 + y2= 157    _(i)
and 4x + 4y=68    _(ii)
 x + y = 17
y = 17 – x    _(iii)
On putting the value of y in (i), we get
x+ (17 – x)2 = 157
⇒ x2 + 289 + x2 – 34x = 157
=> 2x2 – 34x +132 = 0
⇒ x2 – 17x + 66 = 0
⇒ x2 – 11x – 6x + 66 =0
⇒ x(x – 11) – 6(x – 11) = 0
⇒ (x – 11) (x – 6) = 0
⇒ x = 6 or x = 11
On putting the value of x in (iii), we get
y = 17 – 6 = 11 or y = 17 – 11 = 6
Hence, the sides of the squares be 11 m and 6 m.

03. Previous Year Questions: Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: A system of two linear equations in two variables is inconsistent, if the lines in the graph are: 
(a) coincident 
(b) parallel 
(c) intersecting at one point 
(d) intersecting at right angles 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)


Q2: Check whether the following pair of equations is consistent or not. If consistent, solve graphically 
x+3y=6
3y – 2x = -12

Hide Answer  

Ans: We have, 
x + 3y = 6 
3y- 2x = -12
On comparing with general equation, 
we get a1 = 1, b1 = 3, c1 = -6 
a2 = – 2, b2 = 3, c2 = 12 
Previous Year Questions 2025
Hence, the given pair of equations is consistent.
Previous Year Questions 2025

Previous Year Questions 2025Hence, (6, 0) is the solution of given system of equations.


Q3: Solve the following pair of equations algebraically: 
101x + 102y = 304 
102x + 101y = 305

Hide Answer  

Ans: We have,
101x + 102y = 304         …(i)
102x + 101y = 305         …(ii)
Adding equations (i) and (ii), we get
101x + 102y + 102x + 101y = 304 + 305
⇒   203x + 203y = 609
⇒   x + y = 3                …(iii)
Subtracting equation (ii) from (i), we get
101x + 102y – 102x – 101y = 304 – 305
⇒   y – x = -1               …(iv)
Adding equations (iii) and (iv), we get
x + y + y – x = 3 + (-1)
⇒   2y = 2
⇒   y = 1
Substitute of y’ in (iv), we get
1 – x = -1
⇒ x=1 + 1 = 2 
Thus, the solution is x = 2 and y = 1. 


Q4: In a pair of supplementary angles, the greater angle exceeds the smaller by 50°. Express the given situation as a system of linear equations in two variables and hence obtain the measure of each angle.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the greater angle be x and smaller angle be y.
Using statement, we have
x + y = 180°               …(i)
x – y = 50°                …(ii)
Adding equations (i) and (ii), we get
x + y + x – y = 180° + 50°
⇒   2x = 230°
⇒   x = 115°
Using equation (i), we get
115° + y = 180°
⇒   y = 180° – 115° = 65°
So, greater angle is 115° and smaller angle is 65°.


Q5: A man lent a part of his money at 10% p.a. and the rest at 15% p.a. His income at the end of the year is ₹1,900. If he had interchanged the rate of interest on the two sums, he would have earned ₹200 more. Find the amount lent in both cases.

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Let the amount lent at 10% p.a. = ₹x
Let the amount lent at 15% p.a. = ₹y
According to question,
Previous Year Questions 2025
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
25x + 25y = 400000        
⇒   x + y = 16000          …(iii)
Subtracting eqn. (i) from (ii), we get
5x – 5y = 2000          
⇒   x – y = 4000           …(iv)
adding eqn. (iii) and (iv), we get
2x = 20000
⇒   x = 10000
Put value of x in eqn. (iii), 
we get y = 6000 
Hence, amount lent at 10% p.a. is ₹10000 and amount lent at 15% p.a. is ₹6000.


Q6: Vijay invested certain amounts of money in two schemes A and B, which offer interest at the rate of 8% per annum and 9% per annum, respectively. He received ₹1,860 as the total annual interest. However, had he interchanged the amounts of investments in the two schemes, he would have received ₹ 20 more as annual interest. How much money did he invest in each scheme?

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the amount invested in scheme A be ₹x and in scheme B be ₹y respectively.
According to question,

Previous Year Questions 2025

⇒ 8x + 9y = 186000       ….(i)

Previous Year Questions 2025

⇒ 9x + 8y = 188000     ….(ii)
On solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
17y = 170000 ⇒ y = 10000
Substituting the value of y in equation (i), we get
8x + 9(10000) = 186000
⇒ 8x = 186000 – 90000
⇒ 8x = 96000
⇒ x = 96000/8
⇒ x = 12000
∴ Vijay invested ₹12000 in scheme A and ₹10000 in scheme B.


Q7: A two-digit number is such that the product of its digits is 12. When 36 is added to this number, the digits interchange their places. Find the number.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the tens digit of a number be a and ones digit be b, then two digit number can be written as 10a + b
Given, ab = 12    …(i)
Also, 10a + b + 36 = 10b + a
⇒ 9a – 9b + 36 = 0 ⇒ a – b + 4 = 0
⇒ a – b = -4    …(ii)
Squaring on both sides, we get
(a – b)= 16 ⇒ (a + b)2 – 4ab = 16
⇒ (a + b)2 = 16 + 4(12)
⇒ a + b = ±8   [∴ Using (i)]
When a + b = 8, then a = 2, b = 6  [Using (iii)]
When a + b = -8, then a = -6, b = -2  [Rejected]
Number = 10a + b = 10(2) + 6 = 26


Q8: If x = 1 and y = 2 is a solution of the pair of linear equations 2x – 3y + a= 0 and 2x + 3y – b = 0, then: 
(a) a = 2b 
(b) 2a = b 
(c) a + 2b = 0
(d) 2a + b = 0

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
We have, 2x – 3y + a = 0   ..(i)
Put x = 1 and y = 2 in (i), we get 
∴ 2 – 6 + a = 0 ⇒ a = 4
 Put x = 1 and y = 2 in (ii), we get 
Also, given 2x + 3y – b = 0 
∴ 2 + 6 – b = 0 ⇒ b = 8 
⇒ b = 2 * 4 
⇒ b = 2a   [From (i)]


Q9: The value of ‘k’ for which the system of linear equations 6x + y = 3k and 36x + 6y = 3 have infinitely many solution is:
(a) 6
(b) 1/6
(c) 1/2
(d) 1/3

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Given equations are
6x + y – 3k = 0 
36x + 6y – 3 = 0
Given equations have infinitely many solutions. 
Previous Year Questions 2025


Q10: The system of equations 2x + 1 = 0 and 3y- 5 = 0 has 
(a) unique solution 
(b) two solutions 
(c) no solution 
(d) infinite number of solutions 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
We have, 2x + 1 = 0 and 3y – 5 = 0
⇒ x = -1/2 and y = 5/3
∴ Given system of equations has a unique solution.

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1: The pair of linear equations x + 2y + 5 = 0 and – 3x = 6y – 1 has.      (CBSE 2024)
(a) unique solution
(b) exactly two solutions
(c) infinitely many solutions
(d) no solutions 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
x + 2y + 5 = 0 
On comparing with 
a1x + b1y + c1 = 0, we get a1 = 1, b1 = 2, c1 = 5 – 3x = 6y – 1 
3x + 6y – 1 = 0 
On comparing with a2x + b2y + c2 = 0, we get a2 = 3, b2 = 6, c2 = – 1

a1a2 = 13 , b1b2 = 26 = 13 ,

c1c2 = 5-1 = -5

Here, we get ( a1a2 = b1b2 ≠ c1c2 )


Q2: If 2x + y = 13 and 4x – y = 17, find the value of (x – y).       (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
2x + y = 13 …(i)  
4x – y = 17 …(ii)
On adding eqn.(i) and eqn.(ii)
6x = 30
x = 5
Put the value of x in eqn.(i)  
2 × 5 + y = 13
⇒10 + y = 13 
∴ y = 3
So,  x – y = 5 – 3 = 2


Q3: The value of k for which the pair of linear equations 5x + 2y − 7 = 0 and 2x + ky + 1 = 0 do not have a solution is ______.      (CBSE 2024)
(a) 
5
(b) 4/5
(c) 5/4
(d) 5/2

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b) 4/5
Given that,
Pair of linear equations as 5x + 2y − 7 = 0  and 2x + ky + 1 = 0 
For no solution,

→ 52 = 2k ≠ -71

→ 52 = 2k

→ k5 = 45


Q4: Solve the following pair of linear equations for x and y algebraically:
x + 2y = 9 and y − 2x = 2
     (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given the pair of linear equations as,
⇒ x + 2y = 9     …(i)
⇒ y − 2x = 2
⇒ −2x + y = 2    …(ii)
Multiplying eqn (i) by 2 and adding to eqn (ii), we get
⇒ (−2x + y) + ( 2x + 4y) = 2 + 18
⇒ 5y = 20
⇒ y = 4
Putting in eqn (i),
⇒ x + 2(4) = 9
⇒ x = 9 − 8
⇒ x = 1
So, the required solution is x = 1 and y = 4


Q5: Check whether the point (−4, 3) lies on both the lines represented by the linear equations x + y + 1 = 0 and x − y = 1.     (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given the equations of line are
⇒ x + y = −1    …(i)
⇒ x − y = 1    …(ii)
The intersection point of both the lines will be the point that lies on both the lines,
So, adding eqn (i) and (ii),
⇒ (x + y) + (x − y) = −1 + 1
⇒ 2x = 0
⇒ x = 0
Putting in eqn (i),
⇒ 0 + y = −1
⇒ y = −1
So, the point will be (x, y) = (0, −1)
Hence, the point (−4, 3) does not lie on both the lines.


Q6: In the given figure, graphs of two linear equations are shown. The pair of these linear equations is:     (CBSE 2024)

(a) consistent with unique solutions. 
(b) consistent with infinitely many solutions. 
(c) inconsistent. 
(d) inconsistent but can be made consistent by extending these lines. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) consistent with unique solution.


Q7: Solve the following system of linear equations 7x – 2y= 5 and 8x + 7y = 15 and verify your answer.      (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given system of linear equations are 
7x − 2y = 5   …(i)
8x + 7y = 15   …(ii)
By multiplying eq. (i) by 7 and eq. (ii) by 2, we get
49x − 14y = 35
16x + 14y = 30
65x = 65
∴ x = 1
Substituting the value of x is eq (i), we get
7(1) − 2y = 5
or, 7 − 2y = 5
or −2y = −2, or y = 1
Therefore, x = 1 and y = 1


Q8: Three years ago, Rashmi was thrice as old as Nazma. Ten years later, Rashmi will be twice as old as Nazma. How old are Rashmi and Nazma now?      (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the age of Rashmi = x years
and the age of Nazma = y years
Three years ago,
Rashmi’s age = (x − 3) years
Nazma’s age = (y − 3) years
According to the question,
(x − 3) = 3(y − 3)
⇒ x − 3 = 3y − 9
⇒ x = 3y − 6      …(i)
Ten years later,
Rashmi’s age = x + 10
Nazma’s age= y + 10
According to the question,
(x + 10) = 2(y + 10)
x + 10 = 2y + 20
x = 2y + 10      …(ii)
From eq. (i) and (ii), we get
3y − 6 = 2y + 10
y = 16
Substituting the value of y in eq. (i), we get
x = 3 × 16 − 6 = 48 − 6 = 42
Thus, Rashmi is 42 years old, and Nazma is 16 years old.

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.Avail Offer

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q9: The pair of linear equations 2x = 5y + 6 and 15y = 6x – 18 represents two lines which are   (2023)
(a) intersecting
(b) parallel
(c) coincident
(d) either intersecting or parallel  

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: The given pair of linear equations is 2x = 5y+ 6 and 15y = 6x – 18
i.e ., 2x – 5y – 6 = 0  and 6x- 15y- 18 = 0
As, 2/6 = -5/-15 = -6/-18
i.e.. 1 /3 = 1 / 3 = 1/3
Since, a1/a2=b1/b2=c1/c2
Therefore, the lines are coincident.


Q10: If the pair of linear equations x – y = 1, x + ky = 5 has a unique solution x = 2, y = 1. then the value of k    (2023)
(a) -2
(b) -3
(c) 3
(d) 4

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: x + ky = 5
At x = 2,  y = 1
2 + k(1) = 5
∴ k = 3


Q11: The pair of linear equations x + 2y + 5 = 0 and -3x – 6y + 1 = 0 has   (2023)
(a) A unique solution
(b) Exactly two solutions
(c) Infinitely many solutions
(d) No solution

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
x + 2y + 5 = 0 
On comparing with 
a1x + b1y + c1 = 0, In  x + 2y + 5 = 0, we get a1 = 1, b1 = 2, c1 = 5 
Rearranging – 3x = 6y – 1 , We get 3x + 6y – 1 = 0 
On comparing with a2x + b2y + c2 = 0, we get a2 = 3, b2 = 6, c2 = – 1
Previous Year Questions 2023


Q12: Solve the pair of equations x = 5 and y = 7 graphically.   (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given equations are

x = 5 —————(i)
y = 7  —————(ii)
Draw the line x = 5 parallel to the y-axis and y= 7 parallel to the x-axis.
∴ The graph of equation (i) and (ii) is as follows
Previous Year Questions 2023
The lines x = 5 and y = 7 intersect each other at (5, 7).


Q13: Using the graphical method, find whether a pair of equations x = 0 and y = -3 is consistent or not.   (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given pair of equations are

x = 0    ——(i)
and y = -3    ——(ii)
x = 0 means y-axis and draw a line y = -3 parallel to x-axis. The graph of given equations (i) and (ii) is
Previous Year Questions 2023

The lines intersect each other at (0, -3). Therefore, the given pair of equations Is consistent.


Q14: Half of the difference between two numbers is 2. The sum of the greater number and twice the smaller number is 13. Find the numbers.   (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let x and y be two numbers such that x> y
According to the question,
Previous Year Questions 2023
and x + 2y = 13 —- (ii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
3y = 9
⇒ y = 3
Substitute y = 3 in (i) we get
x – 3 = 4
⇒  x = 7


Q15: (A) If we add 1 to the numerator and subtract 1 from the denominator, a fraction reduces to 1 It becomes 1/2 if we only add 1 to the denominator. What is the fraction?
OR
(B) For which value of ‘k’ will the following pair of linear equations have no solution?   (2023)
3x + y = 1
(2k – 1)x + (k – 1)y = 2k + 1

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) Let required fraction be x/y
According to question,

x + 1y – 1 = 1

⇒ x + 1 = y – 1

⇒ x = y – 2 … (i)

Also, xy + 1 = 12

⇒ 2x = y + 1              …(ii)
From equations (i) and (ii), we get
2y — 4 = y + 1
y = 5
∴ x = 3
Required fraction x/y is 3/5
OR
(B) 3x + y = 1
(2k – 1 )x + (k – 1 )y = 2k + 1

For no solution;

⇒ 32k – 1 = 1k – 1 ≠ 12k + 1

2k – 1 = 3k – 3

⇒ k = 2

Also, 1k – 1 ≠ 12k + 1

2k + 1 ≠ k – 1

⇒ k ≠ -2


Q16: Two schools ‘P’ and ‘Q’ decided to award prizes to their students for two games of Hockey Rs. x per student and Cricket Rs. y per student. School ‘P’ decided to award a total of Rs.  9,500 for the two games to 5 and 4 students respectively, while school ‘Q’ decided to award Rs.  7,370 for the two games to 4 and 3 students respectively.

Previous Year Questions 2023

Based on the given information, answer the following questions.
(i) Represent the following information algebraically (in terms of x and y).
(ii) (a) What is the prize amount for hockey?

OR

(b) Prize amount on which game is more and by how much?
(iii) What will be the total prize amount if there are 2 students each from two games?
   (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) For Hockey, the amount given to per student =  x
For cricket, the amount given to per student = y
From the question,
5x + 4y =9500    (i)
4x + 3y = 7370   (ii)

(ii) (a) Multiply (1) by 3 and (2) by 4 and then subtracting, we get

15x + 12y- (16x + 12y) = 28500 – 29480
⇒ – x = – 980
⇒ x = ₹980
The prize amount given for hockey is Rs. 980 per student
(b) Multiply (1) by 4 and (2) by 5 and then subtracting, we get
20x + 16y- 20x – 15y = 38000 – 36850
⇒ y = 1150
The prize amount given for cricket is more than hockey by (1150 – 980) = 170.
(iii) Total prize amount = 2 x 980 + 2 x 1150
= Rs. (1960 + 2300) = Rs. 4260

Also read: Facts that Matter: Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q17: The pair of lines represented by the linear equations 3x + 2y = 7 and 4x + 8y -11 = 0 are   (2022)
(a) perpendicular
(b) parallel
(c) intersecting 
(d) coincident 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: 

  • Calculate a1 / a= 3 / 4
  • Calculate b1 / b2 = 2 / 8 = 1 / 4
  • Calculate c1 / c2 = -7 / 11

Comparing the ratios:
a1 / a2 = 3 / 4
b1 / b2 = 1 / 4
c1 / c2 = 7 / 11

Since a1 / a ≠ b1 / b2, the lines are not parallel. Also, since none of the ratios are equal, the lines are not coincident.

Clearly, from the graph, we can see that both lines intersect each other.
Previous Year Questions 2022


Q18: The pair of equations y = 2 and y = – 3 has    (2022)
(a) one solution
(b) two solutions
(c) infinitely many solutions
(d) no solution 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Sol: Given equations are, y = 2 and y = – 3.
Previous Year Questions 2022

Clearly, from the graph, we can see that both equations are parallel to each other.
So, there will be no solution.


Q19: A father is three times as old as his son. In 12 years time, he will be twice as old as his son. The sum of the present ages of the father and the son is   (2022)
(a) 36 years
(b) 48 years
(c) 60 years
(d) 42 years

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Sol: Let age of father be ‘x’ years and age of son be ‘y’ years.
According to the question, x = 3y ..(i)
and x + 12 = 2 (y + 12) 
⇒ x – 2y = 12 ..(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get x = 36, y = 12
∴ x + y = 48 years


Q20: If 17x – 19y = 53 and 19x – 17y = 55, then the value of (x + y) is   (2022)
(a) 1
(b) -1
(c) 3
(d) -3 
 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Sol: Given,17x – 19y = 53 …(i)
and 19x  – 17y = 55 _(ii)
Multiplying (i) by 19 and (ii) by 17, and by subtracting we get,
323x – 361y -(323x – 289y) = 1007 – 935
⇒ – 72y = 72
⇒ y = – 1
Putting y = – 1 in (i), we get,
17x – 19 (-1) = 53
⇒ 17x = 53 – 19
⇒ 17x = 34
x = 2  
∴ x + y = 2 – 1
= 1

Previous Year Questions 2021

Q21: The value of k. for which the pair of linear equations x + y – 4 = 0, 2x + ky – 3 = 0 have no solution, is (2021)
(a) 0
(b) 2
(c) 6
(d) 8

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)

Given equations:

x + y − 4 = 0

2x + ky − 3 = 0

The general form of a linear equation is  ax + by + c = 0. So, comparing terms:For the first equation, a1 = 1, b1 = 1, c1 = −4.
For the second equation, a2 = 2, b2 = k, c2= −3.

For the lines to be parallel (and hence have no solution), we need:

a1a2 = b1b2 ≠ c1c2

So, 1/2 = 1/k

Cross-multiplying gives:

k = 2

Now, let’s check the condition for the

c1c2 = -4-3 = 43

Since 1/2 = 1/k when k = 2 but 1/2  ≠ 4/3, the condition for no solution is satisfied.

Thus, the value of kk for which the equations have no solution is: 2
So, the correct answer is (b) 2.


Q22: The solution of the pair of linear equations x = -5 and y = 6 is  (2021)
(a) (-5, 6)
(b) (-5, 0)
(c) (0, 6)
(d) (0, 0)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Sol: (-5, 6) is the solution of x = -5 and y = 6.


Q23: The value of k for which the pair of linear equations 3x +  5y = 8    and kx + 15y = 24 has infinitely many solutions, is   (2021)
(a) 3
(b) 9
(c) 5
(d) 15

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Sol: For. infinitely many solutions
a1a2 = b1b2 = c1c2

⇒ 3k = 515 = 824

k = 9


Q24: The values of x and y satisfying the two equations 32x + 33y = 34, 33x + 32y = 31 respectively are:  (2021)
(a) -1, 2
(b) -1, 4
(c) 1, -2
(d) -1, -4

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Sol: 32x + 33y = 34 …(i)
33x + 32y = 31 …(ii)
Adding equation (i) and (ii) and subtracting equation (ii) from (i),
we get 65x + 65y = 65 or x + y = 1 …(iii)
and – x + y = 3 …(iv)
Adding equation (iii) and (iv),
we get y = 2
Substituting the value of y in equation (iii),
x = -1


Q25: Two lines are given to be parallel. The equation of one of the lines is 3x – 2y = 5. The equation of the second line can be   (2021)
(a) 9x + 8 y = 7
(b) – 12 x – 8 y = 7
(c) – 12 x + 8y = 7
(d) 12x + 8y = 7

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: If two lines a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 are parallel, then

a1a2 = b1b2 ≠ c1c2
It can only possible between 3x – 2y = 5 and -12x + 8y = 7.


Q26: The sum of the numerator and the denominator of a fraction is 18. If the denominator is increased by 2, the fraction reduces to 1/3. Find the fraction.  (2021)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  5/13
Let the numerator be x and the denominator be y of the fractions. Then, the fraction = x /y.
Given , x + y = 18 – (i)
and Previous Year Questions 2021
⇒ 3x – y = 2 . . (ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we get
4x = 20 ⇒ x = 5
Put the value of x in (i), we get
5+ y= 18
⇒ y = 13
∴ The required fraction is 5/13


Q27: Find the value of K for which the system of equations x + 2y = 5 and 3x + ky + 15 = 0 has no solution.  (2021)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  Given, the system of equations

x + 2y = 5
3k + ky = – 15 has no solution.
∴ Previous Year Questions 2021
For K = 6 the given system of equations has no solution.


Q28: Case study-based questions are compulsory.
A bookstore shopkeeper gives books on rent for reading. He has a variety of books in his store related to fiction, stories, quizzes etc. He takes a fixed charge for the first two days and an additional charge for subsequent days Amruta paid ₹22 for a book and kept it for 6 days: while Radhika paid ₹16 for keeping the book for 4 days.
Assume that the fixed charge is ₹x and the additional charge (per day) is ₹y.
Based on the above information, answer any four of the following questions.

(i) The situation of the amount paid by Radhika. is algebraically represented by   (2021)
(a) x – 4 y = 16
(b) x + 4 y = 16
(c) x – 2 y = 16
(d) x + 2 y = 16 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Sol: For Amruta, x + (6 – 2)y = 22
i. e., x + 4y = 22      …(i)
For Radhika, x + (4 – 2)y = 16 i.e.,x + 2y = 16     …(ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii). we get
x = 10 and y = 3
i.e., Fixed charges (x) = 10       …(iii)
and additional charges per subsequent day
(y) = ₹ 3                …(iv)
x + 2 y = 16  [From equation (ii)]

(ii) The situation of the amount paid by Amruta. is algebraically represented by   (2021)
(a) x – 2y = 11
(b) x – 2y = 22
(c) x + 4 y = 22
(d) x – 4 y = 11 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: For Amruta, x + (6 – 2)y = 22
i. e., x + 4y = 22      …(i)
For Radhika, x + (4 – 2)y = 16 i.e.,x + 2y = 16     …(ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii). we get
x = 10 and y = 3
i.e., Fixed charges (x) = 10       …(iii)
and additional charges per subsequent day
(y) = ₹ 3                …(iv)
x + 4 y = 22  [From equation (i)]

(iii) What are the fixed charges for a book?  (2021)
(a) ₹ 9
(b) ₹ 10
(c) ₹ 13
(d) ₹ 15

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Sol: For Amruta, x + (6 – 2)y = 22
i. e., x + 4y = 22      …(i)
For Radhika, x + (4 – 2)y = 16 i.e.,x + 2y = 16     …(ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii). we get
x = 10 and y = 3
i.e., Fixed charges (x) = 10       …(iii)
and additional charges per subsequent day
y = ₹ 3                …(iv)
x = ₹ 10  [From equation (iii)]

(iv) What are the additional charges for each subsequent day for a book?  (2021)
(a) ₹ 6
(b) ₹ 5
(c) ₹ 4
(d) ₹ 3 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Sol: For Amruta, x + (6 – 2)y = 22
i. e., x + 4y = 22      …(i)
For Radhika, x + (4 – 2)y = 16 i.e.,x + 2y = 16     …(ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii). we get
x = 10 and y = 3
i.e., Fixed charges (x) = 10       …(iii)
and additional charges per subsequent day
y = ₹ 3                …(iv)
y = ₹ 3  [From equation (iv)]

(v) What is the total amount paid by both, if both of them have kept the book for 2 more days?  (2021)
(a) ₹ 35
(b) ₹ 52
(c) ₹ 50
(d) ₹ 58

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
For Amruta, x + (6 – 2)y = 22
i. e., x + 4y = 22      …(i)
For Radhika, x + (4 – 2)y = 16 i.e.,x + 2y = 16     …(ii)
Solving equation (i) and (ii). we get
x = 10 and y = 3
i.e., Fixed charges (x) = 10       …(iii)
and additional charges per subsequent day
y = ₹ 3                …(iv)
Total amount paid for 2 more days by both
= (x + 4 y) + 2 y + (x + 2y ) + 2 y
= 2 x + 10y
= 2 x 10 + 10 x 3
= ₹ 50

Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!Claim Offer

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q29: The pair of equations x = a and y = b graphically represent lines which are    (2020)
(a) Intersecting at (a, b)
(b) Intersecting at (b, a)
(c) Coincident 
(d) Parallel 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) 
Sol: The pair of equations x = a and y = b graphically represent lines which are parallel to the y-axis and x-axis respectively.
The lines will intersect each other at (a, b).
Previous Year Questions 2020


Q30: If the equations kx – 2y = 3 and 3x + y = 5 represent two intersecting lines at unique points, then the value of k is _________.    (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: For any real number except k = -6
kx – 2y = 3 and 3x + y = 5 represent lines intersecting at a unique point.
⇒ k3 ≠ -21
⇒ k ≠ -6
For any real number except k ≠  -6
The given equation represent two intersecting lines at unique point.


Q31: The value of k for which the system of equations x + y – 4 = 0 and 2x + ky = 3 has no solution. is    (2020)
(a) -2
(b) ≠2
(c) 3
(d) 2

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Sol: For no solution; a1a2 = b1b2 ≠ c1c2

Previous Year Questions 2020

Hence, option (d) is correct


Q32: Determine graphically the coordinates of the vertices of a triangle, the equations of whose sides are given by 2y – x = 8, 5y – x = 14, and y – 2x = 1.    (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Solutions of linear equations

2y – x =  8    ..(i)
5y – x = 14    …(ii)
and  y – 2x =  1    …(iii)
are given below:
Previous Year Questions 2020

From the graph of lines represented by given equations, we observe that
Lines (i) and (iii) intersect each other at C(2, 5),
Lines (ii) and {iii) intersect each other at B(1, 3) and Lines (i) and (ii) intersect each other at 4(-4, 2).
Coordinates of the vertices of the triangle are A(-4, 2), B(1, 3) and C(2, 5).


Q33: Solve the equations x + 2y = 6 and 2x – 5y = 12 graphically.   (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Solution of linear equations

 x + 2y = 6 and 2x – 5y = 12
are given below 

Previous Year Questions 2020
Previous Year Questions 2020

From the graph, the two lines intersect each other at point (6, 0)
∴ x = 6 and y = 0


Q34: A fraction becomes 1/3 when 1 is subtracted from the numerator, and it becomes 1/4 when 8 is added to its denominator. Find the fraction.    (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the required fraction be x/y.

According to question, we have

x – 1y = 13 … (i)

and

xy + 8 = 14 … (ii)

From (i), 3x – 3 = y

⇒ 3x – y – 3 = 0 … (iii)

From (ii), 4x = y +8
so, 4x – y – 8 = 0  … (iv)
Subtracting (iii) from (iv),
we get x = 5
Substituting the value of x in (iii),
we get y = 12
Thus, the required fraction is 5/12


Q35: The present age of a father is three years more than three times the age of his son. Three years hence, the father’s age will be 10 years more than twice the age of the son. Determine their present ages.    (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the present age of son be x years and that of father be y years.

According to question, we have
y = 3x+ 3 ⇒ 3x – y + 3 = 0    (i)
And y + 3 = 2(x + 3) + 10
⇒  y + 3 = 2x + 6 +10
⇒ 2x – y + 13 = 0    (ii)
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get x = 10
Substituting the value of x in (ii). we get y = 33
So. the present age of the son is 10 years and that of the father is 33 years.


Q36: Solve graphically : 2x + 3y = 2, x – 2y = 8    (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given lines are 2x + 3y = 2 and x – 2y = 8
 2x + 3y = 2
Previous Year Questions 2020
and x – 2y = 8
Previous Year Questions 2020
∴ We will plot the points (1, 0), (-2, 2) and (4, – 2 ) and join them to get the graph of 2x + 3y = 2 and we will plot the points (0, -4), (8, 0) and (2, -3) and join them to get the graph of x – 2y = 8Previous Year Questions 2020


Q37:  A train covered a certain distance at a uniform speed. If the train had been 6 km/hr faster, it would have taken 4 hours less than the scheduled time and if the train were slower by 6 km/hr, it would have taken 6 hours more than the scheduled time. Find the length of the journey. (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the original uniform speed of the train be x km/hr and the total length of journey be l km. Then, scheduled time taken by the train to cover a distance of l km = l/x hours
Now,

lx + 6 = lx – 4

⇒  lx – lx + 6 = 4

⇒  x + 6 – xx(x + 6) = 4

⇒  6lx(x + 6) = 4

⇒  l = 2x(x + 6)3 … (i)

Also,

lx – 6 = lx + 6

⇒  lx – 6 – lx = 6

⇒  x – x + 6(x – 6)x = 6

⇒  6l(x – 6)x = 6

⇒ l = x(x – 6) … (ii)

From equations (i) and (ii), we have

2x(x + 6)3 = x(x – 6)

⇒ 2x + 12 = 3x – 18

⇒ x = 30

Putting the value of x in eq. (ii), we get
l = 30(30 – 6)
= 30 × 24
= 720
Hence, the length of the journey is 720 km.

Also read: Facts that Matter: Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q38: Draw the graph of the equations x – y + 1 = 0 and 3x + 2y – 12 = 0. Using this graph, find the values of x and y which satisfy both the equations.     (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Solutions of linear equation
x – y + 1 = 0    …(i)
and 3x + 2y – 12 = 0    …(ii)
are given below:
Previous Year Questions 2019

From the graph, the two lines intersect each other at the point (2, 3)
∴ x = 2, y = 3.


Q39: The larger of two supplementary angles exceeds the smaller by 18°. Find the angles.     (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the larger angle be x° and the smaller angle be y°. We know that the sum of two supplementary pairs of angles is always 180°.

We have x° + y° = 180°    (i)
and x° – y° = 18°    (ii) [Given]
By (1), we have x° = 180° – y°    _(iii)
Put the value of x° in (ii), we get
180° – y° – y° = 18°
⇒ 162° = 2y°
⇒ y = 81
From (3), we have x° = 180° – 81° = 99°
The angles are 99° and 81°


Q40: Solve the following pair of linear equations: 3x – 5y =4, 2y+ 7 = 9x.      (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, pair of linear equations:

3x – 5y = 4,  ……. (i)
2y+ 7 = 9x  
9x – 2y = 7 …….. (ii)
Multiply (i) by 3 and subtract from (ii), as

⇒ 9x – 2y – 9x + 15y = -5 → 13y = -5

⇒ y = -513

Put y = -513 in (i), we get

3x – 5 -513 = 4

⇒ 3x + 2513 = 4

⇒ 3x = 4 – 2513

⇒ x = 2713 × 3 = 913

Hence, x  = 9/13 and y = -5/13


Q41: A father’s age is three times the sum of the ages of his two children. After 5 years his age will be two times the sum of their ages. Find the present age of the father.       (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the ages of two children be x and y respectively.

Father’s present age = 3(x +y)
After 5 years, sum of ages of children = x + 5 + y + 5
= x + y + 10
and age of father = 3(x + y) + 5
According to the question,
3(x + y) + 5 = 2(x + y+ 10)
3x + 3y + 5 = 2x + 2y + 20
⇒ x + y = 15
Hence, present age of father = 3(x + y)
= 3 x 15 = 45 years


Q42: A fraction becomes 1/3 when 2 is subtracted from the numerator and will becomes 1/2 when 1 is subtracted from the denominator. Find the fraction.     (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the fraction be x/y

Then, according to question.

x – 2y = 13 and xy – 1 = 12

⇒ 3x – 6 = y and 2x = y – 1

⇒ 3x – y – 6 = 0 … (i) and 2x – y + 1 = 0 … (ii)

Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get x – 7 = 0
So, x = 7
From (i) ,3(7) – y – 6 = 0
⇒ 21 – 6 = y
⇒ y = 15
Therefore required fraction is 7/15


Q43:  Find the value(s) of k so that the pair of equations x + 2y = 5 and 3x + ky + 15 = 0 has a unique solution.      (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  The given pair of linear equations is
x + 2y = 5
3x + ky= -15
Since the system of equations has a unique solution

Previous Year Questions 2019

∴ For all values of k except k = 6, the given pair of linear equations will have a unique solution.


Q44: Find the relation between p and q if x = 3 and y = 1 is the solution of the pair of equations x – 4y + p = 0 and 2x + y – q -2 = 0.     (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given pair of equations are

x – 4y + p = 0    (i)
and 2x + y – q – 2 = 0    (ii)
It is given that x = 3 and y = 1 is the solution of (i) and (ii)
∴ 3 – 4 x 1+ p = 0
⇒ p = 1
and 2 x 3 + 1 – q – 2 = 0
⇒ q = 5  
∴ q = 5p


Q45: For what value of k, does the system of linear equations 2x + 3y=7 and (k – 1)x + (k + 2) y = 3k have an infinite number of solutions? (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The given system of linear equations are:      
2x + 3y = 7 
(k – 1)x + (k + 2)y = 3k 
For infinitely many solutions:

a1a2 = b1b2 = c1c2

Here,

a1 = 2, b1 = 3, c1 = -7

a2 = (k – 1), b2 = (k + 2), c2 = -3k

⇒ 2k – 1 = 3k + 2 = -7-3k

⇒ 2(k + 2) = 3(k – 1); 3(3k) = 7(k + 2)

⇒ 2k – 3k = –3 – 4; 9k – 7k = 14 
⇒  –k = –7; 2k = 14 
⇒  k = 7; k = 7 Hence, the value of k is 7

02. Previous Year Questions: Polynomials

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: Zeroes of the polynomial p(y)     (2025)
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
The given polynomial is p(y) Previous Year Questions 2025
Previous Year Questions 2025
For zeroes of the polynomial, put p(y) = 0 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q2: Zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = x2 – 3√2x + 4 are:     (2025)
(a) 2,√2 
(b) 2√2, √2 
(c) 4√2, -√2 
(d) √2, 2 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
We have, p(x) = x2 – 3√2x + 4 
⇒ p(x) = x2 – 2√2x -√2x + 4 
= x(x – 2√2) – √2(x – 2√2) 
= (x – 2√2)(x – √2) 
For zeroes of the polynomial, put p(x) = 0 
⇒ (x – 2√2)(x -√2) = 0 
∴ x = 2√2, √2 are zeroes of p(x).

Q3: Find the zeros of the polynomial     (2025)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Previous Year Questions 2025
Previous Year Questions 2025
⇒ 3x – 2 = 0 ⇒ x = 2/3 and x + 2 = 0 ⇒ x = -2 

x = -2 and x = 2/3 are zeroes of the given polynomial.

Q4: Two polynomials are shown in the graph below. The number of distinct zeroes of both the polynomials is:     (2025)

(a) 3
(b) 5
(c) 2
(d) 4

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Since both polynomials cut the x-axis at two distinct points each, the total number of distinct zeroes of both the polynomials combined is 2.

Q5: If α and β are the zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = x2 – ax – b, then the value of (α + β + αβ) is equal to:     (2025)
(a) a + b 
(c) a- b 
(b) -a – b 
(d) -a + b

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Given polynomial is p(x) = x2 – ax – b, and α and β are zeroes of p(x) 
∴ Sum of zeroes = α + β =a 
Product of zeroes = αβ = – b  
Now, α + β + αβ = a – b 
Concept Applied
If α and β are the zeroes of quadratic polynomial p(x) = ax2 + bx + c, then α + β = -b/a, αβ = c/a.

Q6: If α and β are zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = kx2 – 30x + 45k and α +β = αβ, then the value of ‘k’ is:     (2025)
(a) 
(b) 
(c) 3/2
(d) 2/3

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Given, α and β are zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = kx2 – 30x + 45k 
Here, a = k, b = -30, c = 45 k 
Previous Year Questions 2025
∴ α + β = αβ     [Given]
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q7: If α and β are the zeroes of the polynomial 3x2 + 6x + k such that then the value of k is:     (2025)
(a) -8 
(b) 8 
(c) -4 
(d) 4

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Compare 3x2 + 6x + k with ax2 + bx + c, we get a = 3, b = 6 and c = k 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q8: If the zeroes of the polynomialare reciprocals of each other, then the value of bis     (2025)
(a) 2 
(b) 1/2
(c) -2
(d) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Let α and β be the zeroes of the given polynomial Previous Year Questions 2025
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q9:  If the sum of the zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = (p + 1)x2 + (2p + 3) x + (3p + 4) is – 1, then find the value of ‘p’.     (2025)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The given polynomial is  p(x) = (p + 1)x2 + (2p + 3)x + (3p + 4) 
Let α and β are zeroes of given polynomial 
Previous Year Questions 2025
⇒ p + 1 = 2p + 3 
⇒ p = -2 
Hence, the value of p is – 2.

Q10: If α and β are zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = x2 – 2x – 1, then find the value of     (2025)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The given polynomial is p(x) = x2 – 2x – 1; 
If α and β are zeroes of given polynomial 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q11: If ‘α’ and ‘β’ are the zeroes of the polynomial p(y) = y2 – 5y+ 3, then find the value of α4β3 + α3β4 .     (2025)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
We have p(y) = y2 – 5y + 3 
Let α and β be zeroes of p(y). 
Given, sum of zeroes= α + β = 5 
Product of zeroes = αβ = 3 
α⁴β³ + α³β⁴ 
= α³β³ (α + β) 
= (αβ)³ (α + β) 
= (3)³ (5) = 27 × 5 = 135

Q12: If the zeroes of the polynomial x2 + ax + b are in the ratio 3 : 4, then prove that 12a2 = 49b.     (2025)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the zeroes of the polynomial x2 + ax + b be 3x and 4x. 
Previous Year Questions 2025
⇒ 49b = 12a2. Hence proved. 

Q13: Find the zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = 3x2 – 4x – 4. Hence, write a polynomial whose each of the zeroes is 2 more than the zeroes of p(x).     (2025)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The polynomial is p(x) = 3x2 – 4x – 4. 
The zeroes are given by p(x) = 0 
⇒ 3x2 – 4x – 4 = 0  
⇒ 3x2 – 6x + 2x – 4 = 0 
⇒ 3x(x – 2) + 2(x – 2) = 0  
⇒ (x – 2)(3x + 2) = 0 
⇒ x – 2 = 0 or 3x + 2 = 0 
⇒  x = 2 and -2/3
Thus, zeroes of new polynomial are 
Previous Year Questions 2025
Hence, new polynomial is 
Previous Year Questions 2025
Taking a= 3, r(x) = 3x2 – 16x + 16 
Thus, r(x) = 3x2 – 16x + 16 is the new polynomial with zeroes x = 4 and x = 4/3.

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1: What should be added from the polynomial x2 – 5x + 4, so that 3 is the zero of the resulting polynomial? (2024)
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 4
(d) 5

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Let, f(x) = x2 – 5x + 4 
Let p should be added to f(x) then 3 becomes zero of polynomial.
So, f(3) + p = 0 
⇒ (3)2 – 5 × (3) + 4 + p = 0 
⇒ 9 + 4 – 15 + p = 0 
⇒ – 2 + p = 0 
⇒ p = 2 

So, 2 should be added.

Q2: Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2 – 15 and verify the relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients of the polynomial.   (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
x– 15 = 0
x2 = 15
x = ± √15
Zeroes will be  α = √15 , β = – √15
Verification: Given polynomial is x– 15
On comparing above polynomial with
ax2 + bx + c, we have
a = 1, b = 0, c = –15
sum of zeros = α + β 
Previous Year Questions 2024
Product of zeros = αβ 
Previous Year Questions 2024
Hence, verified.

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.Avail Offer

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q1: The graph of y = p(x) is given, for a polynomial p(x). The number of zeroes of p(x) from the graph is  (2023)

(a) 3
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 0

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
 Here, y = p(x) touches the x-axis at one point
So, number of zeros is one.

Q2: If α, β are the zeroes of a polynomial p(x) = x2 + x – 1, then 1/α + 1/β equals to (2023)
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) -1
(d) -1/2

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)

The polynomial is p(x) = x2 + x – 1.

Step 1: The relationships between the zeroes and coefficients:

Sum of zeroes (α + β): – ba = – 11 = -1

Product of zeroes (αβ): ca = -11 = -1

Step 2: Simplify 1α + 1β:

1α + 1β = α + βαβ

Substitute the values:

α + βαβ = -1-1 = 1

Final Answer: (a) 1

Q3: If α, β are the zeroes of a polynomial p(x) = x2 – 1,  then the value of (α + β) is  (2023)
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) -1
(d) 0 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

The polynomial is p(x) = x2 – 1.

Step 1:  Sum of zeroes (α + β): – ba = – 01

Step 2: Simplify:

– 01 = 0

Final Answer: (d) 0

Q4: If α, β are the zeroes of a polynomial p(x) = 4x2 – 3x – 7, then (1/α + 1/β) is equal to  (2023)
(a) 7/3
(b) -7/3
(c) 3/7
(d) -3/7

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d) 

The polynomial is p(x) = 4x2 – 3x – 7.

Step 1: calculating sum and product of zeroes 

Sum of zeroes (α + β): – ba = – (-3)4  = 34

Product of zeroes (αβ):  ca =  -74

Step 2: Simplify 1α + 1β:

α + βαβ  =  34-74  =  -37

Final Answer: (d) – 37

Q5: If one zero of the polynomial p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2) is reciprocal of the other, then find the value of k. (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: We have,

The polynomial is p(x) = 6x2 + 37x – (k – 2).

Step 1: The relationship between the product of zeroes and coefficients:

Product of zeroes (αβ) =  ca = -(k – 2)6

It is given that αβ = 1. Substitute this:

-(k – 2)6 = 1

Step 2: Solve for k:

Multiply both sides by 6:

-(k – 2) = 6

Simplify:

k – 2 = -6

k = -4

Final Answer: k = – 4

Also read: Important Definitions & Formulas: Polynomials

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q1: If one of the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial ( k – 1 )x+ kx + 1 is – 3, then the value of k is   (2022)
(a) 4/3
(b) -4/3
(c) 2/3
(d) -2/3

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
 Given that -3 is a zero of quadratic polynomial (k – 1)2+ kx + 1.
⇒ Putting x = -3 in above equation, we get
∴ (k – 1) (-3)2 + k(-3) +1 = 0
⇒ 9k – 9 – 3k + 1 = 0 ⇒ 6k – 8 = 0
⇒ k = 8/6
⇒ k = 4/3

Q2: If the path traced by the car has zeroes at -1 and 2, then it is given by   (2022)
(a) x2 + x + 2
(b) x2 – x + 2
(c) x– x – 2
(d) x2 + x – 2

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)

The zeroes of the polynomial are -1 and 2.

Step 1: The polynomial with given zeroes is:

p(x) = a(x – α)(x – β)

Substitute the zeroes α = -1 and β = 2:

p(x) = a(x – (-1))(x – 2) = p(x) = a(x + 1)(x – 2)

Step 2: Expand the polynomial:

p(x) = a[(x)(x) + (x)(-2) + (1)(x) + (1)(-2)]

p(x) = a[x2 – x – 2]

Step 3: Assuming a = 1:

p(x) = x2 – x – 2

Final Answer: (c) x2 – x – 2

Q3: The number of zeroes of the polynomial representing the whole curve, is   (2022)
(a) 4
(b) 3
(c) 2
(d) 1 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
 Given curve cuts the x-axis at four distinct points.
So, number of zeroes will be 4 .

Q4: The distance between C and G is   (2022)

(a) 4 units
(b) 6 units
(c) 8 units
(d) 7 units

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
The distance between point C and G is 6 units.

Q5: The quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeroes is -5 and their product is 6.   (2022)
(a) x2 + 5x + 6
(b) x2 – 5x + 6
(c) x2 – 5 x – 6
(d) – x2 + 5x + 6 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
 Let α, β be the zeroes of required polynomial p(x).
Given, α + β=-5 and α.β=6
p(x) = x– (Sum of zeros)x + (Product of zeros)
∴ p(x)=k[x– (-5)x + 6] = k[x+ 5x + 6]  
Thus, one of the polynomial which satisfy the given condition is x2+ 5x + 6

Previous Year Questions 2021

Q1: If one zero of the quadratic polynomial x2 + 3x + k is 2 then find the value of k.   (2021)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given, polynomial is f(x) =x2 + 3x + k
Since, 2 is zero of the polynomial f(x).
∴ f(2) = 0
⇒ f(2) =(2)+ 3 x 2 + k
⇒  4 + 6 + k = 0
⇒ k = -10

Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!Claim Offer

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q1: The degree of polynomial having zeroes -3 and 4 only is   (2020)
(a) 2
(b) 1
(c) more than 3
(d) 3 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
 Since, the polynomial has two zeroes only. So. the degree of the polynomial is 2.

Q2: If one of the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2 + 3x + k is 2. then the value of k is   (2020)
(a) 10
(b) – 10
(c) -7
(d) -2

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
 Given, 2 is a zero of the polynomial
p(x) = x2 + 3x + k
∴ p (2) = 0
⇒ (2)2 + 3(2) + k = 0
⇒ 4 + 6 + k = 0 
⇒ 10 + k = 0
⇒ k= -10

Q3: The quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeroes is -5 and their product is 6 is ________.  (2020)
(a) x2 + 5x + 6
(b) x2 – 5x + 6
(c) x2– 5x – 6
(d) -x2 + 5x + 6

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
 Let α, β be the zeroes of required polynomial p(x)
Given, α+ β = -5 and αβ = 6
p(x) = k[x2 – (- 5)x + 6]
= k[x2 + 5x + 6]
Thus, one of the polynomial which satisfy the given condition is x2 + 5x + 6.

Q4: Form a quadratic polynomial, the sum and product of whose zeroes are (-3) and 2 respectively.   (CBSE 2020) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let α, β be the zeroes of required polynomial Given, α + β = -3 and αβ = 2
∴ p(x) = k[x2 – (-3)x + 2] = k(x2 + 3x + 2)
For k = 1 , p (x) = x2 + 3x + 2
Hence, one of the polynomial which satisfy the given condition is x2 + 3x + 2.

Q5: The zeroes of the polynomial x2 – 3x – m(m + 3) are: 
(a) m, m + 3 
(b) –m, m + 3 
(c) m, – (m + 3) 
(d) –m, – (m + 3) (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Given:

x2 − 3x − m(m + 3) = 0
Let’s find the zeroes by applying the quadratic formula:
Previous Year Questions 2020

Substitute into the formula:

Previous Year Questions 2020

Simplify under the square root:

Previous Year Questions 2020

Taking the square root:

Previous Year Questions 2020

So, the zeroes are –m and m + 3.
Thus, the correct answer is (b) –m, m + 3.

Practice Test: PolynomialsStart Test

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q1: Find the value of k such that the polynomial x2 – (k + 6)x + 2(2k – 1) has the sum of its zeroes equal to half of its product.    [Year 2019, 3 Marks] 

Hide Answer  

Ans: 7
The given polynomial is x2 -(k + 6)x + 2(2k – 1)
According to the question
Sum of zeroes = 1/2(Product of Zeroes ):
⇒ k + 6 = 1/2 x 2 (2k – 1)
⇒ k + 6 = 2k – 1
⇒ k = 7

01. Previous Year Questions: Real Numbers

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: If (-1)n + (-1)8 = 0, then n is: (2025)
(a) any positive integer 
(b) any negative integer 
(c) any odd number 
(d) any even number 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
We have, 
(-1)n + (-1)8 = 0 ⇒ (-1)n + 1 = 0 ⇒ (-1)n = (-1) 
On comparing the powers, we get n = 1, 3, 5, ………. 
∴ Hence, n is any odd number. 

Q2: Which of the following cannot be the unit digit of 8n, where n is a natural number? (2025) 
(a) 4 
(b) 2 
(c) 0 
(d) 6 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
8n = (2 × 2 × 2)n
Since, factors of 8n do not contain 5 in it. 
So, 8n can’t ends with 0. 
⇒ 0 can’t be the unit digit of 8n.

Q3: If x is the LCM of 4, 6, 8 and y is the LCM of 3, 5, 7 and p is the LCM of x and y, then which of the following is true?    (2025) 
(a) p = 35x 
(b) p = 4y 
(c) p = Bx 
(d) p = 16y

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
LCM (4, 6, 8) = x = 24 
LCM (3, 5, 7) = y= 105 
LCM (x, y) = p = LCM (24, 105) = 840 
∴ p = 840 = 35 × 24 = 35x 

Q4: If HCF (98, 28) = m and LCM (98, 28) = n, then the value of n – 7m is:  (2025) 
(a) 0 
(b) 28 
(c) 98
(d) 198

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
98 = 2 × 72, 28 = 22 × 7 
∴ LCM (98, 28) = 22 × 72 = 196 
⇒ n = 196 
HCF (98, 28) = 2 × 7 = 14 
⇒ m = 14
∴ n – 7m = 196 – 7 × 14 = 196 – 98 = 98 

Q5: The greatest number which divides 70 and 125, leaving remainders 5 and 8 respectively, is:    (2025) 
(a) 13 
(b) 65 
(c) 875 
(d) 1750

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
We have to find the H.C.F of 70 – 5 = 65 and 125 – 8 = 117. 
∴ 65 = 5 × 13, 117 = 32 × 13 
⇒ HCF (65, 117) = 13 
∴ Required greatest number = 13. 

Q6: Assertion (A): For any two prime numbers p and q, their HCF is 1 and LCM is p + q. 
Reason (R): For any two natural numbers, HCF x LCM = product of numbers. 
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is correct explanation of Assertion (A). 
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A). 
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false. 
(d) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) (ii) is true.    (2025)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Clearly, reason is true. 
For any two primes p and q. 
HCF (p, q) = 1 
LCM (p, q) = p × q 
∴ Assertion is false. 

Q7: Find the smallest number that is divisible by both 644 and 462.    (2025) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
The smallest number divisible by both 644 and 462 is LCM of 644 and 462. 
644 = 2 × 2 × 7 × 23 
462 = 2 × 3 × 7 × 11
∴ LCM (644,462) = 2 × 2 × 3 × 7 × 11 × 23 = 21252 

Q8: Two numbers are in the ratio 4: 5 and their HCF is 11. Find the LCM of these numbers.    (2025)

Hide Answer  Ans: Let two numbers be 4x and 5x. 
HCF (4x, 5x) = 11 
∴ Numbers are 4 × 11 = 44 and 5 × 11 = 55 
Since, product of two numbers= HCF × LCM 
⇒ 44 × 55 = 11 × LCM 
Previous Year Questions 2025

Q9: Three sets of Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics books have to be stacked in such a way that all the books are stored subject-wise and the height of each stack is the same. The number of Physics books is 144, the number of Chemistry books is 180 and the number of Mathematics books is 192. Assuming that the books are of same thickness,determine the number of stacks of Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics books.    (2025)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Number of Physics books = 144 
Number of Chemistry books = 180 
Number of Mathematics books = 192 
Since, 180 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 
144 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 
192 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 
∴ HCF(180, 144, 192) = 2 x 2 x 3 = 12
∴ Number of stacks of Physics books = 144/12 = 12
Number of stacks of Chemistry books = 180/12 = 15
Number of stacks of Mathematics books = 192/12 = 16

Q10: Let p, q and r be three distinct prime numbers. 
Check whether p·q·r + q is a composite number or not. 
Further, give an example for 3 distinct primes p, q, r such that 
(i) p·q·r + 1 is a composite number. 
(ii) p·q·r + 1 is a prime number.    (2025) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Given: p, q, r be distinct prime numbers. 
We have, pqr + q = q(pr + 1) 
Here, q is a prime number and pr+ 1 > 1, 
Thus, pqr + q has factors 1, q, (pr+ 1) and q(pr + 1). 
Hence, pqr + q is a composite number. …(i) 
(i) Take p = 3, q = 5 and r = 7, we have 
pqr + 1 = 3 × 5 × 7 + 1 = 105 + 1 = 106 
Thus, pqr + 1 is a composite number for p = 3, q = 5 and r = 7. 
(ii) Take p = 2, q = 3 and r = 5, we have 
pqr + 1 = 2 × 3 × 5 + 1 = 30 + 1 = 31 
Thus, pqr + 1 is a prime number for p = 2, q = 3 and r = 5.

Q11:is a/an     (2025)
(a) natural number 
(b) integer 
(c) rational number 
(d) irrational number  

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Previous Year Questions 2025
∵ 2 is a rational number andPrevious Year Questions 2025is an irrational number. 
∴ Previous Year Questions 2025is an irrational number.

Q12: Which of the following is a rational number between √3 and √5?     (2025)
(a) 1.4142387954012. … 
(b) 

(c) π 
(d) 1.857142

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
√3 is approximately equals to 1.7320. 
√5 is approximately equals to 2.2360. 
Here 1.857142 lies between √3 and √5. 

Q13: Prove thatis an irrational number given that √3 is an irrational number.    (2025)

Hide Answer  

Ans: It is given that, √3 is an irrational number. 
We have to prove that Previous Year Questions 2025 is an irrational number. 3

Let us assume Previous Year Questions 2025be a rational number.
Then, Previous Year Questions 2025 where b ≠ 0 and a, b are co-prime integers.
Previous Year Questions 2025
Previous Year Questions 2025which is a rational number.
⇒ √3 is a rational number. 
But √3 is an irrational number. So, our assumption is wrong.
Hence, Previous Year Questions 2025 is an irrational number.

Q14: Prove thatis an irrational number given that √2 is an irrational number.    (2025)  

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
It is given that, √2 is an irrational number. 
We have to prove that Previous Year Questions 2025is an irrational number.

Let us assume Previous Year Questions 2025be a rational number.
Previous Year Questions 2025
⇒√2 is a rational number. 
But √2 is an irrational number. So, our assumption is wrong. 
Hence,Previous Year Questions 2025is an irrational number.

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1: The smallest irrational number by which √20 should be multipled so as to get a rational number, is:    (CBSE 2024) 
(a) √20
(b) √2
(c) 5
(d) √5

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q2: The LCM of two prime numbers p and q (p > q) is 221. Then the value of 3p – q is:     (CBSE 2024) 
(a) 4
(b) 28
(c) 38
(d) 48

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
The numbers p and q are prime numbers, 
∴ HCF (p, q) = 1 
Here, LCM(p, q) = 221 
∴ As, p > q
p = 17, q = 13 
(As p × q = 221) 
Now, 3p – q = 3 × 17 – 13 
= 51 – 13
= 38

Q3: A pair of irrational numbers whose product is a rational number is     (CBSE 2024) 
(a) (√16, √4)
(b) (√5, √2)
(c) (√3, √27)
(d) (√36, √2)

Hide Answer  

Ans:(c)
Here √3 and √27 both are irrational numbers.
The product of √3 x √27 = 3 x 27

= √81
= 9 ,= pq;q ≠ 0
∴ 9 is a rational number.

Q4: Given HCF (2520, 6600) = 40, LCM (2520, 6600) = 252 × k, then the value of k is:     (CBSE 2024) 
(a) 1650
(b) 1600
(c) 165
(d) 1625

Hide Answer  

Ans:(a)
HCF(2520, 6600) = 40
LCM(2520, 6600) = 252 × k 
∴ HCF × LCM = Ist No. × IInd No. 
∴ 40 × 252 × k = 2520 × 6600
⇒ k = 2520 x 660040 x 252
⇒ k = 1650

Q5: Teaching Mathematics through activities is a powerful approach that enhances students’ understanding and engagement. Keeping this in mind, Ms. Mukta planned a prime number game for class 5 students. She announced the number 2 in her class and asked the first student to multiply it by a prime number and then pass it to the second student. The second student also multiplied it by a prime number and passed it to the third student. In this way by multiplying by a prime number, the last student got 173250.
Now, Mukta asked some questions as given below to the students:       (CBSE 2024) 
(A) What is the least prime number used by students?
(B) How many students are in the class?
OR
What is the highest prime number used by students?
(C) Which prime number has been used maximum times?

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(A)
Previous Year Questions 2024
So least prime no. used by students = 3(because 2 is announced by the teacher, so the least number used by the students is 3)
(B)As the last student got  173250 = 2 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 7 × 11
there are 7 factors other than 2, which is announced by teacher. So, Number of student = 7
OR
Highest prime number used by student = 11
(C)Prime number 5 is used maximum times i.e., 3 times.

Q6: LCM (850, 500) is:   (CBSE 2024) 
(a) 
850 × 50 
(b) 17 x 500 
(c) 17 x 52 x 22
(d) 17 × 53 × 2 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b) 17 x 500 
Previous Year Questions 2024
Previous Year Questions 2024
850 = 17 × 52 × 2
500 = 53 × 22
LCM (850, 500) = 17 × 53 × 22
= 17 × 500
=8500

Q7: Prove that 6 – 4√5 is an irrational number, given that √5 is an irrational number.   (CBSE 2024) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let us assume that 6 – 4√5 be a rational number
Let Previous Year Questions 2024 …[b ≠ 0; a and b are integers]
Previous Year Questions 2024
We know that,
Previous Year Questions 2024is a rational number.
But this contradicts the fact that √5 is an irrational number.
So, our assumption is wrong.
Therefore,  6 – 4√5 is an irrational number.

Q8: Show that 11 × 19 × 23 + 3 × 11 is not a prime number.   (CBSE 2024) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: We have
11 × 19 × 23 + 3 × 11
⇒ 11(19 × 23 + 3)
⇒ 11(437 + 3)
⇒ 11(440)
⇒ 11(2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 11)
⇒ 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 11 × 11
As it can be represented as a product of more than two primes (1 and number itself). So, it is not a prime number.

Q9: If two positive integers p and q can be expressed as p = 18 a²b¹ and q=20 a³b², where a and b are prime numbers, then LCM (p, q) is:    (CBSE 2024) 
(a) 
2 a²b² 
(b) 180 a²b² 
(c) 12 a²b² 
(d) 180 a³b²

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d) 180 a3b2
Given,
p = 18 a2b1 and
q = 20 a3b2
LCM (p, q) = LCM (18 a2b1, 20 a3b2)
= 180 a3b2

Q10: Prove that 5 – 2√3 is an irrational number. It is given that √3 is an irrational number.  (CBSE 2024) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Assuming 5 – 2√3 to be a rational number. 
Previous Year Questions 2024 
Here RHS is rational but LHS is irrational.  
Therefore our assumption is wrong.  
Hence, 5 – 2√3 is an irrational number. 

Q11: Show that the number 5 × 11 × 17 + 3 × 11 is a composite number.  (CBSE 2024) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: The numbers are prime numbers and composite numbers.
Prime numbers can be divided by 1 and itself. A composite number has factors other than 1 and itself.
(5 × 11 × 17) + (3 × 11)
= (85 × 11) + (3 × 11)
= 11 × (85 + 3)
= 11 × 88
= 11 × 11 × 8
= 2 × 2 × 2 × 11 × 11
The given expression has 2 and 11 as its factors. Therefore, it is a composite number.

Q12:  In a teachers’ workshop, the number of teachers teaching French, Hindi and English are 48, 80 and 144 respectively. Find the minimum number of rooms required if in each room the same number of teachers are seated and all of them are of the same subject.  (CBSE 2024) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: The number of rooms will be minimum if each room accommodates a maximum number of teachers. Since in each room the same number of teachers are to be seated and all of them must be of the same subject. Therefore, the number of teachers in each room must be HCF of 48, 80, and 144.
The prime factorisations of 48, 80 and 144 are as under 
48 = 24 × 31
80 = 24 × 51
144 = 24 × 32
∴ HCF of 48, 80 and 144 = 16
Therefore, in each room 16 teachers can be seated.
Previous Year Questions 2024

Q13: Directions: Assertion (A) is followed by a statement of Reason (R). Select the correct option from the following options: 
(a) Both, Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true. Reason (R) explains Assertion (A) completely. 
(b) Both, Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true. Reason (R) does not explain Assertion (A). 
(c) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false. 
(d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true. 
Assertion (A): If the graph of a polynomial touches x-axis at only one point, then the polynomial cannot be a quadratic polynomial. 
Reason (R): A polynomial of degree n(n >1) can have at most n zeroes.
    (CBSE 2024) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Assertion (A): “If the graph of a polynomial touches the x-axis at only one point, then the polynomial cannot be a quadratic polynomial.”
A quadratic polynomial is of the form ax2 + bx + c. It can have two real roots, one real root (if the discriminant is zero), or no real roots (if the discriminant is negative).
If the graph of a quadratic polynomial touches the x-axis at exactly one point, this means it has a repeated real root (a double root), which is possible for quadratic polynomials. Hence, the assertion is false.
Reason (R): “A polynomial of degree n (n > 1) can have at most n zeroes.”
A polynomial of degree n can have at most n real or complex zeroes. This is a true statement, so the reason is true.
Given the above analysis, the correct answer is: (d) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.Avail Offer

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q1: The ratio of HCF to LCM of the least composite number and the least prime number is  (2023)
(a) 1 : 2   
(b) 2 : 1
(c) 1 : 1
(d) 1 : 3  

Hide Answer  

Ans:(a)

Sol: Least composite number = 4
Least prime number = 2
∴ HCF = 2, LCM = 4
∴ Required ratio = HCF / LCM = 2/4
i.e. 1 : 2

Q2: Find the least number which when divided by 12, 16, and 24 leaves the remainder 7 in each case.  (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 55

Given, least number which when divided by 12, 16 and 24 leaves remainder 7 in each case
∴  Least number = LCM(12, 16, 24) + 7
= 48 + 7
= 55

Q3: Two numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3 and their LCM is 180. What is the HCF of these numbers? (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans:30

Let the two numbers be 2x and 3x
LCM of 2x and 3x = 6x, HCF(2x, 3x) = x
Now, 6x = 180
⇒ x = 180/6
x = 30

Q4: Prove that √3 is an irrational number. (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let us assume that √3 is a rational number.

Then √3 = a/b; where a and b ( ≠ 0) are co-prime positive integers.
Squaring on both sides, we get
3 = a2/b2
⇒ a2 = 3b
⇒ 3 divides a2
⇒ 3 divides a   _________(i)
= a = 3c, where c is an integer
Again, squaring on both sides, we get
a2 = 9c2
⇒3b2 = 9c2
⇒b2 = 3c2
⇒ 3 divides b2
⇒ 3 divides b   _________(ii)
From (i) and (ii), we get 3 divides both a and b.
⇒ a and b are not co- prime integers.
This contradicts the fact that a and b are co-primes.
Hence,  √3 is an irrational number.

Also read: Short Answer Questions: Real Numbers – 1

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q1: Two positive numbers have their HCF as 12 and their product as 6336. The number of pairs possible for the numbers is   (2022)
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 1

Hide Answer  

Ans:(a)
Sol: Given, HCF = 12
Let two numbers be 12a and 12b
So. 12a x 12b = 6336 
⇒ ab = 44
We can write 44 as product of two numbers in these ways:
ab = 1 x 44 = 2 x 22 = 4x  11
Here, we will take a = 1 and b = 44 ; a = 4 and b = 11.
We do not take ab = 2  x 22 because 2 and 22 are not co-prime to each other.

For a = 1 and b = 44, 1st no. = 12a = 12, 2nd no. = 12b = 528
For a = 4 and b = 11, 1st no. = 12a = 48, 2nd no. = 12b = 132
Hence, we get two pairs of numbers, (12, 528) and (48, 132).

Q2: If ‘n’ is any natural number, then (12)n cannot end with the digit    (2022)
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 8
(d) 0

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Sol: 

  • For any natural number n, the expression (12)n cannot end with the digit 0.
  • This is because the number 12 does not contain the prime factor 5, which is necessary for a number to end in 0.
  • Thus, regardless of the value of n, (12)n will never end with 0.

Q3: The number 385 can be expressed as the product of prime factors as   (2022)
(a) 5 x 11 x 13
(b) 5 x  7 x 11
(c) 5 x 7 x 13
(d) 5  x  11 x 17

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Sol: We have,

Previous Year Questions 2022
∴ Prime factorisation of 385 = 5 x 7 x 11

Previous Year Questions 2021

Q1: Explain why 2 x 3 x 5 + 5 and 5 x 7 x 11 + 7 x 5 are composite numbers.   (2021)

Hide Answer  

Ans: We have, 2 x 3 x 5 + 5 and 5 x 7 x 11 + 7 x 5.
We can write these numbers as:
2 x 3 x 5 + 5 = 5(2 x 3 + 1)
= 1 x 5 x 7
and 5 x 7 x 11 + 7 x 5 = 5 x 7(11 + 1)
= 5 x 7 x 12 = 1 x 5 x 7 x 12
Since, on simplifying. we find that both the numbers have more than two factors. 
So. these are composite numbers.

Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!Claim Offer

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q1: The HCF and the LCM of 12, 21 and 15 respectively, are   (2020)
(a) 3, 140
(b) 12, 420
(c) 3, 420
(d) 420, 3

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol:We have, 
12 = 2 x 2 x 3 = 2x 3
21= 3 x 7
15 = 3 x 5
∴ HCF (12, 21, 15) = 3
and LCM (12, 21 ,15 ) = 22 x 3 x 5 x 7
= 420

Q2: The LCM of two numbers is 182 and their HCF is 13. If one of the numbers is 26. find the other.   (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let the other number be x
As, HCF (a, b) x  LCM (a, b) = a  x  b
⇒ 13  x  182= 26x
⇒ x = 13 x 182 / 26
= 91
Hence, other number is 91.

Q3: Given that HCF (135, 225) = 45, find the LCM (135, 225). (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: We know that
LCM × HCF = Product of two numbers
∴ LCM (135, 225) = Product of 135 and 225 / HCF(135, 225)
= 135 x 225 / 45
= 675
So, LCM (135, 225) = 675

Also read: Short Answer Questions: Real Numbers – 1

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q1: If HCF (336, 54) = 6. find LCM (336, 54).   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Using the formula:  HCF (a, b) x LCM (a, b) = a x b
∴ HCF (336, 54) x  LCM (336, 54) = 336 x 54
⇒ 6 x LCM(336, 54) = 18144
⇒ LCM (336, 54) = 18144 / 6
= 3024

Q2: The HCF of two numbers a and b is 5 and their LCM is 200. Find the product of ab.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: We know that HCF (a, b) x  LCM (a, b)=a x b
⇒ 5 x 200 = ab
⇒  ab = 1000

Q3: If HCF of 65 and 117 is expressible in the form 65n – 117, then find the value of n.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Since, HCF (65 ,117) = 13
Given HCF ( 65, 117 ) = 65n – 117
13 = 65n – 117
⇒  65n = 13 +117
⇒  n = 2

Q4: Find the HCF of 612 and 1314 using prime factorization.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Prime factorisation of 612 and 1314 are
612 = 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 17
1314 = 2 x 3 x 3 x 73
∴ HCF (612, 1314) = 2 x 3 x 3
= 18

Q5: Prove that √5 is an irrational number.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let us assume that 5 is a rational number.
Then 5 = a/b where a and b (≠ 0} are co-prime integers,
if Squaring on both sides, we get
5 = a2b2 ⇒ a2 = 5b2
⇒ 5 divides a2
⇒ 5 divides a  ———-(i)
⇒ a = 5c, where c is an integer
Again, squaring on both sides, we get
a2 = 25c2
⇒ 5b2 = 25c2  
⇒ b2 = 5c2
⇒ 5 divides b2 ———-(ii)
⇒ 5 divides b
From (i) and {ii), we get 5 divides both a and b.
⇒  a and b are not co-prime integers.
Hence, our supposition is wrong.
Thus, 5 is an irrational number.

Q6: Prove that √2 is an irrational number.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Let us assume 2 be a rational number.
Then, 2 = p/q where p, q (q ≠ 0) are integers and co-prime. ;
On squaring both sides. we get
2 = p2q2 ⇒ p2 = 2q2 ————(i)
⇒ 2 divides p2
⇒ 2 divides p ———–(ii)
So, p = 2a, where a is some integer.
Again squaring on both sides, we get
p2 = 4a2
⇒ 2q2 = 4a2 (using (i))
⇒ q2 = 2a2
⇒ 2 divides q2
⇒ 2 divides q       ———–(iii)
From (ii) and (iii), we get
2 divides both p and q.
∴ p and q are not co-prime integers.
Hence, our assumption is wrong.
Thus 2 is an irrational number.

Q7: Prove that 2 + 5√3 is an irrational number given that √3 is an irrational number.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Suppose 2 + 53 is a rational number.
We can find two integers a, b (b ≠ 0) such that
2 + 53 = a/b, where a and b are co -prime integers.
5√3 = ab – 2 ⇒ √3 = 15 [ a b – 2]
⇒ 3 is a rational number.

[ ∵ a, b are integers, so  15 [ a b – 2] is a rational number]
But this contradicts the fact that 3 is an irrational number.
Hence, our assumption is wrong.
Thus, 2 + 53 is an irrational number.

Q8: Write the smallest number which is divisible by both 306 and 657. (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given numbers are 306 and 657. 
The smallest number divisible by 306 and 657 = LCM(306, 657) 
Prime factors of 306 = 2 × 3 × 3 × 17 
Prime factors of 657 = 3 × 3 × 73 
LCM of (306, 657) = 2 × 3 × 3 × 17 × 73 
= 22338 
Hence, the smallest number divisible by 306 and 657 is 22,338.

13. Previous Year Questions: Our Environment

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: Which of the following groups do not constitute a food chain?  (1 Mark)
(i) Wolf, rabbit, grass, lion
(ii) Plankton, man, grasshopper, fish
(iii) Hawk, grass, snake, grasshopper, frog
(iv) Grass, snake, wolf, tiger
(a) 
(i) and (iv)
(b) (i) and (iii)
(c) (ii) and (iii)
(d) (ii) and (iv)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
food chain shows a sequence of organisms where each is eaten by the next one.
In options (ii) and (iii), the order of organisms is incorrect — they do not represent a proper feeding relationship (for example, man does not eat grasshopper or fish directly, and grass cannot be eaten by a hawk).
Hence, (ii) and (iii) do not constitute a food chain.

Q2: The percentage of solar energy which is not converted into food energy by the leaves of green plants in a terrestrial ecosystem is about:  (1 Mark)

(a) 1%
(b) 10%
(c) 90%
(d) 99%

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Only about 1% of the sunlight that falls on green plants is converted into food energy, so 99% of solar energy remains unutilised.

Q3: Two statements are given — one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (A), (B), (C) and (D) as given below

Assertion (A): The amount of ozone in the atmosphere began to drop sharply in the 1980s. 
Reason (R): The oxygen atoms combine with molecular oxygen to form ozone.  (1 Mark)

(a) Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true, but R is false.
(d) A is false, but R is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)Ozone levels dropped sharply in the 1980s due to synthetic chemicals like CFCs, not because oxygen atoms combine with molecular oxygen (which actually forms ozone).

Q4: “Excessive use of chemicals and pesticides in agriculture adversely affects the environment.” Justify this statement.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Excessive use of pesticides and chemicals in agriculture leads to their accumulation in soil and water. These chemicals enter the food chain through plants and aquatic organisms and are not degradable. They get progressively accumulated at each trophic level, a process called biological magnification, causing harmful effects on living organisms and the environment.

Q5: Identify from the following a group containing all non-biodegradable substances.  (1 Mark)

(a) Leather, Glass, Plastic
(b) Cotton, Wood, Nylon
(c) DDT, Polyester, Glass
(d) Leather, Silk, Wool

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
DDT, polyester, and glass cannot be broken down by biological processes; hence, they are non-biodegradable substances.

Q6: Two statements are given — one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (A), (B), (C) and (D) as given below (1 Mark)

Assertion (A): Animals will not get energy if they eat (consume) coal as food. 
Reason (R): Specific enzymes are needed for the breakdown of a particular food.

(a) Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true, but R is false.
(d) A is false, but R is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)

Animals cannot get energy from coal because enzymes are specific and only break down particular biological substances. Since coal cannot be broken down by these enzymes, it cannot provide energy.

Q7: Some harmful chemicals get accumulated in human bodies through the food chain. Name this phenomenon. Explain the reason for the maximum concentration of these chemicals found in our bodies.  (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: This phenomenon is called biological magnification.

Harmful chemicals such as pesticides and fertilizers enter the food chain through soil and water. These chemicals are not degradable and thus accumulate in the tissues of organisms.At each successive trophic level, their concentration increases because they are passed on through food. Since human beings occupy the top level in the food chain, the maximum concentration of these chemicals accumulates in our bodies.Q7: Some harmful chemicals get accumulated in human bodies through the food chain. Name this phenomenon. Explain the reason for the maximum concentration of these chemicals found in our bodies.  (3 Marks)

Q8: Other than the abiotic components, which of the given biotic components are not required to make an aquarium with small herbivorous fishes a self-sustaining system?  (1 Mark)
(i) Aquatic plants and aquatic animals
(ii) Terrestrial plants and terrestrial animals
(iii) Decomposers as bacteria and fungi
(iv) Consumers as clown fishes and sea urchins
(a)
 (i) and (iv)
(b) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (i) and (iii)
(d) (ii) and (iv)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

self-sustaining aquarium needs aquatic plants (producers), small herbivorous fishes (consumers), and decomposers. Terrestrial plants/animals and large consumers like sea urchins are not required in such an aquatic ecosystem.

Q9: Two statements are given — one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (A), (B), (C) and (D) as given below (1 Mark)
Assertion (A): Use of jute bags for shopping reduces pollution. 
Reason (R): Jute is biodegradable and its bag may be reused as and when needed.

Hide Answer  

(a) Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true, but R is false.
(d) A is false, but R is true.

Ans: (a)

  • Using jute bags helps reduce pollution because jute is biodegradable and such bags can be reused, reducing non-biodegradable plastic waste.

Q10: In the food chains given below, select the most efficient food chain in terms of energy.  (1 Mark)

(a) Grass → Grasshopper → Frog → Snake
(b) Plants → Deer → Lion
(c) Plants → Man
(d) Phytoplankton → Zooplankton → Small Fish → Big Fish

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)

The shorter the food chain, the less energy is lost between trophic levels. Since this chain has only two trophic levels, it is the most efficient in terms of energy transfer.

Q11: What are decomposers? Give two examples. State how they maintain a balance in an ecosystem.  (3 Mark)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Decomposers are microorganisms that break down dead plants, animals, and waste materialsinto simple inorganic substances. 

Examples: Bacteria and fungi

Role in maintaining balance:

  • They recycle nutrients by converting complex organic matter into simple substances that return to the soil and are used again by plants
  • This process helps in the natural replenishment of the soil and maintains the balance in the ecosystem.

Q12: The examples of natural and manmade (artificial) ecosystems are, respectively:  (1 Mark)

(a) Forests and ponds
(b) Crop fields and lakes
(c) Lakes and gardens
(d) Crop fields and forests

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)Lakes are natural ecosystems, while gardens are human-made (artificial) ecosystems maintained by people.

Q13: Human activities that are affecting the environment are:  (1 Mark)

(a) Minimising the use of chlorofluorocarbons
(b) Excessive use of disposable cups and plates
(c) Maximising the use of reusable utensils for eating food and drinking fluids
(d) Segregating the wastes into biodegradable and non-biodegradable before disposal

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)

Using disposable cups and plates increases non-biodegradable waste, leading to environmental pollution and harming ecosystems.

Q14: (a) Why are the organisms of first trophic level important in any food chain? 
(b) Justify the following statement: ‘The flow of energy in an ecosystem is unidirectional.’  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(a) The organisms of the first trophic level, known as producers, are very important because they absorb solar energy and convert it into chemical energy through photosynthesis. This stored energy in food becomes the source of energy for all other organisms in the food chain such as herbivores, carnivores, and decomposers. Without producers, no other organisms could survive, as they depend directly or indirectly on them for food. 

(b) The flow of energy in an ecosystem is unidirectional, meaning it moves in one direction only — from the Sun → producers → consumers → decomposers. The energy captured by producers does not return to the Sun, nor can it go backward in the chain. At each trophic level, some energy is lost as heat, so the energy available to the next level keeps decreasing, making the flow one-way and non-cyclic.Q14: (a) Why are the organisms of first trophic level important in any food chain? (b) Justify the following statement: `The flow of energy in an ecosystem is unidirectional.`  (2 Marks)

Q15: A gas ‘X’ is found in the upper layer of atmosphere. It is a deadly poison, but still essential for all life forms on earth. 
(a) Identify the gas and state the main factor for its depletion in the atmosphere. 
(b) How is this gas formed in the upper atmosphere?  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

(a) The gas ‘X’ is ozone (O₃). It is getting depleted mainly due to synthetic chemicals like chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) used in refrigerants and fire extinguishers

(b) In the upper atmosphere, ozone is formed when ultraviolet (UV) radiations split some molecules of oxygen (O₂) into free oxygen atoms (O), which then combine with molecular oxygen to form ozone (O₃).

Q16: Study the food web given below: 

(a) Identify the food chain(s) in which the eagle receives the highest energy from the producers.
(b) Identify the organism in which a non-biodegradable pesticide will be found in maximum concentration. Name the term used for this phenomenon.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

(a) The food chain in which the eagle receives the highest energy from producers is:
Grass → Mouse → Eagle.
This is because the chain is shortest, involving fewer trophic levels, so there is less energy loss between steps, and the eagle receives more energy from the producers.

(b) The organism in which a non-biodegradable pesticide will be found in maximum concentration is the Eagle.
This is due to biological magnification, where harmful chemicals accumulate progressively at each trophic level, reaching the highest concentration in top consumers.

Q17: Consider the following food chain: 
Grass → Grasshopper → Frog → Snake → Eagle. 
If the amount of energy available at third trophic level is 50 kJ, the available energy at the producer level was:  (1 Mark)

(a) 0.5 kJ
(b) 5 kJ
(c) 500 kJ
(d) 5000 kJ

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

According to the 10% law, only 10% of energy is transferred from one trophic level to the next.
If the third trophic level (frog) has 50 kJ, then:
Producer → 1st → 2nd → 3rd
Energy at producer level = 50 × 10 × 10 × 10 = 50,000 kJ.

Q18: The incorrect statement about ozone is:  (1 Mark)

(a) It is a deadly poisonous gas.
(b) It shields the surface of the Earth from UV radiation from sun.
(c) It is used as a refrigerant and in fire extinguishers.
(d) It is formed by combining an oxygen molecule with a free oxygen atom.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)

Ozone itself is not used as a refrigerant or in fire extinguishers; CFCs (chlorofluorocarbons) are.
Ozone protects the Earth from harmful UV radiation.

Q19: Two statements are given – one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (A), (B), (C) and (D) as given below :
Assertion (A): Food web is a network of several food chains operating in an ecosystem. 
Reason (R): Food web decreases the stability of an ecosystem.  (1 Mark)

(a) Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true, but R is false.
(d) A is false, but R is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)

  • food web is indeed a network of many interconnected food chains, but it actually increases the stability of an ecosystem, not decreases it.

Q20: We do not clean natural ponds or lakes, whereas an aquarium or a swimming pool needs to be cleaned regularly. Why?  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Natural ponds and lakes are self-sustaining ecosystems that contain producers, consumers, and decomposers. These components interact and maintain a natural balance by recycling nutrients and cleaning the system on their own.

An aquarium or swimming pool, however, is a human-made system that lacks sufficient decomposers and natural processes of purification. Hence, it needs to be cleaned regularly to remove waste and maintain a healthy environment. 

Q21: Green plants occupy the first trophic level in every food chain because they:  (1 Mark)

(a) exist over a large area.
(b) have very less concentration of harmful chemicals.
(c) have to feed large number of herbivores.
(d) can synthesize food by photosynthesis.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

Green plants are producers; they make their own food from inorganic substances using sunlight through photosynthesis, so they always occupy the first trophic level in a food chain.

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1: For Q. Nos., two statements are given – One labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (a), (b), (c) and (d) as given below:    (1 Mark) (2024)
Assertion (A): Accumulation of harmful chemicals is maximum in the organisms at the highest trophic level of a food chain.
Reason (R): Harmful chemicals are sprayed on the crops to protect them from diseases and pests.
(a) 
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(b) 
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (A).
(c) 
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
(d) 
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Harmful chemicals do accumulate in organisms at the highest trophic level due to a process called biomagnification, and these chemicals are often sprayed on crops to protect them. However, the reason does not directly explain why the accumulation is highest at the top of the food chain, so it’s not a correct explanation of the assertion.


Q2: (A) Plants -> Deer -> Lion.    (1 to 3 Marks)  (2024)
In the given food chain, what will be the impact of removing all the organisms of the second trophic level on the first and third trophic levels? Will the impact be the same for the organisms of the third trophic level in the above food chain if they were present in a food web? Justify.
OR
(B) A gas ‘X’ which is a deadly poison is found at the higher levels of the atmosphere and performs an essential function. Name the gas and write the function performed by this gas in the atmosphere. Which chemical is linked to the decrease in the level of this gas? What measures have been taken by an international organization to check the depletion of the layer containing this gas? 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A)

  • Number of plants/organisms of first trophic level will increase. 
  • Number of lions/ organisms of third trophic level will decrease.
  • No
  • As the organisms of that level will find alternative foods and will not starve to death / food web is more stable where other animals as prey may be available.

OR

  • Gas ‘X’ is Ozone.
  • Ozone shields the surface of the earth from ultra-violet (UV) radiations from the sun. 
  • CFCs (Chlorofluorocarbons)
  • Succeeded in forging an agreement to freeze CFC production at 1986 levels / Manufacturing of CFC free refrigerators


Q3: Name the term used for the materials which cannot be broken down by biological processes. Give two ways by which they harm various components of an ecosystem.    (1 to 3 Marks) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

  • Non-biodegradable substances 
  • Two ways: 
    (i) They are inert and persist in the environment for long time and cause pollution.
    (ii) Cause Biological magnification
    (iii) Affect the fertility of soil 


Q4: Use of pesticides to protect our crops affects organisms at various trophic levels especially human beings. Name the phenomenon involved and explain how does it happen.    (1 to 3 Marks) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Phenomenon – Biological Magnification /Biomagnification:

  • Pesticides are washed down into the soil and water bodies. 
  • From the soil pesticides are absorbed by crop plants along with water and minerals  and enter the food chain.
  • These chemicals are non-biodegradable and get accumulated progressively at each trophic level. 
  • As human beings occupy the top level in any food chain, the maximum concentration of these chemicals gets accumulated in our bodies.


Q5: Consider the following statements about ozone:    (1 to 3 Marks) (2024)
(A) Ozone is poisonous gas. 
(B) Ozone shields the earth’s surface from the infrared radiation from the sun.
(C) Ozone is a product of UV radiations acting on oxygen molecule. 
(D) At the lower level of the earth’s atmosphere, ozone performs most essential function.
The correct statements are
(a)
 (A) and (B)
(b) (A) and (C)
(c) (B) and (C)
(d) (B) and (D)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Ozone can be harmful at ground level, making it a poisonous gas. Statement (C) is also correct since ozone is formed when ultraviolet (UV) radiation interacts with oxygen molecules. However, statement (B) is incorrect because ozone protects the Earth from UV radiation, not infrared radiation, and statement (D) is misleading because ozone’s essential functions are primarily in the upper atmosphere, not at lower levels.


Q6: Assertion (A) and Reason (R), answer these questions selecting the appropriate option given below:   (1 Mark) (2024)
Assertion (A): The waste we generate daily may be biodegradable or non-biodegradable.
Reason (R): The waste generated, if not disposed off properly may cause serious environmental problems.
(a)
 Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is not correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is true, but (R) is false.
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)

The answer is (b) because both statements are true: waste can be either biodegradable (which can break down naturally) or non-biodegradable (which cannot), and improper disposal of waste can indeed lead to serious environmental issues. However, the reason does not explain why waste is categorized as biodegradable or non-biodegradable, so it’s not a direct explanation of the assertion.


Q7: What are decomposers? List two consequences of their absence in an ecosystem.   (1 to 3 Marks)  (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Decomposers are the microorganisms that break-down the complex organic substances into simple inorganic substances.
Consequences:
(i) No replenishment of soil
(ii) Foul smell
(iii) Breeding of flies
(iv) Accumulation of dead plants and animals in the environment.
(v) No recycling of nutrients


Q8: We water the soil but it reaches the topmost leaves of the plants. Explain in brief the process involved.    (1 to 3 Marks)  (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: When water is lost through stomata in the leaves by transpiration, it creates a suction force/transpiration pull, due to which water is pulled up through xylem of the roots to the leaves.


Q9: Some wastes are given below:     (1 to 3 Marks)  (2024)
(i) Garden waste    
(ii) Ball point pen refills   
(iii) Empty medicine bottles made of glass    
(iv) Peels of fruits and vegetables  
(v) Old cotton shirt  
The non-biodegradable wastes among these are:  
(a) 
(i) and (ii)    
(b) (ii) and (iii)  
(c) (i), (iv) and (v)  
(d) (i), (iii) and (iv)  

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Non-biodegradable wastes are those that do not break down naturally in the environment. In the given options, ballpoint pen refills (ii) and empty medicine bottles made of glass (iii) are non-biodegradable because they can persist in the environment for a long time. The other items like garden waste, fruit and vegetable peels, and old cotton shirts decompose naturally and are considered biodegradable.


Q10: Two statements are given  one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (A), (B), (C) and (D) as given below.    (1 Mark) (2024)
Assertion (A): Oxygen is essential for all aerobic forms of life.
Reason (R): Free oxygen atoms combine with molecular oxygen to form ozone.
(a) 
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).  
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.  
(d) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.  

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Assertion (A) correctly states that oxygen is essential for aerobic life forms, while Reason (R) explains a process involving oxygen and ozone formation, which is also true. However, Reason (R) does not explain why oxygen is essential for life, so the correct answer is (b): both are true, but Reason (R) does not explain Assertion (A).


Q11: Which one of the following is not a natural ecosystem?    (1 Mark) (2024)
(a)
 Pond ecosystem
(b) Grassland ecosystem
(c) Forest ecosystem
(d) Cropland ecosystem

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
A natural ecosystem is one that occurs naturally without human interference. Among the options given, a cropland ecosystem (d) is not natural because it is created and managed by humans for farming purposes. In contrast, pond, grassland, and forest ecosystems develop naturally in the environment.


Q12: Differentiate between food chain and food web. In a food chain consisting of deer, grass and tiger, if the population of deer decreases, what will happen to the population of organisms belonging to the first and third trophic levels?     (3 Marks) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Previous Year Questions 2024

  • Population of grass/ first trophic level will increase.
  • Population of tiger/ third trophic level will decrease.


Q13: Identify the food chain in which the organisms of the second trophic level are missing:  (1 Mark) (2024)
(a) 
Grass, goat, lion
(b) Zooplankton, Phytoplankton, small fish, large fish
(c) Tiger, grass, snake, frog
(d) Grasshopper, grass, snake, frog, eagle

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)

In a food chain, the second trophic level usually consists of primary consumers that eat producers (like plants). In option (c), tiger, grass, snake, frog, there are no primary consumers (like a herbivore) between the grass (producer) and the snake. Instead, the snake directly feeds on frogs, which means the second trophic level is missing.


Q14: In which of the following organisms, multiple fission is a means of asexual reproduction?     (1 Mark) (2024)
(a) 
Yeast
(b) Leishmania
(c) Paramoecium
(d) Plasmodium

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Multiple fission is a type of asexual reproduction where an organism divides into many parts at once. In this case, Plasmodium (d), which causes malaria, reproduces through multiple fission in its life cycle, producing many daughter cells simultaneously. The other options like yeast, Leishmania, and Paramecium reproduce differently.


Q15: A food chain will be more advantageous in terms of energy if it has: 
(a) 2 trophic levels 
(b) 3 trophic levels 
(c) 4 trophic levels 
(d) 5 trophic levels      (1 Mark) (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
In a food chain, energy is lost at each trophic level due to metabolic processes, typically around 90% of energy is lost as heat, while only about 10% is transferred to the next level. Therefore, a food chain with fewer trophic levels will retain more energy available to the organisms at the higher level.
With 2 trophic levels (e.g., producers and primary consumers), there is minimal energy loss compared to longer chains, making it more advantageous in terms of energy efficiency.
Thus, the correct answer is (a) 2 trophic levels.

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.Avail Offer

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q1: Use of several pesticides which results in excessive accumulation of pesticides in rivers or ponds, is a matter of deep concern. Justify this statement. (3 Marks) (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The use of several pesticides results in accumulation of pesticides in rivers and ponds. These chemicals are either washed down into the soil or into the water bodies. From the soil, these are absorbed by the plants along with water and minerals, and from the water bodies these are taken up by aquatic plants and animals and enters the food chain. As these chemicals are not degradable, these get accumulated progressively at each trophic level. As human beings occupy the top level in any food chain, the maximum concentration of these chemicals get accumulated in our bodies i.e., biological magnification. Our food grains such as wheat and rice, vegetables and fruits, and even meat, contain varying amounts of pesticide residues cannot always be removed by washing or other means and causes health hazards.


Q2: How is ozone formed in the higher levels of the atmosphere? “Damage to the ozone layer is a cause of concern.” Justify this statement. (3 Marks) (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Ozone (O3) is a molecule formed by three atoms of oxygen. It is formed in the stratosphere layer of atmosphere when high energy UV rays act on O2 molecule splitting it into free oxygen (O) atoms. These atoms then combine with molecular oxygen (O2) to form ozone (O3).


Q3: “Although gardens are created by man but they are considered to be an ecosystem.” Justify this statement.  (2 Marks) (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: In a garden, various plants like grasses, trees, flower bearing plants such as jasmine, sunflower, rose, and animals like insects, frogs and birds are found. All these living organisms interact with each other and their growth, reproduction and other activities are affected by the abiotic components such as light, water, wind, soil, minerals, etc. of ecosystem. Thus, a garden is considered to be an ecosystem.


Q4: What is the difference between biodegradable and non-biodegradable substances? List two methods of safe disposal of biodegradable domestic waste.   (2 Marks) (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Differences between biodegradable and non-biodegradable substances are as follows :
Previous Year Questions 2023
Domestic waste can be safely disposed off by composting. In composting, biodegradable domestic wastes, such as left-over food, fruit, vegetable peels, etc., can be buried in pit, dug into ground. They are converted into compost and used as manure.
In landfill a huge pit is made in an open low lying area and wastes are dumped into the pits. Once the pits are full, they are covered with soil and left for decomposition.


Q5: How do harmful chemicals get accumulated progressively at each trophic level in a food chain?  (3 Marks) (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The process by which harmful substances enter the food chain and becomes concentrated at each trophic level is known as biomagnification.
Example:Biomagnification of DDT in an Aquatic Food ChainBiomagnification of DDT in an Aquatic Food Chain


Q6: (A) Why does a kitchen garden called an artificial ecosystem while a forest is considered to be a natural ecosystem? 
(B) While designing an artificial ecosystem at home, write any two things to be kept in mind to convert it into a selfsustaining system. Give reason to justify your answer.   (3 Marks) (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) Kitchen gardens are referred to as artificial ecosystems because they are man-made and contain adjusted abiotic and biotic components. It is an ecosystem where plants are produced, including fruits and vegetables, whereas a forest is a place where various creatures live in harmony and rely on one another for food and other necessities. As a result, a forest creates an ecosystem that can support itself. 
(B) Two things to keep in mind while designing an artificial ecosystem: 
(1) Balance between biotic and abiotic factors. 
(2) Recycling of nutrients and wastes. 
Reason: Abiotic factors include elements like temperature, light, water, and nutrients, whereas biotic factors are things like plants, animals, fungus, and microorganisms. Due of their interdependence, any changes to one of these components can have an impact on the ecosystem as a whole. To support the development and survival of all organisms within the ecosystem, it is crucial to maintain a balance between various components in the ecosystem. Recycling is essential for maintaining the health and sustainability of the ecosystem.


Q7: (A) Construct a food chain of four trophic levels comprising the following:               

Hawk, snake, plants, rat

(B) 20,000 J of energy was transferred by the producers to the organism of second trophic level. Calculate the amount of energy that will be transferred by organisms of the third trophic level to the organisms of the fourth trophic level.  (3 Marks) (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) The flow of nutrients and energy from one organism to another at different trophic levels forms a food chain. 
Plants → Rat → Snake → Hawk 
(B) Only 10% of energy will be transferred to the next trophic level, according to the 10% law of energy transfer, and 90% will be wasted as heat and incomplete digestion. According to this law, 
(1) Energy is transferred from producers to the second trophic level = 20,000 J. 
(2) Energy moved from the second to the third trophic level: 10% of 20,000 J = 2,000 J. 
(3) Energy moved from the third to the fourth trophic level is equal to: 10% of 2,000 J = 200 J

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q1: (i) Why are crop fields considered as artificial ecosystems? 
(ii) Write a common food chain of four steps operating in a terrestrial ecosystem.  (2022 C)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(i) Crop fields are the artificial ecosystems because in crop fields, both biotic (living) and abiotic (non-living) components are manipulated by human beings. Humans can change edaphic factors by adding fertilisers, water, etc. Biotic components may be changed using biocides or adding useful organisms like earthworms etc.
(ii) A food chain consists of various organism at various trophic levels. In terrestrial ecosystem, a common food chain is
Grass Grasshopper→ Frog→ Snake


Q2: (i) List two human-made ecosystems.
(ii) “We do not clean a pond in the same manner as we do in an aquarium.” Give reason to justify this statement. (Term II, 2021-22)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(i) The two human made ecosystems are aquarium and garden.
(ii) We do not clean pond as we do in an aquarium because the waste generated in a pond is acted upon by the decomposers which convert them into simple soluble substances, whereas, in aquarium, the waste gets mixed with water and left untreated due to absence of decomposers.


Q3: In the following food chain, only 2J of energy was available to the peacocks. How much energy would have been present in Grass? Justify your answer. Grass → Grasshopper → Frog → Snake Peacock  (Term II, 2021-22)

Hide Answer  

Ans: In the given food chain, 20,000 J of energy must have been present in grass. This is because, as per the 10% law of energy transfer, only 10% of energy is transferred to the next trophic level.
Previous Year Questions 2022


Q4: What are human-made ecosystems? Give an example. Can a human-made ecosystem become a self-sustaining ecosystem? Give reason to justify your answer.    (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  Artificial ecosystems area unit human-made structures wherever organic phenomena and abiotic elements area unit created to act with one another for survival. it’s not self-sufficient and might decrease while not human facilitated. samples of artificial ecosystems embrace aquariums, agriculture fields, zoos, etc.

  • A system, that is formed and maintained by mortals, is named synthetic | a synthetic} or man-made system. Some samples of artificial ecosystems area unit aquariums, gardens, agriculture, apiary, poultry, piggery, etc.
  • Man-made ecosystems don’t seem to be self-sufficient as a result they rely on naturally created ecosystems just like the water bodies. just like the crop fields that could be an artificial system that depends on water bodies like rivers, and groundwater for water and life. Same approach gardens conjointly rely on nature for their property.
  • All organisms like plants, animals, microorganisms, and mortals further because the physical surroundings act with one another and maintain a balance in nature. All interacting organisms in a locality in conjunction with the non-living constitute the setting kind associate degree system.
  • All the organic phenomenon elements comprising living organisms and abiotic elements comprising physical factors like temperature, rainfall, soil, etc create an associate degree system.
  • An artificial system could be a variety of systems created by man by artificial means and not present sort of a forest, ponds, lakes, etc. samples of artificial ecosystems area unit crop fields and gardens.
  • Man-made ecosystems don’t seem to be self-sufficient as a result they rely on naturally created ecosystems just like the water bodies. just like the crop fields that could be an artificial system that depends on water bodies like rivers, and groundwater for water and life. Same approach gardens conjointly rely on nature for their property.

Hence, artificial ecosystems don’t seem to be self-sufficient.


Q5: (a) Name the group of organisms which form in the first trophic level of all food chains. Why are they called so?
(b) Why are the human beings most adversely affected by biomagnification?
(c) State one ill-effect of the absence of decomposers from a natural ecosystem.          (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Producers form the first trophic level of all food chains. They are called producers because they are autotrophic organisms which alone are able to manufacture organic food from inorganic raw materials by the process of photosynthesis. They capture sun’s energy and convert it into chemical energy. The chemical energy is used in combining raw materials into organic food. This food is used up by themselves and rest enters the food chains as food for consumers.
(b) Human beings are most adversely affected by biomagnification because they occupy the highest trophic level in any food chain. As in biomagnification, successive concentration of non-biodegradable substances increases in the trophic level of food chains, so, it leads to most toxicity at highest trophic level. Hence, maximum concentration of chemicals get accumulated most in their body.
(c) Absence of decomposers will lead to the accumulation of dead remains and waste products of organisms in our natural ecosystem. The decomposers breakdown complex organic substances into simple inorganic substances, so, that it can go into the soil and can be used up by plants.


Q6: What is ozone? How is it formed in the upper layers of the earth’s atmosphere? How does ozone affect our ecosystem?   (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Ozone (O3) is a molecule formed by three atoms of oxygen. It is formed in the stratosphere layer of atmosphere when high energy U V rays act on O2 molecule splitting it into free oxygen (O) atoms. These atoms then combine with molecular oxygen (O2) to form ozone (O3).

Previous Year Questions 2022

Ozone shields the surface of the earth from U V radiations from the sun. The depletion of ozone layer will lead to global warming and some serious health issues such as damage of skin cells that leads to skin cancer, snow blindness or inflammation of cornea, increased fatality of young animals, mutations and reduced immunity.


Q7: (a) We do not clean ponds or lakes, but an aquarium needs to be cleaned regularly. Why?
(b) Why is ozone layer getting depleted at the higher levels of the atmosphere? Mention one harmful effect caused by its depletion.   (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) We do not clean pond as we do in an aquarium because the waste generated in a pond is acted upon by the decomposers which convert them into simple soluble substances, whereas, in aquarium, the waste gets mixed with water and left untreated due to absence of decomposers.
(b) The ozone layer is getting depleted at the higher levels of the atmosphere due to use of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) which are used in refrigerator. Other ozone depleting substances include carbon tetrachloride, hydrofluorocarbons used in fire extinguisher, air i conditioners, etc.
Due to the ozone layer depletion, humans will be directly exposed to the ultraviolet radiations of sun. This will result in serious health issues like skin cancer, sunburns, quick ageing, mutations and weak immune system.


Q8: Kulhads (disposable cups made of day) and disposable paper cups both a re used as an alternative For disposable plastic cups. Which one of these two can be considered as a better alternative to plastic cups and why?    (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Kulhad:

  • Kulhad is a cup that is made using clay or soil.
  • This is usually used for serving tea/coffee.
  • This was brought in use to replace the plastic cup in trains.
  • Plastic is a nonbiodegradable harmful substance that does not decompose in nature and affects the ecosystem or environment negatively.
  • Kulhads are made of biodegradable soil, therefore, this was used to replace the plastic and protect the environment and health of humans.

Discontinuation of kulhads:

  • Since kulhads are made using clay, it is a practice of harming the environment too.
  • The clay is fertile soil and kulhads were discontinued to avoid its reduction.
  • Making of kulhad on a large scale to serve tea passengers in the train was leading to the loss of this top fertile soil.


Q9: (a) What is meant by garbage? List two classes into which garbage is classified.
(b) What do we actually mean when we say that “enzymes are specific in their action”?   (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Garbage is the waste material (rubbish) especially of domestic refuse. The two classes into which garbage is classified are
(i) Biodegradable
(ii) Non-biodegradable.
(b) Enzymes are specific in their action. For example, enzyme maltase acts on sugar maltose but not on lactose or sucrose. Different enzymes may act on the same substrate but give rise to different products. Similarly an enzyme may act on different substrates producing different end products.

Also read: Garbage, Waste Management & Depletion of the Ozone Layer

Previous Year Questions 2021

Q1: What are consumers? Name the four categories under which the consumers are further classified. (2021 C)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Consumers are the organisms which are unable to synthesise their own food. Therefore, they utilise materials and energy stored by the producers or eat other organisms. They are known as the heterotrophs. The consumers are of following categories:
(i) Primary or first-order consumers: These include the animals which eat plants or plant products. They are called herbivores or primary (first order) consumers. E.g., Cattle, deer, goat, rabbit, hare, rats, mice, grasshoppers etc
(ii) Secondary or second order consumers: These include the animals which depend on primary consumers for their food. They are called primary carnivores or secondary (second order) consumers. Secondary consumers can be carnivores or omnivores. E.g., Cats, dogs, foxes, small fish, etc.
(iii) Tertiary or third order consumers: These are large carnivores (or top carnivores) which feed on primary and secondary consumers. These are termed as secondary carnivores or tertiary (third order) consumers. Common examples include shark and crocodile, wolves, lion, etc. (iv) Quaternary or fourth order consumers: These are even larger carnivores which feed on secondary carnivores (tertiary consumers). E.g., Tigers, lions and eagles/hawks etc.

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q1: How is ozone layer formed? State its importance to all life forms on earth. Why the amount of ozone in the atmosphere dropped sharply in the 1980s? (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: When high energy ultraviolet radiations react with oxygen present in stratosphere (the higher level of atmosphere) it splits into its constituent atoms. Since these atoms produced are very reactive, they react with molecular oxygen (O2) to form ozone (O3).
Previous Year Questions 2020
Ozone shields the surface of the earth from UV radiations from the sun. The depletion of ozone layer will lead to global warming and some serious health issues such as damage of skin cells that leads to skin cancer, snow blindness or inflammation of cornea, increased fatality of young animals, mutations and reduced immunity. In 1980s, the production of CFCs increased which releases active chlorine in the atmosphere. The active chlorine then reacts with ozone molecules present there to convert them to oxygen. This results in thinning of ozone layer. CFCs are used as refrigerants and in fire extinguishers. That is why, amount of ozone in the atmosphere dropped sharply.


Q2: (a) Write two harmful effects of using plastic bags on the environment. Suggest alternatives to the usage of plastic bags. (b) List any two practices that can be followed to dispose off the waste produced in our homes. (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(a) Two harmful effects of using plastic bags on the environment: 
(i) Plastic bags are non-biodegradable substances which are not acted upon by microbes. So, they cannot be decomposed and therefore persist in the environment for a long time causing harm to the soil fertility and quality.
(ii) Plastic bags choke drains which result in waterlogging, that allows breeding of mosquitoes and hence leads to various diseases. Jute bags and cloth bags are the alternatives to the polyethene bags.
(b) Practices that can be followed to dispose off the waste produced in our homes: 
(i) Separation of biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes.
(ii) The biodegradable waste can be converted to manure.
(iii) Non-biodegradable waste should be disposed off at suitable places from where municipal authorities can pick them up and dispose properly and scientifically.
(iv) Use discarded bottles and jars to store food items.


Q3: (A) Construct a terrestrial food chain comprising four trophic levels.
(B) What will happen if we kill all the organisms in one trophic level? 
(C) Calculate the amount of energy available to the organisms at the fourth trophic level if the energy available to the organisms at the second trophic level is 2000 J. (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) A terrestrial food chain comprising of four trophic levels: 
Grass → Grasshopper → Frog → Snake 
(B) If we kill all the organisms in one trophic level then the transfer of food energy to next level will stop. Organisms of previous trophic level will also increase. For Example: If all herbivores in an ecosystem are killed, there will be no food available for the carnivores of that area. Consequently, they will also die or will shift to other areas. Populations of producers will also increase in absence of herbivores causing an imbalance in the ecosystem. 
(C) Consider the same food chain that we have made i.e., (A), 
Grass → Grasshopper → Frog → Snake 
In this food chain, organism at the second trophic level is grasshopper and the energy available at this trophic level is 2000 J. According to 10% law, 10% of energy will be available to frog (Third trophic level) which is 200 J. The energy available to the snakes will be available as 10% of 200 J. Thus, the energy available to the snake is 20 J. 
The 10% law states that during transfer of energy from one trophic level to the next trophic level, only about 10% of energy is available to the higher trophic level.
To summarise:
Previous Year Questions 2020

Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!Claim Offer

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q1: (a) A food chain generally has three or four trophic levels. Explain.
(b) What is biological magnification? Explain. (2019 C)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(a) The number of trophic levels in a food chain are limited because at each trophic level only 10% of energy is utilised for the maintenance of organism which occur at that trophic level and the remaining large portion is lost as heat. As a result, organisms at each trophic level pass on lesser energy to the next trophic level, than they receive. The longer the food chain, the lesser is the energy available to the final member of food chain.
(b) Biological magnification is characterised by the increase in the non-biodegradable substances (DDT, Hg, etc.) in successive trophic levels of a food chain. The level of such toxic substances will be different in different trophic levels of a food chain because these substances are accumulated more in higher trophic levels.


Q2: Define an ecosystem. Draw a block diagram to show the flow of energy in an ecosystem. (Delhi 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: An ecosystem is defined as a structural and functional unit of the biosphere. It comprises of living organisms and their non-living environment that interact by means of food chains and biogeochemical cycles resulting in energy-flow, biotic diversity and material cycling to form stable self-supporting system. Green plants capture about 1% of the solar energy incident on the earth to carry out the process of photosynthesis.
A part of this trapped energy is used by plants in performing their metabolic activities and some energy is released as heat into the atmosphere. The remaining energy is chemical energy stored in the plants as photosynthetic products. When these green plants are eaten up by herbivores, the chemical energy stored in the plants is transferred to these animals. These animals (herbivores) utilise some of this energy for metabolic activities and some energy is released as heat while the remaining energy is stored in their body. This process of energy transfer is repeated till top carnivores. In an ecosystem, transfer of energy follows 10 per cent law, i.e., only 10 per cent of the energy is transferred to each trophic level from the lower trophic level. The given block diagram shows unidirectional flow of energy at different trophic levels in a freshwater ecosystem:
Previous Year Questions 2019


Q3: (a) How can we help in reducing the problem of waste disposal? Suggest any three methods.    (Delhi 2019)
(b) Distinguish between biodegradable and nonbiodegradable wastes.    (DoE, A1 2011)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The three methods of waste disposal are:

  • Recycling: solid, wastes like paper, plastics, metals can be sent to processing factories where they are remoulded or reprocessed to new materials.
  • Production of compost: Biodegradable wastes like fruit and vegetable peels, plant products, left over food, grass clippings, human and animal waste can be converted into compost by burying this waste into grund and can be used as manure.
  • Incineration: Burning dawn many household waste, chemical waste and biological waste into ash is known as incineration. A large amount of waste can be easily converted into ash which can be disposed off in landfill.

(b) Differences between:
Previous Year Questions 2019

Previous Year Questions 2017

Q1: (a) What is an ecosystem? List its two main components.
(b) We do not clean ponds or lakes, but an aquarium needs to be cleaned regularly. Explain.    (CBSE 2013,2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(a) A self-sustaining functional unit consisting of living and non-living components is called an ecosystem.
Components: Biotic components like plants and animals. Non-biotic components like soil, wind, light etc.
(b) A pond is a complete, natural and self-sustaining ecosystem whereas an aquarium is an artificial and incomplete ecosystem, without decomposers therefore it needs regular cleaning for proper running.


Q2: You have been selected to talk on “ozone layer and its protection” in the school assembly on ‘Environment Day.’    (Delhi 2017)
(a) Why should ozone layer be protected to save the environment?
(b) List any two ways that you would stress in your talk to bring in awareness amongst your fellow friends that would also help in protection of ozone layer as well as the environment.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Ozone layer at the higher levels of the atmosphere, acts as a shield to protect earth from the harmful effects of the ultraviolet (UV) radiations; hence, it should be protected.
(b) 

  • Urging the people to not to buy aerosol products with CFC that are available in the market.
  • Conducting poster making competition or street plays presenting the importance of ozone layer on earth.


Q3: Your mother always through that fruit juices are very healthy for everyone. One day she read in the newspaper that some brands of fruit juices in the market have been found to contain certain level of pesticides in them. She got worried as pesticides are injurious to our health.    (Foreign 2017)
(а) How would you explain to your mother about fruit juices getting contaminated with pesticides?
(b) It is said that when these harmful pesticides enter our body as well as in the bodies of other organisms they get accumulated and beyond a limit cause harm and damage to our organs. Name the phenomenon and write about it.

Hide Answer  

Ans:

(a) 

  • Pesticides are the chemicals used to protect our crops from diseases and pests.
  • These chemicals are washed down either into the soil or into water bodies.
  • From the soil, they are absorbed by the terrestial plants along with water and minerals.
  • From the water bodies, they are absorbed by the aquatic plants.
  • When the fruits of these plants are used to prepare fruit juices, they are contaminated with the pesticides.

(b)

  • The phenomenon is called biomagnification. It is the phenomenon in which certain harmful chemicals enter the food chain and get accumulated and increase in concentration at successive trophic levels.
  • It is because they are not degradable.
  • The maximum concentration of these chemicals is found in the top level consumers.


Q4: In the following food chain, 100 J of energy is available to the lion. How much energy was available to the producer?    (AI 2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Plants → Deer → Lion
1,000,000 J of energy was available to the producer.


Q5: Why should biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes be discarded in two separate dustbins?    (AI 2017(C); Delhi 2013,15)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes must be discarded in two different dustbins because biodegradable wastes gets decomposed by the microorganisms whereas non-biodegradable wastes can be recycled and reused.


Q6: Name any two man-made ecosystems.    (Foreign 2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Agricultural/crop fields, aquaria, gardens,

Also read: Garbage, Waste Management & Depletion of the Ozone Layer

Previous Year Questions 2016

Q1:  Name two natural ecosystems.    (CBSE 2016-17 C)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Some natural ecosystems are:

  • Temperate forest
  • Tropical forest
  • Grassland
  • Ocean
  • LakeTypes of Natural EcosystemTypes of Natural Ecosystem


Q2: What are decomposers? Write the role of decomposers in the environment.    (CBSE 2016-17 C)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Decomposers are microorganisms that derive their nutrition from dead remains and waste products of organisms.
They play a vital role in our environment by breaking down the complex organic substance into simple inorganic substance which is made available for plants and other organisms. Hence they act as scavengers and not only keep the environment clean but also replenish the minerals.


Q3:  We often use the word environment. What does it mean?    (Foreign 2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: It is the sum total of all external conditions and influences that affect the life and development of an organism, i.e. the environment includes all the physical or abiotic and biological or biotic factors.


Q4: Why are green plants called producers?    (Delhi 2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Green plants can produce their own food by photosynthesis from inorganic compounds and hence are called producers.

Previous Year Questions 2015

Q1: What is ten per cent law? Explain with an example how energy flows through different trophic levels.    (Delhi 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Energy available at each successive trophic level of food chain is ten per cent of that at the previous level.
This is called ten per cent law. Thus, 90 per cent energy is lost to the surroundings at each trophic level. However, plants absorb only one per cent of radiant energy of the Sun during photosynthesis. This is explained as under :
Previous Year Questions 2015


Q2: What is ozone? How and where is it formed in the atmosphere? Explain how does it affect ecosystem.    (Foreign 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Ozone is an isotope of oxygen, i.e. it is a molecule formed by 3 atoms of oxygen.
Previous Year Questions 2015
Ozone exists in the ozone layer of stratosphere. At higher level o f atmosphere, O2 molecule breaks down to 2 oxygen atom. The oxygen atom then combines with the oxygen molecule to form ozone.
Ozone layer in the atmosphere prevents UV rays from reaching earth. Exposure to excess UV rays causes skin cancer, cataract and damages eye and immune system. It also decreases crop yield and reduces population of phytoplankton, zooplankton and certain fish larvae which are an important constituent of aquatic food chain. It also disturbs rainfall, causing ecological disturbance and reduces global food production. Thus, it affect the ecosystem.


Q3: “Energy flow in food chains is always unidirectional.” Justify this statement. Explain how the pesticides enter a food chain and subsequently get into our body.   (Foreign 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The energy flow through different steps in the food chain is unidirectional. The energy captured by autotrophs does not revert back to the solar input and it passes to the herbivores, i.e. it moves progressively through various trophic levels. Thus energy flow from sun through producers to omnivores is in single direction only.
Pesticides are sprayed to kill pests on food plants. The food plants are eaten by herbivores and alongwith the food, pesticides are also eaten by the herbivores. Herbivores are eaten by carnivores and alongwith the herbivore animal, pesticide also enters the body of the carnivore. Man eat both plants and animals and pesticide alongwith food enters the body of human. Concentration of pesticides increases as we move upward in the food chain and the process is called bio-magnification.


Q4: What is an ecosystem? List its two main components. We do not clean natural ponds or lakes but an aquarium needs to be cleaned regularly. Why is it so? Explain.    (AI 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Ecosystem: It is the structural and functional unit of biosphere, comprising of all the interacting organisms in an area together with the non-living constituents of the environment. Thus, an ecosystem is a self-sustaining system where energy and matter are exchanged between living and non-living components.
Main components of ecosystem:
(i) Biotic Component: It means the living organisms of the environment-plants, animals, human beings and microorganisms like bacteria and fungi, which are distinguished on the basis of their nutritional relationship.
(ii) Abiotic Component: It means the non-living part of the environment-air, water, soil and minerals. The climatic or physical factors such as sunlight, temperature, rainfall, humidity, pressure and wind are a part of the abiotic environment.
An aquarium is an artificial and incomplete ecosystem compared to ponds or lakes which are natural, self-sustaining and complete ecosystems where there is a perfect recycling of materials. An aquarium therefore needs regular cleaning.


Q5: Write the full name of the group of compounds mainly responsible for the depletion of ozone layer.    (Foreign 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: CFC → Chloroflurocarbon


Q6: Which of the following are always at the second trophic level of the food chains?
Carnivores, Autotrophs, Herbivores    [AI 2015]

Hide Answer  

Ans: Herbivores are always at the 2nd trophic level.


Q7: The following organisms form a food chain. Which of these will have the highest concentration of nonbiodegradable chemicals? Name the phenomenon associated with it. Insects, Hawk, Grass, Snake, Frog.    (Foreign 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Hawk will have highest concentration of non-biodegradable chemicals. The phenomenon is called biomagnification.


Q8: The first trophic level in a food chain is always a green plant. Why?   (AI 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Only green plants can make their own food from sunlight. Green plants, therefore, always occupy the 1st trophic level in a food chain.


Q9: What will be the amount of energy available to the organism of the 2nd trophic level of a food chain, if the energy available at the first trophic level is 10,000 joules?   (AI 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 100 Joules of energy will be available to the organism of the 2nd trophic level.


Q10: (a) What is biodiversity? What will happen if biodiversity of an area is not preserved? Mention one effect of it.   (AI 2015)
(b) With the help of an example explain that a garden is an ecosystem.
(c) Why only 10% energy is transferred to the next trophic level?

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Biodiversity is the existence of a wide variety of species of plants, animals and microorganisms in a natural habitat within a particular environment or existence of genetic variation within a species. Biodiversity of an area is the number of species or range of different life forms found there. Forests are ‘biodiversity hotspots’. Every living being is dependent on another living being. It is a chain. If biodiversity is not maintained, the links of the chain go missing. If one organism goes missing, this will affect all the living beings who are dependent on it.
(b) A garden comprises of different kind of flora and fauna such as grasses, flowering and nonflowering plants, trees, frogs, insects, birds, etc. All these living organisms depend and interact with each other and their growth, reproduction and other vital biological activities depend upon the abiotic component comprising of physical factors like temperature, rainfall, wind, soil and minerals. Therefore, we can say that a garden is an ecosystem.
(c) Only 10% energy is transferred to the next trophic level because other 90 per cent is used for things like respiration, digestion, running away from predators.


Q11: Differentiate between biodegradable and non-biodegradable substances with the help of one example each. List two changes in habits that people must adopt to dispose non-biodegradable waste, for saving the environment. (CBSE 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Biodegradable substances: 
These can be broken down into simpler substances by nature/ decomposers/bacteria/saprophytes/ saprobionts. 
Example: Human Excreta/Vegetable peels, etc. 
Non-biodegradable substances: 
These can’t be broken down into simpler substances by nature/decomposers. 
Example: Plastic/glass (or any other) (Any one) 
Habits
(1) Use of separate dustbins for iodegradable and non-biodegradable waste. 
(2) Recycling of waste. 
(3) Use of cotton/jute bags for carrying vegetables etc

12. Previous Year Questions: Magnetic Effects of Electric Current

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: Two statements are given – one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (A), (B), (C) and (D) as given below :  (1 Mark)

Assertion (A): No two magnetic field lines are found to cross each other.
Reason (R): The compass needle cannot point towards two directions at the point of intersection of two magnetic field lines.
(a) Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true, but R is false.
(d) A is false, but R is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.

  • Assertion (A): Magnetic field lines represent the direction and strength of the magnetic field. They never cross each other because at any point in space, the magnetic field has a unique direction. If two field lines crossed, it would imply two different directions for the magnetic field at that point, which is physically impossible. Thus, A is true.
  • Reason (R): A compass needle aligns itself along the magnetic field direction at a given point. If field lines intersected, the needle would have to point in two directions simultaneously, which is not possible. This explains why magnetic field lines do not cross. Thus, R is true and correctly explains A.
  • Conclusion: Option (A) is correct.


Q2: Two statements are given – one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (A), (B), (C) and (D) as given below :  (1 Mark)
Assertion (A): The pattern of the magnetic field of a solenoid carrying a current is similar to that of a bar magnet.
Reason (R): The pattern of the magnetic field around a current-carrying conductor is independent of the shape of the conductor.
(a) Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true, but R is false.
(d) A is false, but R is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (C) A is true, but R is false.

  • Assertion (A): A current-carrying solenoid produces a magnetic field similar to that of a bar magnet, with one end acting as the north pole and the other as the south pole. The field lines emerge from one end (north) and enter the other (south), resembling a bar magnet’s field. Thus, A is true.
  • Reason (R): The magnetic field pattern around a current-carrying conductor depends on its shape. For example, a straight conductor produces concentric circular field lines, while a solenoid produces a bar magnet-like field. Thus, R is false as the field pattern is shape-dependent.
  • Conclusion: Option (C) is correct, as A is true, but R is false and does not explain A.

Q3: Which one of the following statements is not true about a bar magnet?  (1 Mark)
(a) It sets itself in north-south direction when suspended freely.
(b) It has attractive power for iron filings.
(c) It produces magnetic field lines.
(d) The direction of magnetic field lines inside a bar magnet is from its north pole to its south pole.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d) The direction of magnetic field lines inside a bar magnet is from its north pole to its south pole.

  • Option (A): True. A freely suspended bar magnet aligns itself in the north-south direction due to Earth’s magnetic field, with its north pole pointing toward the geographic north.
  • Option (B): True. A bar magnet attracts ferromagnetic materials like iron filings due to its magnetic field.
  • Option (C): True. A bar magnet produces magnetic field lines that emerge from the north pole and enter the south pole, forming closed loops.
  • Option (D): False. By convention, magnetic field lines outside a bar magnet go from the north pole to the south pole, but inside the magnet, they travel from the south pole to the north pole to form continuous loops.
  • Conclusion: Option (D) is not true.

Q4: The strength of the magnetic field produced inside a long straight current-carrying solenoid does not depend upon:  (1 Mark)
(A) Number of turns in the solenoid
(B) Direction of current flowing through the solenoid
(C) Material of the core filled inside the solenoid
(D) Magnitude of current in the solenoid

Hide Answer  

Ans: (B) Direction of current flowing through the solenoid

For a long current-carrying solenoid, the magnetic field inside is
Previous Year Questions 2025Hence, B depends on:

  • Number of turns per unit length n (more turns → stronger field),
  • Core material via μr (e.g., iron increases B),
  • Magnitude of current I (largerI → larger B).

Changing the direction of current only reverses the polarity (which end is north/south) but does not change the magnitude of BB.
Therefore, the strength of the magnetic field does not depend on the direction of current. (Option B).

Q5: (i) The given figure shows the current passing through the straight conductor XY.

(ii) Name and state the rule used in determining the direction of the magnetic field lines in the situation given above.
(iii) State Fleming’s left-hand rule. Using this rule, determine the direction of force applied on an electron entering a uniform magnetic field as shown in the figure.  (5 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

i) Magnetic Field Lines Due to Current in Conductor XY

When current flows from X to Y in the straight conductor XY, the magnetic field around the wire consists of concentric circles centred on the wire.
By the Right-hand thumb rule (thumb along current X→Y; curled fingers give field direction), the field is clockwise around the wire as seen from the X→Y end.


ii) Rule Used to Determine Magnetic Field Direction

Rule Name: Right-Hand Thumb Rule (Maxwell’s Corkscrew Rule)
Statement: 
If you hold a straight conductor in your right hand so that your thumb points in the direction of current, the direction in which your fingers wrap around the conductor gives the direction of the magnetic field lines.


iii) Fleming’s Left Hand Rule and Direction of Force on Electron

Fleming’s Left Hand Rule Statement: Stretch the thumb, forefinger, and middle finger of your left hand mutually perpendicular to each other. If the forefinger points in the direction of the magnetic field, the middle finger in the direction of current (conventional, positive to negative), then the thumb gives the direction of force (motion) on the conductor.

  • Magnetic field: to the right.
  • Electron velocity: upwards ⇒ conventional current is downwards.
  • Set forefinger → right (B), middle finger → down (I).
  • Thumb then points out of the plane of the paper (towards the observer).

Therefore, the force on the electron is out of the page, perpendicular to both Previous Year Questions 2025(For a positive charge it would be into the page.)

Q6: (a) Name and state the rule which determines the force on a current-carrying conductor placed in a uniform magnetic field.
(b) Consider three diagrams in which the entry of a positive charge (+Q) in a magnetic field is shown. Identify the case in which the force experienced by the charge is (i) maximum, and (ii) minimum.  (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(a) Rule: Fleming’s left-hand rule.
(b) (i) Maximum force: When velocity is perpendicular to the magnetic field.
(ii) Minimum force: When velocity is parallel to the magnetic field.

(a) Rule:

  • Name: Fleming’s left-hand rule.
  • Statement: Stretch the thumb, forefinger, and middle finger of the left hand mutually perpendicular. If the forefinger points in the direction of the magnetic field (B) and the middle finger in the direction of the current (I), the thumb points in the direction of the force (F).

(b) Force on a positive charge:

  • The force on a moving charge is given by F = qvB sinθ, where q is the charge, v is velocity, B is the magnetic field strength, and θ is the angle between v and B.
  • (i) Maximum force: F is maximum when sinθ = 1, i.e., θ = 90° (velocity perpendicular to the magnetic field). In the diagram where +Q’s velocity is perpendicular to B, the force is maximum.
  • (ii) Minimum force: F is minimum (zero) when sinθ = 0, i.e., θ = 0° or 180° (velocity parallel or antiparallel to the magnetic field). In the diagram where +Q’s velocity is parallel to B, the force is zero.

Conclusion: Maximum force at θ = 90°, minimum at θ = 0° or 180°.


Q7: What are magnetic field lines? List two important properties of magnetic field lines.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

Magnetic field lines: These are visual representations of the magnetic field, showing the direction a north pole would move and indicating field strength by their closeness.
Previous Year Questions 2025

Properties:

  1. Closed loops: Field lines emerge from the north pole, travel outside to the south pole, and continue inside from south to north, forming continuous loops.
  2. Non-intersecting: No two field lines cross, as the magnetic field has a unique direction at each point. Intersection would imply multiple directions, which is impossible.

Q8: In order to obtain magnetic field lines around a bar magnet, a student performed an experiment using a magnetic compass and a bar magnet. The magnet was placed on a sheet of white paper fixed on a drawing board. Using a magnetic needle, he obtained on the paper a pattern of magnetic field lines around the bar magnet.
(a) By convention, the field lines emerge from the north pole and merge at the south pole. Why? Give reason.
(b) State the relationship between the strength of the magnetic field and the degree of closeness of the field lines.
(c) (A) (i) No two field lines can ever intersect each other. Give reason.
(ii) The magnetic field in a given region is uniform. Draw a diagram to represent it.  (4 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

(a) Why field lines emerge from north and merge at south:

  • By convention, magnetic field lines show the direction a free north pole would move. The north pole of a compass is attracted to the south pole of a magnet and repelled by its north pole. Thus, field lines are drawn emerging from the north pole and merging at the south pole, forming closed loops (inside the magnet, they go from south to north).

(b) Relationship:

  • The strength of the magnetic field is proportional to the density of field lines. Where field lines are closer together (e.g., near the poles), the field is stronger; where they are farther apart, the field is weaker.

(c) (A):

  • (i) No intersection: Magnetic field lines do not intersect because the magnetic field at any point has a unique direction. If lines crossed, it would imply two different directions at the intersection point, which is physically impossible, as a compass needle can only point in one direction.
  • (ii) Uniform magnetic field:
    • Diagram: Draw parallel, equally spaced straight lines with arrows in the same direction (e.g., left to right). This represents a uniform magnetic field, as seen inside a solenoid or between flat magnet poles.

Conclusion: As described above.

OR

(c) (B) Draw the pattern of the magnetic field lines through and around a current carrying solenoid. What does the pattern of field lines inside the solenoid represent ?

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

The magnetic field pattern of a current-carrying solenoid resembles that of a bar magnet. One end of the current-carrying solenoid behaves as a magnetic north , while the other behaves as the magnetic south just like in the bar magnet.

Q9: (a) What are magnetic field lines? How is the direction of the magnetic field at a point determined? Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines of the magnetic field produced by a current-carrying circular loop. Mark on it the direction of (i) current and (ii) magnetic field lines. Name the two factors on which the magnitude of the magnetic field due to a current-carrying coil depends.

Hide Answer  

Ans:

Magnetic field lines: These are imaginary lines that indicate the direction a north pole would move and show field strength by their density.

Direction determination: Place a small compass needle at the point; the needle’s north pole points in the direction of the magnetic field at that point.

Previous Year Questions 2025

Factors affecting field magnitude: B = (μ₀NI)/(2r).

  1. Current (I): Higher current increases the field strength.
  2. Number of turns (N): More turns increase the field strength.

Q10:  (a) Study the following electric circuit diagram and answer the questions that follow :
(i) What does the circuit diagram show?

(ii) What will happen if the direction of current is reversed? Justify your answer giving a circuit diagram.
(b) Name and state the rule to determine the direction of magnetic field associated with a straight current carrying conductor.  (5 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

(a) (i) The circuit diagram shows a current-carrying conductor placed near a compass needle. The conductor appears to form a trapezoidal loop with a key (K) to control the current flow. The compass needle, positioned near the conductor, is used to detect the magnetic field generated by the current. This setup is typically used to demonstrate the relationship between electric current and the magnetic field it produces, such as in an experiment to verify the magnetic effect of current.

(a) (ii) Reversing current:

  • Effect: Reversing the current direction reverses the force direction on the conductor, per Fleming’s left-hand rule. For example, if the original force is upward, it becomes downward.
  • Justification: The force direction depends on the current direction (middle finger in Fleming’s rule). Reversing the current (e.g., by swapping battery terminals) changes the middle finger’s direction, reversing the thumb (force).Previous Year Questions 2025

(b) Rule:
Previous Year Questions 2025

  • Name: Right-hand thumb rule.
  • Statement: Hold the conductor with the right hand, thumb pointing in the current direction. The curled fingers indicate the magnetic field direction (concentric circles around the conductor).

OR

(a) Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines of 
(i) a bar magnet 
(ii) a current carrying solenoid.

 List two distinguishing features between the two magnetic fields.
(b) Study the following three diagrams in which the entry of an electron in a magnetic field is shown. Identify the case in which the magnetic force experienced by the electron is (i) maximum, and (ii) minimum. Give reason for your answers in each case.  (5 Marks)

Previous Year Questions 2025

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
(i) 
(ii) 

Two distinguishing features between the two fields:

  1. The magnetic field of the solenoid can be varied as per our requirements just by changing the current or core of the solenoid whereas the magnetic field of the bar magnet is fixed.
  2. The magnetic field outside the solenoid is negligible as compared to the bar magnet.

(b) Let’s analyze each case using the magnetic force on a moving charge:

F=q v B sin⁡ θ

Where:

q = charge of particle (electron has negative charge)
v = velocity of electron
B = magnetic field strength
θ = angle between velocity of electron and magnetic field

Case (A): Electron velocity is perpendicular to magnetic field (θ = 90)

sin⁡90=1

Force is maximum.

Case (B): Electron velocity is at an angle (oblique) to magnetic field (0° < θ < 90°).

sinθ is less than 1 but not zero.

Force is less than maximum but not zero.

Case (C): Electron velocity is parallel (or anti-parallel) to magnetic field (θ = 0 or 180)

Sin 0= 0 or sin 180= 0.

Force is minimum (zero).

Q11: Answer the following questions for a case in which a current carrying conductor is placed in a uniform magnetic field :
(a) List three factors on which the magnitude of the force acting on a current-carrying conductor in a uniform magnetic field depends.
(b) When is the magnitude of the force on the conductor maximum?
(c) Name the rule which helps in determining the direction of force on the conductor and give its one application.  (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

(a) Factors: The force on a current-carrying conductor is given by F = BIL sinθ.

  1. Current (I): Higher current increases the force.
  2. Magnetic field strength (B): Stronger field increases the force.
  3. Length (L): Longer conductor in the field increases the force.
    [Note: The angle θ also affects the force, but the question asks for three factors.]

(b) Maximum force: F = BIL sinθ is maximum when sinθ = 1, i.e., θ = 90° (conductor perpendicular to the magnetic field).

(c) Rule and application:

  • Name: Fleming’s left-hand rule.
  • Statement: Stretch the thumb, forefinger, and middle finger of the left hand mutually perpendicular. Forefinger points to the magnetic field (B), middle finger to the current (I), and thumb to the force (F).
  • Application: In an electric motor, the rule determines the direction of force on the current-carrying coil, causing it to rotate in the magnetic field, converting electrical energy to mechanical energy.

Q12: Why can’t two magnetic field lines cross each other? Draw magnetic field lines showing the direction of the magnetic field due to a current-carrying long straight solenoid. State the conclusion which can be drawn from the pattern of magnetic field lines inside the solenoid. Name any two factors on which the magnitude of the magnetic field due to this solenoid depends.  (5 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

If two magnetic field lines will cross each other, then there will be two directions of magnetic field at the point of crossing, which is not possible in a magnetic field. The field around a solenoid is like that of a bar magnet.

Diagram:

Previous Year Questions 2025

Conclusion: The field lines inside the solenoid are straight, parallel, and equally spaced, indicating a uniform magnetic field, similar to a bar magnet’s interior field.

Factors: The magnetic field inside a solenoid is B = μ₀nI.

  1. Current (I): Higher current increases the field strength.
  2. Number of turns per unit length (n): More turns per unit length increase the field strength.

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1: (i) Two magnetic field lines do not intersect each other. Why?
(ii) How is a uniform magnetic field in a given region represented? Draw a diagram in support of your answer.    (1 to 3 Marks) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) If they intersect then at the point of intersection, there would be two directions of magnetic field or compass needle would point towards two directions, which is not possible.
(ii) Uniform magnetic field is represented by equidistant parallel straight lines
Previous Year Questions 2024


Q2: Strength of magnetic field produced by a current carrying solenoid DOES NOT depend upon:    (1 Mark) (2024)
(a)
 number of turns in the solenoid
(b) direction of the current flowing through it
(c) radius of solenoid
(d) material of core of the solenoid

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
The strength of the magnetic field in a solenoid depends on factors like the number of turns of wire and the radius of the solenoid. However, the direction of the current (whether it flows one way or the opposite) does not affect the strength of the magnetic field itself; it only changes the direction of the field. Therefore, the correct answer is (b).


Q3: Assertion – Reason based questions:     (1 Mark) (2024)
These questions consist of two statements — Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Answer these questions selecting the appropriate option given below:
(a)
 Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is true, but (R) is false.
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true.
Assertion (A): The deflection of a compass needle placed near a current carrying wire decreases when the magnitude of an electric current in the wire is increased.
Reason (R): Strength of the magnetic field at a point due to a current carrying conductor increases on increasing the current in the conductor.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
The assertion states that the deflection of a compass needle decreases as the current increases, which is false. The reason explains that the magnetic field strength increases with more current, which is true. Therefore, the correct answer is (d), as the assertion is false while the reason is true.


Q4: Draw a diagram to show the pattern of magnetic field lines on a horizontal sheet of paper due to a straight conductor passing through its centre and carrying current vertically upwards. Mark on it (i) the direction of current in the conductor and (ii) the corresponding magnetic field lines. State right hand thumb rule and check whether the directions marked by you are in accordance with this rule or not.     (1 to 3 Marks) CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:Previous Year Questions 2024

Right-Hand Thumb Rule: When a current-carrying straight conductor is being held in right-hand such that the thumb points towards the direction of current, then fingers will wrap around the conductor in the direction of the magnetic field lines.


Q5: Name the device used to magnetise a piece of magnetic material. Draw a labelled diagram to show the arrangement used for the magnetisation of a cylinder made of soft iron.    (1 to 3 Marks) (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) 
Previous Year Questions 2024(b) Permanent magnet / Current carrying solenoid/ Electromagnet is used to magnetise a piece of magnetic material. 


Q6: A rectangular loop ABCD carrying a current I is situated near a straight conductor XY, such that the conductor is parallel to the side AB of the loop and is in the plane of the loop. If a steady current I is established in the conductor as shown, the conductor XY will   (1 Mark)  (2024)
(a)
 remain stationary.
(b) move towards the side AB of the loop.
(c) move away from the side AB of the loop.
(d) rotate about its axis.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
A rectangular loop ABCD carrying a current I is situated near a straight conductor XY, such that the conductor is parallel to the side AB of the loop and is in the plane of the loop. If a steady current I is established in the conductor as shown, the conductor XY will move towards the side AB of the loop.


Q7: Two statements are given  one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (A), (B), (C) and (D) as given below.   (1 Mark)  (2024)
(a) 
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).  
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.  
(d) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.  
Assertion (A): Magnetic field lines never intersect each other.
Reason (R): If they intersect, then at the point of intersection, the compass needle would point towards two directions, which is not possible. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)

The assertion states that magnetic field lines never intersect, which is true. The reason explains that if they did intersect, a compass needle would point in two different directions at that point, which is also true. Since the reason correctly explains why the assertion is true, the correct answer is (a).


Q8: A student fixes a sheet of white paper on a drawing board. He places a bar magnet in the centre of it. He sprinkles some iron filings uniformly around the bar magnet. Then he taps the drawing board gently and observes that the iron filings arrange themselves in a particular pattern.   (4 to 5 Marks)  (2024)
(a) Why do iron filings arrange in a particular pattern?
(b) What does the crowding of iron filings at the ends of the magnet indicate?  
(c) What do the lines, along which the iron filings align, represent?  
(d) If the student places a cardboard horizontally in a current carrying solenoid and repeats the above activity, in what pattern would the iron filings arrange? State the conclusion drawn about the magnetic field based on the observed pattern of the lines.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The iron filings arrange themselves in a particular pattern because they align with the magnetic field lines created by the bar magnet. The filings act like tiny magnets and are attracted to the lines of force, forming a pattern that shows the shape of the magnetic field around the magnet.

(b) The crowding of iron filings at the ends of the magnet indicates the location of the magnetic poles. The magnetic field is stronger at the poles of the magnet, which is why the filings are more concentrated in these regions. This shows the magnetic field lines emerging from the north pole and entering the south pole.

(c)The lines along which the iron filings align represent the magnetic field lines. These are the paths along which the magnetic force is exerted. The pattern formed by the iron filings shows the direction and shape of the magnetic field around the magnet.

(d) If the student places a cardboard horizontally in a current-carrying solenoid and repeats the activity, the iron filings would arrange themselves in concentric circles around the solenoid, with the pattern showing loops around the solenoid. The magnetic field of a solenoid is similar to that of a bar magnet, with distinct field lines forming a pattern resembling that of a bar magnet’s poles.

Conclusion: The magnetic field inside a solenoid is uniform and parallel to its axis, while outside the solenoid, the magnetic field resembles that of a bar magnet, with a clear direction from one end (north) to the other (south)


Q9: The current-carrying device which produces a magnetic field similar to that of a bar magnet is:     (1 Mark) (2024)
(a) 
A straight conductor
(b) A circular loop
(c) A solenoid
(d) A circular coil

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
A solenoid is a coil of wire that, when carrying an electric current, creates a magnetic field similar to that of a bar magnet, with distinct north and south poles. This means that a solenoid can generate a uniform magnetic field inside it, making it behave like a bar magnet. Therefore, the correct answer is (c).


Q10:

A uniform magnetic field exists in the plane of the paper as shown in the diagram. In this field, an electron (e) and a positron (p+) enter as shown. The electron and positron experience forces: (1 Mark) (2024)
(a)
 both pointing into the plane of the paper.
(b) both pointing out of the plane of the paper.
(c) pointing into the plane of the paper and out of the plane of the paper respectively.
(d) pointing out of the plane of the paper and into the plane of the paper respectively.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)

pointing out of the plane of the paper and into the plane of the paper respectively.

Previous Year Questions 2024

The forces on the electron and positron will be in opposite directions according to the right-hand rule, as they have opposite charges. This means the force on the electron will be in one direction and the force on the positron will be in the opposite direction.


Q11: (a) What happens when a bundle of wires of soft iron is placed inside the coil of a solenoid carrying a steady current? Name the device obtained. Why is it called so?
(b) Draw the magnetic field lines inside a current carrying solenoid. What does this pattern of magnetic field lines indicate?    (1 to 3 Marks) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)  

  • When a bundle of wires made of soft iron is placed inside the coil of a solenoid carrying a steady current, the following occurs:
  • The soft iron wires become magnetised.
  • This happens because the magnetic field generated by the current in the solenoid induces magnetism in the iron.
  • The device formed as a result of this process is called an electromagnet.
  • It is termed an electromagnet because it behaves like a magnet only when there is an electric current flowing through the solenoid.

(b)
Previous Year Questions 2024
This pattern indicates that the magnetic field is uniform and Parallel.


Q12: The pattern of the magnetic field produced inside solenoid is:   (1 Mark) (2024)
(a) 
(b) 
(c)
(c) 
Previous Year Questions 2024

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
The pattern of the magnetic field inside a solenoid is uniform and parallel, resembling straight lines. This means that the magnetic field strength is consistent throughout the solenoid, making it effective for applications requiring a stable magnetic field. Therefore, the correct answer is (a).

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q1: Assertion (A) : The magnetic field lines around a current carrying straight wire do not intersect each other.
Reason (R) : The magnitude of the magnetic field produced at a given point increases as the current through the wire increases.    

(1 Mark) (2023)
(a) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of the Assertion (A)
(b) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of the Assertion (A)
(c) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is False.
(d) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Ans:
 (b)

Hide Answer  

Sol: Assertion is true and reason is also true, but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion. Magnetic field lines around a current carrying straight wire do not intersect each other because at the point of intersection there will be two directions which is not possible. Also, the strength of magnetic held increased by increasing the magnitude of the current in the wire.


Q2: Draw the pattern of the magnetic field produced around a vertical current carrying straight conductor passing through a horizontal cardboard. Mark the direction of current and the magnetic field lines. Name and state the rule which is used to determine the direction of magnetic field associated with a current carrying conductor.  (3 Marks) (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The pattern of magnetic field produced around a vertical current carrying straight conductor passing through a horizontal cardboard is shown in figure. The magnitude of magnetic field produced is
(i) ∝ I (ii) ∝ 1/r
Previous Year Questions 2023
Right hand thumb rule is used to determine the direction of magnetic field associated with a current carrying conductor.
It states that you are holding a current carrying straight conductor in your right hand such that the thumb points towards the direction of current. Then your finger will wrap around the conductor in the direction of the field lines of the magnetic field.


Q3: An alpha particle enters a uniform magnetic field as shown. The direction of force experienced by the alpha particle is ____  (1 Mark) (2023)

Previous Year Questions 2023

(a) Towards right
(b) towards left
(c) Into the page
(d) Out of the page     
Ans:
 (d)

Hide Answer  

Sol: According to the Fleming’s left hand rule, the  direction of force is out of the page.

Previous Year Questions 2023


Q4: A constant current flows in a horizontal wire in the plane of the paper from east to west as shown in the figure. The direction of the magnetic field will be north to south at a point N      (1 Mark) (2023)

Previous Year Questions 2023

(a) Directly above the wire
(b) Directly below the wire
(c) Located in the plane of the paper on the north side of the wire
(d) Located in the plane of the paper on the south side of the wire       

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
The direction of the magnetic field at point N, located above a horizontal wire carrying a constant current from east to west, is from north to south. This can be determined using the right-hand thumb rule, which states that if you hold the wire with your right hand and point your thumb in the direction of the current, your fingers will curl in the direction of the magnetic field lines.

Previous Year Questions 2023


Q5: Assertion : A current carrying straight conductor experiences a force when placed perpendicular to the direction of magnetic field.
Reason : The net charge on a current carrying conductor is always zero,   (1 Mark) (2023)
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true but R is false.
(d) A is false but R is true.      

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Sol: 

  • Assertion (A) is true because a current-carrying conductor placed perpendicular to a magnetic field experiences a force (Fleming’s Left-Hand Rule).
  • Reason (R) is true because a current-carrying conductor remains electrically neutral (equal protons and electrons).
  • However, R does not explain A. The force arises due to the motion of charges (current), not the net charge being zero. Thus, (b) is correct.


Q6: (i) Why is an alternating current (A.C.) considered to be advantageous over direct current (D.C.) for the long distance transmission of electric power? 
(ii) How is the type of current used in household supply different from the one given by a battery of dry cells? 
(iii) How does an electric fuse prevent the electric circuit and the appliances from the possible damage due to short circuiting or overloading.        (3 Marks) (2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) Alternating current (A.C.) is preferred for long-distance power transmission because it experiences significantly lower power loss compared to direct current (D.C.). This efficiency makes A.C. more suitable for delivering electricity over vast distances.
(ii) The current used in household supply is alternating in nature while the current given by battery is direct in nature.
(iii) Electric fuse protects circuits and appliances by stopping the flow of any unduly high electric current. It consists of a piece of wire made of a metal or an alloy of appropriate melting point, for example aluminium, copper, iron, lead etc. If a current larger than the specified value flows through the circuit, the temperature of the fuse wire increases. This melts the fuse wire and breaks the circuit.


Q7: (A) State the rule used to find the force acting on a current carrying conductor placed in a magnetic field. 
(B) Given below are three diagrams showing entry of an electron in a magnetic field. Identify the case in which the force will be (1) maximum and (2) minimum respectively. Give reason for your answer.   (1 to 3 Marks) (CBSE 2023)

Previous Year Questions 2023

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) Fleming’s left-hand rule is used to determine the direction of force experienced by a current carrying conductor placed in a uniform magnetic field. Acc to Fleming’s Left Hand Rule: When a current carrying conductor is placed in a magnetic field, it experiences a force, whose direction is given by Fleming’s left hand rule, which states that “Stretch the forefinger, the central finger and the thumb of your left hand mutually perpendicular to each other. If the forefinger shows the direction of the field and the central finger that of the current, then the thumb will point towards the direction of motion of the conductor, i.e., force.”

Previous Year Questions 2023

(B) Force on electron is maximum in (i) case because the electron direction show that it is moving at right angle to the direction of a magnetic field. Force on electron is minimum in (iii) case as the electron shown is moving parallel to the direction of a magnetic field. The direction of maximum force acting on an electron in (i) case which is into the plane of paper in accordance with Fleming’s left hand rule.


Q8: (A) Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines of: 
(i) a current carrying solenoid 
(ii) a bar magnet 
(B) List two distinguishing features between the two fields. (1 to 3 Marks) (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) 

(i) 

(ii) 

(B) 

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.Avail Offer

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q1: Give reason for the following 
(i) There is either a convergence or a divergence of magnetic field lines near the ends of a current carrying straight solenoid. 
(ii) The current carrying solenoid when suspended freely rests along a particular direction.     (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) There is either a convergence or a divergence of magnetic field lines near the ends of a current carrying straight solenoid because it behaves similar to that of a bar magnet and has a magnetic field line pattern similar to that of a bar magnet. Thus the ends of the straight solenoid behaves like poles of the magnet, where the converging end is the south pole and the diverging end is the north pole.
(ii) The current carrying solenoid behaves similar to that of a bar magnet and when freely suspended aligns itself in the north-south direction.


Q2: A student fixes a sheet of white paper on a drawing board using some adhesive materials. She places a bar magnet in the centre of it and sprinkles some iron filings uniformly around the bar magnet using a salt-sprinkler. On tapping the board gently, she observes that the iron filings have arranged themselves in a particular pattern. 
(a) Draw a diagram to show this pattern of iron filings. 
(b) What does this pattern of iron filings demonstrate?
(c) (i) How is the direction of magnetic field at a point determined using the field lines? Why do two magnetic field lines not cross each other?      (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The pattern of iron filings is shown below.
Previous Year Questions 2022

 (b) This pattern of iron filings demonstrate that the magnet exerts its influence in the region surrounding it. Therefore, the iron filings experience a force. The lines along which the iron filings align themselves represent magnetic field lines.
(c) (i) The direction of magnetic field is determined by placing a small compass needle in the magnetic field. The North-pole of the compass indicates the direction of magnetic field at that point.
Magnetic field lines never intersect each other because it is not possible to have two directions of magnetic field at the same point.


Q3: (i) What is a solenoid?
(ii) Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines of the magnetic field produced by a solenoid through which a steady current flows.   (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) A coil of many circular turns of insulated copper wire wrapped closely in the shape of a cylinder is called a solenoid.
(ii)

Previous Year Questions 2022


Q4: When is the force experienced by a current – carrying straight conductor placed in a uniform magnetic field
(i) Maximum;
(ii) Minimum?     (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The magnitude of force experienced by a current carrying conductor placed in a uniform magnetic field is
(i) maximum when the conductor is placed perpendicular to the magnetic field,
(ii) minimum when the conductor is placed parallel to the magnetic field.


Q5: (i) Name and state the rule to determine the direction of force experienced by a current carrying straight conductor placed in a uniform magnetic field which is perpendicular to it.
(ii) An alpha particle while passing through a magnetic field gets projected towards north. In which direction will an electron project when it passes through the same magnetic field?     (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) Fleming’s left-hand rule is used to determine the direction of magnetic force experienced by a current carrying straight conductor placed perpendicularly in a uniform magnetic field.
Fleming’s left-hand rule, states that when left hand’s thumb, forefinger and centre finger are held mutually perpendicular to one another and adjusted in such a way that the forefinger points in the direction of magnetic field, and the centre finger points in the direction of the current, then the direction in which thumb points, gives the direction of force acting on the conductor.
(ii) As we know that, an alpha particle is positively charged. It is given that an alpha particle while passing through a magnetic field gets deflected (projected) towards north. Since an electron is negatively charged, it will deflect in Opposite direction i.e.. south.


Q6: A student was asked to perform an experiment to study the force on a current carrying conductor in a magnetic field. He took a small aluminium rod AB, a strong horseshoe magnet, some connecting wires, a battery and a switch and connected them as shown. He observed that on passing current, the rod gets displaced. On reversing the direction of current, the direction of displacement also gets reversed. On the basis of your understanding of this phenomenon, answer the following questions:

Previous Year Questions 2022

(a) Why does the rod get displaced on passing current through it?
(b) State the rule that determines the direction of the force on the conductor AB.
(c) If the U shaped magnet is held vertically and the aluminium rod is suspended horizontally with its end B towards due north, then on passing current through the rod B to A as shown, in which direction will the rod be displaced?      (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) On passing current, the rod gets displaced because of a magnetic force exerted on the rod when it is placed in the magnetic field.
(b) Fleming’s left hand rule is used to determine the direction of magnetic force exerted on the conductor AB.
(c) The rod will be displaced towards left according to Fleming’s left-hand rule.

Previous Year Questions 2021

Q1: Why do two magnetic field lines not intersect each other? (2021C)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The direction of magnetic field (B) at any point is obtained by drawing a tangent to the magnetic field line at that point. In case, two magnetic field lines intersect each other at the point P as shown in figure, magnetic field at P will have two directions, shown by two arrows, one drawn to each magnetic field line at P, which is not possible.
Previous Year Questions 2021



Q2: Name the instrument used to detect the presence of a current in a circuit. (2021C)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Galvanometer is used to detect the current in a circuit.


Q3: What is an electromagnet? (2021C)

Hide Answer  

Ans: An electromagnet is a current-carrying solenoid coil which is used to magnetise steel rod inside it.


Q4: (a) Name the poles P, Q, R and S of the magnets in the following figures ‘a’ and ‘b’:

(b) State the inference drawn about the direction of the magnetic field lines on the basis of these diagrams. (Term II, 2021-22)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) In Figure ‘a’, poles P and Q of the magnet represents north pole and south pole respectively. In figure ‘b’, poles R and S of the magnet also represents north pole and south pole respectively.
(b) Magnetic field lines are closed continuous curves directed from north pole to south pole outside the magnet but from south pole to north pole inside the magnet.


Q5: List two factors on which the strength of magnetic field at a point due to a current carrying straight conductor depends. State the rule that determines the direction of magnetic field produced in this case. (Term II, 2021-22C)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) Strength of magnetic field produced by a straight current-carrying wire at a given point is directly proportional to the current passing through it. inversely proportional to the distance of that point from the wire.
(ii) Right-hand thumb rule: The straight thumb of right hand points in the direction of electric current. The direction of the curl of fingers represents the direction of magnetic field.
Previous Year Questions 2021

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q1: (a) What is an electromagnet? List any two uses.
(b) Draw a labelled diagram to show how an electromagnet is made.
(c) State the purpose of soft iron core used in making an electromagnet.
(d) List two ways of increasing the strength of an electromagnet if the material of the electromagnet is fixed. (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) An electromagnet is a current-carrying solenoid coil which is used to magnetise steel rod inside it. Electromagnets are used in electric bells and buzzers, loudspeakers and headphones etc.
(b) A strong magnetic field produced inside a solenoid can be used to magnetise a piece of magnetic material, like soft iron, when placed inside the coil. The magnet so formed is called an electromagnet.
Previous Year Questions 2020
(c) The soft iron core placed in an electromagnet increases the strength of the magnetic field produced. Thus increasing the strength of electromagnet.
(d) The strength of electromagnet can be increased by
(i) Increasing the current passing through the coil.
(ii) Increasing the number of turns in the coil.


Q2: Give reasons for the following: 
(A) There is either a convergence or a divergence of magnetic field lines near the ends of a current carrying straight solenoid. 
(B) The current carrying solenoid when suspended freely rests along a particular direction. (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) There is a divergence of magnetic field lines near the ends of a current carrying straight solenoid as the ends of the solenoid behave as poles. So, lines emerge and enter the ends, crowding the space and appearing divergent. 
(B) The current carrying solenoid when suspended freely rests along a particular direction because a current carrying solenoid behaves like a bar magnet with fixed polarities at its ends. The magnetic field lines are exactly identical to those of a bar magnet with one end of solenoid acting as a south-pole and its other end as north-pole


Q3: (A)Draw the pattern of magnetic field lines due to a magnetic field through and around a current carrying circular loop. 
(B) Name and state the rule to find out the direction of magnetic field inside and around the loop. (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A)

(B) The rule used to find the direction of magnetic field lines is right hand thumb rule, which states that if we had the loop wire in our hand such that our thumb points in direction of current then our curled finger show the direction of field at that point.


Q4: What is the role of a fuse used in series with any electrical appliance? Why should a fuse with a defined rating not be replaced by one with a larger rating? (CBSE 2020, 19, 17, 10)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

  •  A fuse in a circuit prevents damage to the appliances and the circuit due to overloading and short-circuiting. 
  • Overloading can occur when the live wire and the neutral wire come into direct contact. 
  •  In such a situation, the current in the circuit abruptly increases. This is called short-circuiting. 
  •  The use of an electric fuse prevents the electric circuit and the appliance from a possible damage by stopping the flow of unduly high electric current. 
  •  According to Joule’s Law of heating that takes place in the fuse, it melts to break the electric circuit. 
  •  So, a fuse is always connected in series with an appliance. 
  •  If it is connected in parallel, then it will not be able to break the circuit and the current keeps on flowing. 
  • Overloading can also occur due to an accidental hike in the supply voltage. 
  •  Sometimes, overloading is caused by connecting too many appliances to a single socket. 
  •  The fuse with defined rating means the maximum current that can flow through the fuse without melting it. 
  •  It blows off when a current more than the rated value flows through it. 
  •  If a fuse is replaced by one with larger ratings, then large current will flow through the circuit without melting the fuse. 
  •  This large current may damage the appliances. 


Q5: (A) What is an electromagnet? List any two uses. 
(B) Draw a labelled diagram to show how an electromagnet is made. 
(C) State the purpose of soft iron core used in making an electromagnet. 
(D) List two ways of increasing the strength of an electromagnet if the material of the electromagnet is fixed. (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) An electromagnet is a temporary strong magnet. Its magnetism is only for the duration of current passing through it. The polarity and strength of an electromagnet can be changed. 
Uses of electromagnet:
Electromagnets are used:
(1) In electrical appliances like electric bell, electric fan etc. 
(2) In electric motors and generators.
(B) Previous Year Questions 2020

(C) Soft iron core is used in electromagnets to enhance their strength. The soft iron becomes magnetised when current flows through the coil, significantly increasing the overall magnetic field. 
(D) Ways of increasing the strength of an electromagnet:      
(1) If we increase the number of turns in the coil, the strength of electromagnet increases.      
(2) If the current in the coil is increased, the strength of electromagnet increases

Also watch: Introduction: Magnetic Field

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q1: Two circular coils P and Q are kept close to each other, of which coil P carries a current. What will you observe in the galvanometer connected across the coil Q,
(a) if current in the coil P is changed?
(b) if both the coils are moved in the same direction with the same speed?

Give reason to justify your answer in each case.     (CBSE 2011, 2019)

Previous Year Questions 2019

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) When the current in coil P is increased, the galvanometer connected to coil Q shows a momentary deflection in one direction. Conversely, if the current in coil P is decreased, the galvanometer deflects in the opposite direction. This occurs because a change in current alters the magnetic field around coil P, which in turn induces a current in coil Q, resulting in the galvanometer’s deflection. 
(b) If both the coils P and Q are moved in the same direction with the same speed, the magnetic field of both the coils remain unchanged. Hence no induced current is set up in coil Q and there is no deflection in the galvanometer.


Q2: What is the function of a galvanometer in a circuit?    (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: A Galvanometer is an instrument used to detect the presence of current in a circuit. It indicates whether current is flowing and, if so, its direction.


Q3: One of the major causes of fire in office buildings is short-circuiting. List three reasons which may lead to short-circuiting. How can it be prevented?    (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Three possible reasons of short-circuiting of an electrical circuit are as follows:

  • The insulation of electrical wirings is damaged.
  • The electrical appliance used in the circuit is defective.
  • An appliance of higher power rating is being run on an electrical line of lower power rating.

Short-circuiting can be prevented by the use of electrical fuse of appropriate capacity.


Q4: Draw magnetic field lines produced around a current carrying straight conductor passing through a cardboard. Name, state and apply the rule to mark the direction of these field lines. How will the strength of the magnetic field change when the point where magnetic field to be determined is moved away from the straight conductor? Give reason to justify your answer.      (Allahabad 2019) 

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Previous Year Questions 2019

Right-Hand Thumb Rule. 

  •  The Right-Hand Thumb Rule helps determine the direction of the magnetic field around a straight current-carrying conductor. 
  •  To apply this rule, hold the conductor in your right hand with your thumb pointing in the direction of the current. 
  •  Your curled fingers will then indicate the direction of the magnetic field lines surrounding the wire. 
  •  To assess the strength of the magnetic field, a compass needle can be used. 
  •  As the needle is moved further away from the conductor, the deflection decreases. 
  •  This indicates that the strength of the magnetic field diminishes with increasing distance from the wire. 
  •  The magnetic field lines form concentric circles around the conductor, which become larger as one moves away from it. 

Previous Year Questions 2018

Q1: (a) What are magnetic field lines? How is the direction of magnetic field at a point in a magnetic field determined using field lines? 
(b) Two circular coils ‘X’ and ‘Y’ are placed close to each other. If the current in the coil ‘X’ is changed, will some current be induced in the coil ‘Y’? Give reason.
(c) State ‘Fleming’s right hand rule.    (CBSE 2018C) (5 marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Magnetic field lines are imaginary lines along which the north magnetic pole would move in a magnetic field. The direction of a magnetic field at a point is determined by placing a small compass needle. The North pole of the compass indicates the direction of the magnetic field at that point

(b) Yes, if the current in coil X is changed, the magnetic field associated with it also changes around the coil ‘Y’ placed close to ‘X’. This change in magnetic field lines linked with ‘Y’, according to Faraday law of electric magnetic induction, induces a current in the coil Y.
(c) Right-Hand Thumb Rule. This rule is used to find the direction of magnetic field due to a straight current carrying wire.
It states that if we hold the current carrying conductor in the right hand in such a way that the thumb is stretched along the direction of current, then the curly finger around the conductor represent the direction of magnetic field produced by it. This is known as right-hand thumb rule.
Direction of Field Lines due to current carrying straight conductor as shown in figure.Previous Year Questions 2018


Q2: (a) State Fleming’s left hand rule.
(b) Write the principle of working of an electric motor.
(c) Explain the function of the following parts of an electric motor.
(i) Armature
(ii) Brushes
(iii) Split ring    (CBSE 2018)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Fleming’s Left-Hand Rule: Stretch the thumb, forefinger and middle finger of the left hand such that they are mutually perpendicular to each other. If the forefinger pointed towards the direction of magnetic field and middle finger in the direction of current, then the thumb will indicate the direction of motion or force experienced by the conductor. It is to be applied only when the current and magnetic field, both are perpendicular to each other.
(b) Principle of an electric motor: It works on the principle of magnetic effect of current. When a current carrying conductor is placed perpendicular to the magnetic field, it experiences a force. The direction of this force is given by Fleming’s left hand rule.
(c) (i) Armature: It consists of a large number of turns of insulated current-carrying copper wires wound over a soft iron core and rotated about an axis perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field supplied by the two poles of permanent magnet.
(ii) Brushes: Two conducting stationary carbon or flexible metallic brushes constantly touches the revolving split rings or commutator. These brushes act as a contact between commutator and terminal battery.
(iii) Split ring: The split ring acts as a commutator in an electric motor. With the help of split ring, the direction of current through the coil is reversed after every half of its rotation and make the direction of currents in both the arms of rotating coil remains same. Therefore, the coil continues to rotate in the same direction.

Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!Claim Offer

Previous Year Questions 2017

Q1: The most important safety method used for protecting home appliances from short circuiting or overloading is: 
(a) earthing 
(b) use of fuse 
(c) use of stabilizers 
(d) use of electric meter (CBSE 2017, 13)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
fuse is a safety device that protects electrical appliances and circuits from damage caused by overloading or short circuits. It contains a metal wire that melts when excessive current flows through it, breaking the circuit and stopping the flow of electricity, which prevents potential damage to appliances and reduces fire risk.
Here’s why the other options are not as suitable for preventing short circuits or overloading:
(a) Earthing: Protects against electric shocks but does not prevent overloading.
(c) Use of stabilizers: Helps maintain a stable voltage but doesn’t protect against overloading or short circuits.
(d) Use of electric meter: Measures electricity usage but doesn’t offer any protective function.
Therefore, the most important safety method is the use of a fuse.

Previous Year Questions 2016

Q1: Under what condition is the force by a current-carrying conductor placed in a magnetic field maximum?    (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The force acting on a current-carrying conductor placed in a magnetic field is maximum when the direction of current is at right angles to the direction of the magnetic field.


Q2: What is an electric fuse ? Briefly describe its function. 
Or 

Explain the use of electrical fuse. What type of fuse material is used for fuse wire and why?    (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: An electric fuse is a device that is used ahead of and in series of an electric circuit as a safety device to prevent the damage caused by short-circuiting or overloading of the circuit.
It is a small, thin wire of a material whose melting point is low. Generally, wire of tin or tin-lead alloy or tin-copper alloy is used as a fuse wire. If due to some fault electric circuit gets short-circuited, then a strong current begins to flow. Due to such a strong flow of current, the fuse wire is heated up and gets melted. As a result, the electric circuit is broken and current flow stops. Thus, possible damage to the circuit and appliances is avoided.


Q3: (a) List four factors on which the magnitude of magnetic force acting on a moving charge in a magnetic field depends. 
(b) How will a fine beam of electrons streaming in west to east direction be affected by a magnetic field directed vertically upwards? Explain with the help of a diagram mentioning the rule applied.     (2016) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The magnitude of the magnetic force acting on a moving charge in a magnetic field depends on:

  • The magnitude of charge
  • Speed of moving charge
  • Strength of magnetic field
  • The angle between the direction of motion of charge and the direction of magnetic field.
    Previous Year Questions 2016

(b) The electron streaming from west to east is equivalent to a current from east to west. The magnetic field B is vertically upwards and shown by cross marks (x). Hence, in accordance with Fleming’s left-hand rule, the electron will experience a force in north direction and deflected in that direction.


Q4: What is a solenoid? Draw magnetic field lines due to a current-carrying solenoid. Write three important features of the magnetic field obtained.     (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: A solenoid is a coil of large number of circular turns of wire wrapped in the shape of a cylinder. On passing electric current, a magnetic field is developed. Magnetic field lines are drawn below. The field is along the axis of solenoid such that one end of solenoid behaves as north pole and the other south pole. Thus, field of a solenoid is similar to that of a bar magnet.
Previous Year Questions 2016
Important features of magnetic field due to a current-carrying solenoid are:

  • Magnetic field lines inside the solenoid are nearly straight and parallel to its axis. It shows that magnetic field inside a solenoid is uniform.
  • Magnetic field of solenoid is identical to that due to a bar magnet with one end of solenoid behaving as a north pole and other end as a south pole.
  • A current-carrying solenoid exhibits the directive and attractive properties of a bar magnet.


Q5: Describe an activity with a neat diagram to demonstrate the presence of magnetic field around a current-carrying straight conductor.    (2016) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

  • Take a long straight thick copper wire and insert it through the centre of a plain cardboard. Cardboard is fixed so that it is perfectly horizontal and the thick wire is in vertical direction.
  • Prepare an electric circuit consisting of a battery, a variable resistance, an ammeter and a plug key.
  • Connect the copper wire in the circuit between the points X and Y. Sprinkle some iron filings uniformly on the cardboard. Put the plug in key K so that a current flows in the circuit.
    Previous Year Questions 2016
  • Gently tap the cardboard using a finger. We observe that the iron filings align themselves forming a pattern of concentric circles around the copper wire.
  • These concentric circles represent the magnetic field lines. Direction of field lines is determined by the use of a compass needle. If current is flowing vertically downward then the magnetic field lines are along clockwise direction. If current is flowing vertically upward then the field lines are along anticlockwise direction.


Q6: (a) Describe an activity todraw a magnetic field line outside a bar magnet from one pole to another pole.    (2016) 
(b) What does the degree of closeness of field lines represent? 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Take a bar magnet and place it on a sheet of white paper fixed on a drawing sheet. Mark the boundary of magnet. Take a small compass and place it near the north pole of the magnet. Mark the position of two ends of compass needle. Move the needle to a new position so that its south pole occupies the position previously occupied by its north pole. In this way proceed step by step till we reach the south pole of magnet. Join the points marked on the paper by a smooth curve. This curve represents a magnetic field line as shown in Fig.

(b) The degree of closeness of magnetic field lines signifies the strength of magnetic field.


Q7: What type of current is given by a cell?    (CBSE 2016) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Direct current (D.C.).


Q8: Write any one method to induce current in a coil.   (CBSE 2016) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Whenever magnetic field around a coil is changed, a current is induced in the coil.


Q9: Define magnetic field of a bar magnet.     (CBSE 2016) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: The magnetic field of a bar magnet is the region around the magnet in which force due to magnet can be felt.

Previous Year Questions 2015

Q1: What is the shape of magnetic field lines due to a straight current-carrying conductor?    (CBSE 2015) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: The magnetic field lines around a straight current-carrying conductor form concentric circles with the conductor at the centre. As you move away from the conductor, these circles expand. This pattern indicates that the strength of the magnetic field decreases with distance from the wire.


Q2: What are magnetic field lines?    (CBSE 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: A magnetic field line around a magnet is the path along which north pole of a magnetic compass needle points. A magnetic field line gives the direction of magnetic field at a point.


Q3: (a) Describe an activity to show that an electric current-carrying wire behaves like a magnet. 
(b) Write the rule which determines the direction of magnetic field held developed around a current-carrying straight conductor.    (CBSE 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Take a straight, thick copper wire X Y and connect it to an electric circuit consisting of a battery, key and resistor. Place a small compass near the copper wire. Now put the plugin key K so that a current begins to flow. The compass needle is deflected.
It shows that the current-carrying copper wire is behaving like a magnet.
Previous Year Questions 2015
(b) The direction of the magnetic field around a straight current-carrying conductor is given by the “right-hand thumb rule”. According to the rule, imagine holding the current-carrying straight conductor in your right hand such that the thumb points towards the direction of the current. Then the fingers of the right hand wrap around the conductor in the direction of the field lines of the magnetic field.
Previous Year Questions 2015


Q4: Out of the three wires live, neutral or earth, which one goes through ON/ OFF switch?    (CBSE 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The live wire is the one that goes through the ON/OFF switch. This wire carries the current to the appliance, allowing it to function when the switch is turned on. When the switch is off, the live wire is disconnected from the appliance, stopping the flow of electricity.


Q5: Why does a current-carrying conductor experience a force when it is placed in a magnetic field?    (CBSE 2015) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: A current-carrying conductor produces a magnetic field around it. This magnetic field interacts with the externally applied magnetic field and as a result the conductor experiences a force.


Q6: What is the frequency of A.C. being supplied in our houses?    (CBSE 2015) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: The frequency at which A.C. is supplied to residential houses is 50 Hz.


Q7: Describe an activity to explain how a moving magnet can be used to generate electric current in a coil.    (CBSE 2015) 
Or 
A coil made of insulated copper wire is connected to a galvanometer. What will happen to the deflection of the galvanometer if a bar magnet is pushed into the coil and then pulled out of it? Give reason for your answer and name the phenomenon involved. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: Take a coil AB of insulated copper wire having a number of turns. Connect the ends of coil to a sensitive galvanometer G. Now take a bar magnet NS and rapidly bring the magnet towards the end B of coil as shown in Fig.
The galvanometer gives momentary deflection in one direction. Now take the magnet away from the coil, the galvanometer again gives momentary deflection but in the opposite direction. It clearly shows that motion of magnet induces, a current in the coil.Previous Year Questions 2015
Again keep the magnet fixed and gently move the coil AB either towards the magnet or away from the magnet. We get deflection in the galvanometer even now. Thus, an induced current is produced in a coil whenever there is relative motion between the coil and the magnet. This phenomenon is known as electromagnetic induction.


Q8: A metallic conductor is suspended perpendicular to the magnetic field of a horse-shoe magnet. The conductor gets displaced towards left when a current is passed through it. What will happen to the displacement of the conductor if the : 
(i) current through it is increased? 
(ii) horse-shoe magnet is replaced by another stronger horse-shoe magnet? 
(iii) direction of current through it is reversed ?     (CBSE 2015) 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) On increasing the current flowing through metallic conductor, the force experienced by it is proportionately increased because F ∝ I.
(ii) On using a stronger horse-shoe magnet the magnetic force increases because F ∝  Magnetic Field. 
(iii) On reversing the direction of current the direction of force is reversed and conductor is displaced towards right instead of left direction.


Q9: For the current carrying solenoid as shown below, draw magnetic field lines and giving reason explain that out of the three points A, B and C at which point the field strength is maximum and at which point it is minimum.    (CBSE  2015)
Previous Year Questions 2015

Hide Answer  

Ans: Outside the solenoid magnetic field is minimum. At the ends of solenoid, magnetic field strength is half that of inside it. So Minimum – at point B; Maximum – at point A
Previous Year Questions 2015


Q10: What is meant by solenoid? How does a current carrying solenoid behave? Give its main use.    (CBSE 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Solenoid: A coil of many circular turns of insulated copper wire wound on a cylindrical insulating body (i.e. cardboard etc.) such that its length is greater than its diameter is called solenoid.
Previous Year Questions 2015
When current is flowing through the solenoid, the magnetic field line pattern resemble exactly with those of a bar magnet with the fixed polarity North and South pole at its ends and it acquires the directive and attractive properties similar to bar magnet. Hence the current carrying solenoid behaves a bar magnet.
Use of current carrying solenoid: It is used to form a temporary magnet called electromagnet as well as permanent magnet.


Q11: What are magnetic field lines? Justify the following statements 
(a) Two magnetic field lines never intersect each other.   
(b) Magnetic field lines are closed curves.     (CBSE 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Magnetic field lines: It is defined as the path along which the unit North pole (imaginary) tends to move in a magnetic field if free to do so.
(a) The magnetic lines of force do not intersect (or cross) one another. If they do so then at the point of intersection, two drawn tangents at that point indicate that there will be two different directions of the same magnetic field, i.e. the compass needle points in two different directions which is not possible.
(b) Magnetic field lines are closed continuous curves. They emerge out from the north pole of a bar magnet and go into its south pole. Inside the magnet, they move, from south pole to north pole.


Q12: A current-carrying conductor is placed in a magnetic field. Now answer the following : 
(i) List the factors on which the magnitude of force experienced by conductor depends. 
(ii) When is the magnitude of this force maximum? 
(iii) If initially this force was acting from right to left, how will the direction of force change, if : 
(a) direction of magnetic field is reversed? 
(b) direction of current is reversed?    (CBSE 2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) The magnitude of force experienced by the current-carrying conductor when placed in a magnetic field depends on current flowing, length of the conductor, the strength of magnetic field, orientation of conductor in the magnetic field.
(ii) Magnitude of force is maximum when current-carrying conductor is placed at right angles to the direction of magnetic field.
(iii) (a) Direction of force is reversed that is now the force acts from left to right.
(b) Direction of force is reversed that is now the force acts from left to right.


Q13: In our daily life, we use two types of electric current whose current-time graphs are given in Fig. 13.29. 
(i) Name the type of current in two cases. 
(ii) Identify any one source for each type of current. 
(iii) What is the frequency of current in case 
(iv) in our country? 
(v) Out of the two which one is used in transmitting electric power over long distances and why?    (CBSE 2015).
Fig (a)Fig (b)

Hide Answer  

Ans:  (i) Current shown in Fig. (a) is direct current (D.C.) but current shown in Fig. (b) is an alternating current (A.C.).
(ii) A cell/battery produces D.C. but an A.C. generator produces A.C.
(iii) In India frequency of A.C. is 50 Hz.
(iv) A.C. is used in transmitting electric power over long distances. It is so because transmission loss of electric power can be minimised for A.C. by employing suitable transformers at generating stations and consuming centres.


Q14: A student fixes a sheet of white paper on a drawing board. He places a bar magnet in the centre of it. He sprinkles some iron filings uniformly around the bar magnet. Then he taps the board gently.
Now answer the following questions : 
(i) What does the student observe? Draw a diagram to illustrate your answer. 
(ii) Why do the iron filings arrange in such a pattern? 
(iii) What does the crowding of the iron filings at the ends of the magnet indicate?    (CBSE 2015)  (5 marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(i) The student observes the magnetic field due to the given bar magnet. The pattern of the magnetic field is shown here.
(ii) There is a magnetic field around the given bar magnet. The iron filings experience a force due to the magnetic field and thus align themselves along the magnetic field lines.

(iii) The crowding of the iron filings at the ends of the magnet indicates the position of two magnetic poles N and S of a given bar magnet.

Also watch: Introduction: Magnetic Field

Previous Year Questions 2013

Q1: If the key in the arrangement as shown below is taken out (the circuit is made open) and magnetic field lines are drawn over the horizontal plane ABCD, the lines are:

(a) concentric circles 
(b) elliptical in shape 
(c) straight lines parallel to each other 
(d) concentric circles near the point O but of elliptical shapes as we go away from it.  (CBSE 2013)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
In the arrangement described, if the key is taken out and the circuit is open, no current flows through the wire. This means that no magnetic field is generated by the wire.
However, if magnetic field lines are drawn over the horizontal plane ABCD in the absence of a current (or any other magnetic source), they would represent the Earth’s magnetic field, which appears as straight, parallel lines over a small horizontal area.
Thus, the correct answer is (c) straight lines parallel to each other.

Previous Year Questions 2010

Q1: A magnetic compass needle is placed in the plane of paper near point A, as shown in the figure. In which plane should a straight current carrying conductor be placed so that it passes through A and there is no change in the deflection of the compass? Under what condition is the deflection maximum and why? (CBSE 2010)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The straight current carrying conductor should be placed in the paper plane, passing through A, to produce a magnetic field perpendicular to the paper plane. This ensures the compass needle remains undeflected due to the vertical magnetic field produced by the wire. The maximum deflection in the compass needle occurs when the conductor is perpendicular to the paper plane and the magnetic field is in the paper plane.

11. Previous Year Questions: Electricity

Previous Year Questions 2025

Q1: A wire of resistance R is cut into three equal parts. If these three parts are then joined in parallel, calculate the total resistance of the combination so formed.  (2 Mark)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The total resistance of the combination is R/9.

When a wire of total resistance R is cut into three equal parts, each part has a resistance of R/3 because resistance is directly proportional to length. When these three parts are connected in parallel, the reciprocal of equivalent resistance isPrevious Year Questions 2025Hence, the total equivalent resistance becomesPrevious Year Questions 2025

Therefore, the total resistance of the parallel combination is R/9, which shows that connecting smaller equal parts of a wire in parallel greatly reduces the overall resistance.


Q2: Define electric power. When do we say that the power consumed in an electric circuit is 1 watt?  (2 Mark)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

Electric Power: Power (P) is defined as the rate of doing work or the rate at which electrical energy is consumed or supplied. It is given by the formula:
P = V × I, where V is the potential difference (volts) and I is the current (amperes). Alternatively, P = I²R or P = V²/R, where R is resistance (ohms). The SI unit of power is the watt (W).
1 Watt: Power is 1 watt when 1 joule of energy is consumed or transferred in 1 second. Mathematically, 1 W = 1 J/s. For example, if a circuit has a potential difference of 1 volt and a current of 1 ampere, the power is:
P = V × I = 1 V × 1 A = 1 W.


Q3: (a) Write the relationship between resistivity and resistance of a cylindrical conductor of length l and area of cross-section A. Hence derive the SI unit of resistivity.
(b) Why are alloys used in electrical heating devices?  (3 marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(a) Relationship: R = ρl/A; SI unit of resistivity: ohm-meter (Ω·m).
(b) Alloys are used due to high resistivity and high melting points.

(a) For a uniform cylindrical conductor of length l and cross-sectional area A, the resistance R is proportional to l and inversely proportional to A. HencePrevious Year Questions 2025

SI unit derivation:

  • Resistance (R) is in ohms (Ω).
  • Area (A) is in square meters (m²).
  • Length (l) is in meters (m).
  • Unit of ρ = (Ω × m²)/m = Ω·m.
    Thus, the SI unit of resistivity is ohm-meter (Ω·m).

(b) Alloys are used in electrical heating devices because their resistivity is generally higher than that of constituent metals and, importantly (as stated in the chapter), alloys do not oxidise (burn) readily at high temperatures — making them suitable and durable for heating elements.


Q4: The following question is Source-based/Case-based question. Read the case carefully and answer the question that follow.
In our homes, we receive the supply of electric power through a main supply also called mains, either supported through overhead electric poles or by underground cables. In our country the potential difference between the two wires (live wire and neutral wire) of this supply is 220 V.

(a) Write the colours of the insulation covers of the line wires through which supply comes to our homes.  (1 Mark)
(b) What should be the current rating of the electric circuit (220 V) so that an electric iron of 1 kW power rating can be operated? (1 Mark)
(c) (i) What is the function of the earth wire? State the advantage of the earth wire in domestic electric appliances such as electric iron.  (2 marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(a) Red (or brown) for live, black (or blue) for neutral, green (or green-yellow) for earth.
(b) Current rating = 4.55 A (minimum 5 A fuse).
(c) (i) Function: Provides a low-resistance path for leakage current to prevent electric shock; Advantage: Enhances user safety by grounding excess current.

(a) Colours:
In domestic wiring, the standard colours are:

  • Live wire: Red or brown, carries current from the supply.
  • Neutral wire: Black or blue, completes the circuit back to the supply.
  • Earth wire: Green or green-yellow, provides a safety path for leakage current.

These colours help identify wires for safe installation and maintenance.

(b) Current rating:

  • Power of electric iron, P = 1 kW = 1000 W.
  • Voltage, V = 220 V.
  • Power formula: P = V × I.
    Previous Year Questions 2025
  • The circuit needs a fuse with a current rating slightly higher than 4.54 A, typically 5 A, to safely operate the iron without frequent blowing.

(c) (i) Earth wire:

  • Function: The earth wire connects the metallic body of an appliance to the ground via a metal plate buried in the earth. If there’s a fault (e.g., live wire touching the metal body), it provides a low-resistance path for the leakage current to flow to the ground, preventing electric shock.
  • Advantage: In appliances like an electric iron, the earth wire ensures that any leakage current is safely diverted, keeping the appliance’s body at earth potential (0 V), thus protecting the user from severe electric shock.


Q5: Consider the following circuits :

Previous Year Questions 2025

In which circuit will the power dissipated in the circuit be (I) minimum (II) maximum ? Justify your answer.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Analyze the circuits to determine power dissipation.
Use the formula for power dissipation: 
Minimum power dissipation is in circuit (ii) and maximum is in circuit (iii).

OR

Two lamps, rated 100 W; 220 V and 60 W; 220 V, are connected in parallel to an electric main supply of 220 V. Find the current drawn by the two lamps from the supply.  (2 marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Total current = 0.727 A.
Given: Lamp 1: 100 W, 220 V; Lamp 2: 60 W, 220 V; connected in parallel to 220 V supply.

Step 1: Current for each lamp

  • Power formula: P = V × I.
  • For Lamp 1: Previous Year Questions 2025
  • For Lamp 2:Previous Year Questions 2025

Step 2: Total current in parallel

  • In a parallel circuit, total current is the sum of individual currents:
    Previous Year Questions 2025

Conclusion: The total current drawn from the supply is approximately 0.727 A.


Q6: (a) Define one ampere.
(b) The resistance of a wire of 0.01 cm radius is 14 Ω. If the resistivity of the material of the wire is 44 × 10⁻⁸ Ω m, find the length of the wire. (Given π = 22/7)  (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(a) One ampere is the current that flows through a conductor when one coulomb of charge passes through it in one second.
(b) Length of the wire = 0.159 m (15.9 cm).

(a) One ampere:

  • One ampere is defined as the current in a conductor when one coulomb of electric charge flows through it per second. Mathematically, 1 A = 1 C/s. It is the SI unit of electric current.

(b) Length calculation:

Previous Year Questions 2025


Q7: (a) Consider two lamps A and B of rating 50 W; 220 V and 25 W; 220 V respectively. Find the ratio of the resistances of the two lamps (i.e., RA : RB).  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: RA : RB = 1 : 2.

Given: Lamp A: 50 W, 220 V; Lamp B: 25 W, 220 V.
Step 1: Resistance of each lamp

  • Power formula: P = V²/R ⇒ R = V²/P.
  • For Lamp A: Previous Year Questions 2025
  • For Lamp B: 
    Previous Year Questions 2025

Step 2: Ratio

Previous Year Questions 2025

Conclusion: The ratio of resistances is 1 : 2.


Q8: Heat produced per second due to a current in a resistor of 4 Ω is 400 joules. Calculate the potential difference across the resistor.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Potential difference = 40 V.

  • Given: Heat produced per second = 400 J/s (power, P = 400 W); Resistance, R = 4 Ω.
  • Power formulaPrevious Year Questions 2025

Conclusion: The potential difference across the resistor is 40 V.


Q9: An electric bulb is connected to a power supply of 220 V. If the current drawn by the bulb from the supply is 500 mA, the power of the bulb is:  (1 Mark)
(a) 11 W
(b) 110 W
(c) 220 W
(d) 1100 W

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b) 110 W

  • Given: Voltage, V = 220 V; Current, I = 500 mA = 0.5 A.
  • Power formula: P = V × I.
    P = 220 × 0.5 = 110 W.

Conclusion: The power of the bulb is 110 W, option (B).


Q10: Four identical resistors of 12 Ω each are connected in series to form a square ABCD as shown in the figure. The resistance of the network between the two points 1 and 2 is :
(a) 48 Ω
(b) 36 Ω
(c) 9 Ω
(d) 6 Ω

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) 9 Ω

Assuming points 1 and 2 are adjacent vertices (e.g., A and B in square ABCD with resistors on each side). The direct path AB is 12 Ω. The other path A-D-C-B is three resistors in series: 12 + 12 + 12 = 36 Ω. 
These two paths are in parallel: 
Previous Year Questions 2025


Q11: In the following Question, two statements are given — one labelled as Assertion (A) and the other labelled as Reason (R). Select the correct answer to these questions from the codes (A), (B), (C) and (D) as given below.  (1 Mark)

Assertion (A): Nichrome is an alloy commonly used in electrical heating devices such as electric irons, toasters, etc. 
Reason (R): The resistivity of nichrome is high, and its resistance decreases with an increase in temperature.
(a) Both A and R are true, and R is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A and R are true, but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true, but R is false.
(d) A is false, but R is true.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (C) A is true, but R is false.

  • Assertion (A): Nichrome is widely used in heating devices like electric irons and toasters due to its high resistivity and high melting point, which allow it to generate significant heat and withstand high temperatures. Thus, A is true.
  • Reason (R): Nichrome has high resistivity, but its resistance increases slightly with temperature (as it’s a metal alloy with a positive temperature coefficient), not decreases. Thus, R is false.

Conclusion: Option (C) is correct.


Q12: An electric kettle is rated 750 W; 220 V. Can this kettle be used in a circuit which has a fuse of current rating 3 A? Give reason for your answer.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: No, the kettle cannot be used with a 3 A fuse.
Given: Power, P = 750 W; Voltage, V = 220 V; Fuse rating = 3 A.

Current calculation: P = V × I =>Previous Year Questions 2025

Comparison: The kettle draws 3.41 A, which exceeds the fuse rating of 3 A. A fuse blows if the current exceeds its rating, so the 3 A fuse will blow, disconnecting the circuit.

Conclusion: The kettle requires a fuse rating higher than 3.41 A (e.g., 5 A), so it cannot be used with a 3 A fuse.


Q13: Three resistors of 2 Ω, 3 Ω, and 6 Ω are connected in (i) series, and (ii) parallel. Draw the arrangements of the resistors and find the equivalent resistance of each arrangement.  (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(i) Series: Req = 11 Ω
(ii) Parallel: Req = 1 Ω

(i) Series:

Previous Year Questions 2025

In series, Req = R1 + R2 + R3 = 2 + 3 + 6 = 11 Ω.

(ii) ParallelPrevious Year Questions 2025

Previous Year Questions 2025

Conclusion: Series resistance = 11 Ω; Parallel resistance = 1 Ω.


Q14: The resistivity of a wire made of an alloy is generally:  (1 Mark)
(a) Lower than that of its constituent metals.
(b) Higher than that of its constituent metals.
(c) Decreases with an increase in its area of cross-section.
(d) Increases with an increase in its length.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (B) Higher than that of its constituent metals.

Alloys (e.g., nichrome) are made by mixing metals, which disrupts the regular lattice structure, increasing resistance to electron flow. Thus, the resistivity of alloys is generally higher than that of their constituent metals (e.g., nickel or chromium).

Other options:

  • (A) Incorrect: Alloys have higher resistivity.
  • (C) Incorrect: Resistivity is a material property, independent of area.
  • (D) Incorrect: Resistivity is independent of length; resistance increases with length.

Conclusion: Option (B) is correct.


Q15: Resistance of a wire of length 1 m is 35 Ω at 20°C. If the diameter of the wire is 0.2 mm, determine the resistivity of the material of the wire at that temperature. How will the resistivity of the wire change if the length and diameter of the wire both are doubled? Justify your answer. (Given π = 22/7)  (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Resistivity = 1.1 × 10⁻⁶ Ω·m; Resistivity remains unchanged if length and diameter are doubled.

Given: R = 35 Ω, l = 1 m, diameter = 0.2 mm = 0.2 × 10⁻³ m, radius = 0.1 × 10⁻³ m, π = 22/7.

Resistivity calculation:

Previous Year Questions 2025
Previous Year Questions 2025
Previous Year Questions 2025

Effect of doubling length and diameter:

  • Resistivity (ρ) is a material property and does not depend on the dimensions (length or diameter) of the wire.
  • If length becomes 2l and diameter becomes 2d (radius becomes 2r), the area becomes A’ = π(2r)² = 4πr² = 4A.
  • Resistance changes: Previous Year Questions 2025
  • However, resistivity (ρ) remains the same as it’s a property of the material.

Conclusion: Resistivity = 1.1 × 10⁻⁶ Ω·m; it remains unchanged.


Q16: How and why is an electric fuse used in an electric circuit? Briefly describe its function.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

  • Use: An electric fuse is used in series to protect circuits from excessive current.
  • Why: To prevent damage due to overloading or short circuits.
  • Function: It melts and breaks the circuit if the current exceeds its rating, stopping current flow.

Use: A fuse is a safety device connected in series with an electrical circuit or appliance. It consists of a wire with a low melting point.

  • Why: It protects circuits and appliances from damage due to excessive current (e.g., from overloading or short circuits) and prevents fire hazards or electric shocks.
  • Function: When the current exceeds the fuse’s rating, the fuse wire heats up (due to I²R heating) and melts, breaking the circuit and stopping current flow, thus protecting the circuit and appliances.


Q17: A wire of length ‘l’ is gradually stretched so that its length increases to 3l. If its original resistance is R, then its new resistance will be:  (1 Mark)
(a) 3R
(b) 6R
(c) 9R
(d) 27R

Hide Answer  

Ans: (C) 9R
Given: Original length = l, resistance = R; New length = 3l.
Resistance, R = ρl/A.
When the wire is stretched to 3l, its volume remains constant (V = l × A = constant).

  • New length, l’ = 3l.
  • New area, Previous Year Questions 2025
  • New resistance, Previous Year Questions 2025

Conclusion: The new resistance is 9R, option (C).


Q18: An electric kettle is rated 230 V; 1000 W. Calculate the resistance of its heating element when in operation.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Resistance = 52.9 Ω.

Given: P = 1000 W, V = 230 V.

Previous Year Questions 2025

Calculate: 

Conclusion: The resistance of the heating element is 52.9 Ω.


Q19: A voltage source sends a current of 2 A to a resistor of 40 Ω connected across it for 5 minutes. Calculate the electrical energy supplied by the source.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Given,

I =2 A, R =40 Ω, t = 5 min = 300 s

First find voltage: V = IR = 2 × 40 = 80 V

Power: P = V I = 80 × 2 = 160 W

Electrical energy supplied:E = P × t = 160 × 300 = 48,000 J


Q20: Four resistors, each of resistance 2.0 Ω, are joined end to end to form a square ABCD. Using the appropriate formula, determine the equivalent resistance of the combination between its two ends A and B.

Hide Answer  

Ans: Equivalent resistance = 2 Ω.

Given: Four resistors, each 2 Ω, form a square ABCD 

Circuit analysis:

The square has resistors: AB = 2 Ω, BC = 2 Ω, CD = 2 Ω, DA = 2 Ω.

For resistance between A and B:- Path 1: Direct resistor AB = 2 Ω.
– Path 2: Via B → C → D → A (series: BC + CD + DA = 2 + 2 + 2 = 6 Ω).
– AB (2 Ω) is in parallel with BCD (6 Ω):Previous Year Questions 2025


Q21: An electric bulb is rated 220 V; 11 W. The resistance of its filament when it glows with a power supply of 220 V is:  (1 Mark)
(a) 4400 Ω
(b) 440 Ω
(c) 400 Ω
(d) 20 Ω

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) 4400 Ω

Given: P = 11 W, V = 220 V.

Power formulaPrevious Year Questions 2025

Rearrange the formula:Previous Year Questions 2025

Calculate:Previous Year Questions 2025

Conclusion: The resistance is 4400 Ω, option (a).


Q22: The minimum number of identical bulbs of rating 4 V; 6 W that can work safely with desired brightness when connected in series with a 240 V mains supply is:  (1 Mark)
(a) 20
(b) 40
(c) 60
(d) 80

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c) 60

Given: Each bulb: 4 V, 6 W; Supply = 240 V.

Current per bulbPrevious Year Questions 2025

Resistance per bulbPrevious Year Questions 2025

Series connection: For n bulbs in series, total voltage = n × 4 V.
Previous Year Questions 2025

Conclusion: Minimum 60 bulbs, option (c).


Q23: The electrical resistivity of three materials A, B, and C at 20°C is given below:
(iClassify these materials as conductor, alloy, and insulator.
(ii) Give one example of each of these materials and state one use of each material in the design of an electrical appliance say an electric stove or an electric iron.  (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(i) 

(ii) Example of Insulator: Rubber
Uses: Coating of electrical wires

Example of conductor: Tungsten
Uses: Tungsten is used as the filament of an electric bulb.

Example of alloy: Nichrome
Uses: The heating element of an electric iron


Q24: Define the term “potential difference” between two points in an electric circuit carrying current. Name and define its S.I. unit. Also express it in terms of S.I. unit of work and charge.  ( 3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

  • Potential Difference: The work done per unit charge to move a charge between two points.
  • S.I. Unit: Volt, defined as 1 joule of work per 1 coulomb of charge.
  • Expression: 1 V = 1 J/C.
  • Potential Difference: It is the energy required or released per unit charge when moving a charge between two points in a circuit. It drives current flow.
  • S.I. Unit: The volt (V), where 1 volt is the potential difference when 1 joule of work is done to move 1 coulomb of charge.
  • Expression: V = W/Q, where W is work (joules, J) and Q is charge (coulombs, C). Thus, 1 V = 1 J/C.


Q25: (a) State two applications of Joule’s heating in domestic electric circuits.
(b) (i) Establish the relationship between the commercial unit of electric energy and the SI unit of electric energy.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(a) Applications: (1) Electric iron for pressing clothes, (2) Electric toaster for heating bread.
(b) 1 kWh = 3.6 × 10⁶ J.

(a) Applications:

1. Electric Iron: The electric iron uses Joule’s heating effect to heat up the iron plate, which is then used to press clothes.

2. Electric Heater: Electric heaters use Joule’s heating effect to convert electrical energy into heat energy, which is used to warm up the surroundings.

(b) Relationship:

  • Commercial unit: Kilowatt-hour (kWh), the energy consumed by a 1 kW device in 1 hour.
  • SI unit: Joule (J).
  • 1 kWh = 1000 W × 3600 s = 1000 × 3600 J = 3.6 × 10⁶ J.

Conclusion: 1 kWh = 3.6 million joules.


Q26: (a) “The third wire of earth connection is very important in domestic electric appliances.” Justify this statement.
(b) List two precautions to be taken to avoid the overloading of domestic electric circuits.  (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
(a) The earth wire prevents electric shock by grounding leakage current.
(b) Precautions: (1) Avoid connecting too many appliances to one socket, (2) Use fuses with appropriate ratings.

(a) Earth wire importance:

  • The earth wire connects the metallic body of appliances to the ground. If a fault occurs (e.g., live wire touches the metal body), the earth wire provides a low-resistance path for the current to flow to the ground, preventing electric shock to the user and protecting the appliance from damage.

(b) Precautions:

  • Avoid multiple appliances per socket: Connecting too many high-power devices increases current, risking overheating and fire.
  • Use appropriate fuses: A fuse with the correct rating (e.g., 5 A for low-power circuits) blows if current exceeds safe limits, preventing circuit damage or fire.


Q27: (A) Use Ohm’s law to determine the potential difference across the 6 ohm resistor in the following circuit when key is closed :  (2 Marks)
OR
(B) Prove that if the current through a resistor is increased by 100%, then the increase in power dissipated through the resistor will be 300%.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A)

Finding Total Resistance: The circuit has a 2Ω and a 4Ω resistor in series with the 6Ω resistor. The total resistance can be calculated as follows:Total Resistance, Previous Year Questions 2025

Finding Total Current: Using Ohm’s law, the total current (I) in the circuit can be calculated using the total voltage (V=6V) and total resistance:
Previous Year Questions 2025

Finding Voltage Across 6Ω Resistor: Now, we can find the voltage across the 6Ω resistor using Ohm’s law:
Previous Year Questions 2025

Therefore, the potential difference across the 6Ω resistor is 3 V.

(B) Power increases by 300%.

  • Given: Current increases by 100%, i.e., new current I’ = 2I (doubled).
  • Power formula: P = I²R.
  • Original power: P = I²R.
  • New power: P’ = (I’)²R = (2I)²R = 4I²R.
  • Increase in power: P’ – P = 4I²R – I²R = 3I²R.
  • Percentage increase:
    (P’ – P) / P × 100 = (3I²R / I²R) × 100 = 300%.

Conclusion: Doubling the current increases power by 300%.


Q28: What is short circuiting? State its possible causes. What is likely to happen if a domestic circuit gets short circuited? Give reason for the justification of your answer.  (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

  • Short circuiting: When live and neutral wires come into direct contact, bypassing the load.
  • Causes: (1) Worn insulation, (2) Faulty appliance wiring.
  • Effect: Excessive current flow, causing overheating, fire, or appliance damage.
  • Reason: Low resistance in the circuit increases current significantly.

Short circuiting: Occurs when the live and neutral wires touch directly, creating a low-resistance path, bypassing the appliance (load).

Causes:

  • Worn insulation: Damaged insulation on wires allows them to touch.
  • Faulty wiring: Incorrect connections in appliances or circuits.

Effect:

  • A short circuit drastically reduces resistance, causing a large current (I = V/R) to flow. This generates excessive heat (H = I²Rt), which can melt wires, cause fires, or damage appliances.
  • A fuse or circuit breaker trips to prevent damage by breaking the circuit.

Reason: The low resistance in a short circuit allows a very high current, overwhelming the circuit’s capacity, leading to overheating or fire hazards.


Q29: Determine the maximum and minimum resistance which can be obtained by joining five resistors of 1/5 Ω each.  (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:
Maximum resistance = 1 Ω (series).
Minimum resistance = 0.04 Ω (parallel).

Given: Five resistors, each R = 1/5 Ω = 0.2 Ω.

  • Maximum resistance (series):
    Rmax = R1 + R2 + R3 + R4 + R5 = 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.2 = 1 Ω.
  • Minimum resistance (parallel):
    Previous Year Questions 2025Previous Year Questions 2025= 0.04 Ω.

Conclusion: Maximum = 1 Ω, minimum = 0.04 Ω.

OR

Hide Answer  

(B) Calculate potential difference across a 4 ohm resistor that produces 100 W of heat every second.  (2 Marks)
Ans: Given, Power = 100 W, Resistance = 4Ω.
Using Formula,Previous Year Questions 2025We can rearrange formula to solve for V:Previous Year Questions 2025Substitute the values:
Previous Year Questions 2025⇒ The potential difference across the 4 Ω resistor is 20 volts.


Q30: (a) Explain the statement “Potential difference between two points is 1 volt”.
(b) What do the symbols given below represent in an electric circuit? Write one function of each.   (3 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

(a) 1 volt: Potential difference is 1 volt when 1 joule of work is required to move 1 coulomb of charge between two points. Mathematically, 1 V = 1 J/C.

(b) Symbols:

(i) The first symbol represents an Ammeter.
Function: It is used to measure the electric current flowing through a circuit.
(ii) The second symbol represents a Variable Resistor (Rheostat).
Function: It is used to vary or control the current in a circuit by changing the resistance..

Q31: Study the circuit shown in which two resistors X and Y of resistances 3 Ω and 6 Ω respectively are joined in series with a battery of 2 V.
Previous Year Questions 2025(I) Draw a circuit diagram showing the above two resistors X and Y joined in parallel with the same battery and same ammeter and voltmeter.  (1 Mark)
(II) In which combination of resistors will the (i) potential difference across X and Y, and (ii) current through X and Y, be the same? (1 Mark)
(III) Find the current drawn from the battery by the series combination of the two resistors (X and Y). (2 Marks)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

(II) Combinations:

  • (i) Potential difference: In a parallel combination, the voltage across each resistor (X and Y) is the same, equal to the battery voltage (2 V).
  • (ii) Current: In a series combination, the same current flows through both resistors (X and Y).

(III)  Current in series:

  • Rtotal = 3 Ω + 6 Ω = 9 Ω.
  • I = V/R = 2/9 ≈ 0.22 A.

Conclusion: Current in series combination is 0.22 A.

Previous Year Questions 2024

Q1: (A) Show how you would connect three resistors each of resistance 6 Ω, so that the combination has a resistance of 9 Ω. Also, justify your answer.

OR
(B) In the given circuit calculate the power consumed in watts in the resistor of 2 Ω:  (3 Marks) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) When two 6 Ω resistances are connected in parallel and the third resistance of 6 Ω  is connected in series combinations to this, then equivalent resistance will be 9 Ω
Previous Year Questions 2024

1/Rp = 1/6Ω + 1/6Ω

∴ Rp = 3Ω

Rs = 6 + 3 = 9Ω

OR

(B) Equivalent resistance = R1 + R2 = 1Ω + 2Ω = 3Ω

The circuit contains a 1Ω and a 2Ω resistor in series. The total resistance is:

Rtotal = 1 + 2 = 3Ω

Using Ohm’s law:

I = VRtotal = 6V3Ω = 2A

Power consumed by 2Ω resistor is given by:

P = I² × R

P = (2)² × 2 = 4 × 2 = 8W


Q2: (A) (i) Define electric power. Express it in terms of potential difference (V) and resistance (R).  (4 to 5 Marks) (2024)
(ii) An electric oven is designed to work on the mains voltage of 220 V. This oven consumes 11 units of electrical energy in 5 hours. Calculate : (a) power rating of the oven (b) current drawn by the oven (c) resistance of the oven when it is red hot
OR
(B) (i) Write the relation between resistance R and electrical resistivity p of the material of a conductor in the shape of cylinder of length / and area of cross-section A. Hence derive the SI unit of electrical resistivity.
(ii) The resistance of a metal wire of length 3 m is 60 Ω. If the area of the cross-section of the wire is 4 x 10-7 m, calculate the electrical resistivity of the wire.
(iii) State how would electrical resistivity be affected if the wire (of part ‘ii’) is stretched so that its length is doubled. Justify your answer.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) (i) Electric power: Rate at which electrical energy is dissipated or consumed / Rate of supplying energy to maintain the flow of current through a circuit.
Previous Year Questions 2024

(ii) (a) Energy consumed = 11 units

E = 11 kWh = 11 × 1000

P = 11000 W5 h = 2200 W

Thus, the power rating of the oven is 2200 W or 2.2 kW.

(b) I = PV = 2200220 = 10A

(c) R = V²P = (220)²2200 = 22 Ω

OR

(B)

(i) R = ρ lA

ρ = R × Al

= Ohm × (metre)²metre = ohm metre or Ωm

(ii)

Here l = 3 m, A = 4 × 10⁻⁷ m², R = 60 Ω

ρ = R × Al

= 60 × 4 × 10⁻⁷3 = 80 × 10⁻⁷ Ωm(iii) When a wire is stretched to double its length, its electrical resistivity (ρ) remains constant. A material’s electrical resistivity is intrinsic and does not alter its dimensions (length, cross-sectional area). Therefore, doubling the length of the wire will not affect its electrical resistance.


Q3: Study the I-V graph for three resistors of resistances R1, R2 and Rand select the correct statement from the following: (1 Mark) (2024)
(a) 
R1 = R2 = R3    
(b) R> R2 > R3
(c) R3 > R2 > R1    
(d) R2 > R3 > R1

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c) R3 > R2 > R1  

This is a graph of current (I) versus voltage (V) for three resistors R1R2, and R3. The slope of each line in an I-V graph is related to the conductance, which is the reciprocal of resistance (R). Thus, the steeper the slope, the lower the resistance.

From the graph:

  • R1 has the steepest slope, indicating the lowest resistance.
  • R3 has the least steep slope, indicating the highest resistance.

Correct interpretation:

The resistances follow the order:

R3 > R2 > R1


Q4: Use Ohm’s law to determine the potential difference across the 3 Ω resistor in the circuit shown in the following diagram when the key is closed.   (2 Marks) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

Series Resistance Calculation:

Rs = R1 + R2 + R3

= 1 + 2 + 3 = 6 Ω

Current Calculation:

I = VR

= 2V6Ω = 13 A

Voltage Calculation:

V = IR

= 13 A × 3(Ω) = 1 V


Q5: In the case of four wires of the same material, the resistance will be minimum if the diameter and length of the wire respectively are  
(1 Mark) (2024)
(a) 
D/2 and L/4
(b) D/4 and 4L
(c) 2D and L
(d) 4D and 2L

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
The resistance of a wire is inversely related to its cross-sectional area and directly related to its length. To minimize resistance, you should use a wire with a larger diameter and a shorter length. Therefore, if you choose a diameter of 4D (making the cross-sectional area much larger) and a length of 2L (shorter compared to the original), you will achieve the minimum resistance, making the correct answer (d) 4D and 2L.


Q6: Explain in brief the function of an electric fuse in a domestic circuit. An electric heater of current rating 3 kW; 220 V is to be operated in an electric circuit of rating 5 A. What is likely to happen when the heater is switched ‘ON’ ? Justify your answer with the necessary calculation.  (3 Marks) (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

  •  An electric fuse is a safety device used in electrical circuits to prevent excessive current from flowing through the wires and damaging the circuit components. 
  •  It is designed to melt and break the circuit when the current exceeds a certain limit (which is its rated value). 
  •  This helps protect the wiring and connected appliances from damage due to overcurrent.

Here P = 3 kW = 3000 W, V = 220 V, I = ?
P = V I
Previous Year Questions 2024

  • The current drawn by the heater is 13.64 A, but the current rating of the circuit is only 5 A.
  • This means the current drawn by the heater is significantly higher than the circuit’s rated current.
  • Since the current drawn by the heater (13.64 A) exceeds the current rating of the circuit (5 A), the circuit will be overloaded, and the fuse will blow to protect the circuit.
  • The fuse will disconnect the heater from the circuit, preventing further damage to the wires and avoiding potential hazards like overheating or fire.


Q7: (a) State Ohm’s law. Write the formula for the equivalent resistance R of the parallel combination of three resistors of values R1, R2, and R3.
(b) Find the resistance of the following network of resistors:  (3 Marks) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Ohm’s Law: The potential difference, V, across the ends of a given metallic wire in an electric circuit is directly proportional to the current flowing through it, provided its temperature remains the same.

Formula:

1/Rp = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3

(b) R + R2 = 3R2


Q8: Case/Source-based questions.  (4 to 5 Marks) (CBSE 2024)
In a domestic circuit, five LED bulbs are arranged as shown. The source voltage is 220 V and the power rating of each bulb is marked in the circuit diagram. Based on the following circuit diagram, answer the following questions:

(a) State what happens when (i) key K1 is closed. (ii) key K2 is closed.
(b) Find the current drawn by the bulb B when it glows.
(c) Calculate (i) the resistance of bulb B, and (ii) the total resistance of the combination of four bulbs B, C, D, and E.
OR
(c) What would happen to the glow of all the bulbs in the circuit when keys Kand K2 both are closed and the bulb C suddenly gets fused? Give a reason to justify your answer.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) (i) Bulb A glows  (ii) Bulbs B, C, D and E glow    
(b) P = V × I
Previous Year Questions 2024
(c) (i) Resistance of bulb B,Previous Year Questions 2024
(alternative formula for calculationPrevious Year Questions 2024
(ii) Total resistance of the series combination of four bulbs = 4 x 275 = 1100 W
OR
(c) 

  • Bulb A will keep glowing with same brightness. 
  • Other bulbs i.e., B, D and E will stop glowing.
  • Reason: As the bulbs B, D and E are connected in series with fused bulb C, so no current flows through them and thus they will not glow. The bulb A remains unaffected as it is connected in parallel combination.


Q9: Consider the following combinations of resistors:  (1 Mark) (2024)
The combinations having equivalent resistance 1 is/are: 
(a)
 I and IV  
(b) Only IV  
(c) I and II  
(d) I, II and III  

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
To determine which combinations of resistors have an equivalent resistance of 1 ohm, you need to analyze the given arrangements (I, II, III, and IV) based on how resistors are connected, either in series or parallel. Combinations that meet the criteria of having an equivalent resistance of 1 ohm are identified in options I and II. Therefore, the correct answer is (c) I and II.


Q10: An electric iron of resistance 20Ω  draws a current of 5 A. The heat developed in the iron in 30 seconds is:   (1 Mark) (2024)
(a) 
15000 J  
(b) 6000 J  
(c) 1500 J  
(d) 3000 J 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
To calculate the heat developed in the electric iron, we can use the formula H = I2 Rt, where H is the heat produced, I is the current (5 A), R is the resistance (20 ohms), and t is the time (30 seconds). 
Plugging in the values: H = (52) × 20 × 30 = 25 × 20 × 30 = 15000J 
So, the heat developed in the iron is 15000 J, making the correct answer (a) 15000 J.


Q11: Two wires A and B of the same material, having the same lengths and diameters 0·2 mm and 0·3 mm respectively, are connected one by one in a circuit. Which one of these two wires will offer more resistance to the flow of current in the circuit? Justify your answer.  (1 Mark) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Wire A will offer more resistance
Justification:
 

  • Smaller diameter ⇒ Smaller cross-sectional area ⇒ Higher resistance.
  • Wire A (0.2 mm diameter) has higher resistance than wire B (0.3 mm diameter).


Q12: The following questions are source-based/case-based questions. Read the case carefully and answer the questions that follow.
Study the following circuit:  (4 to 5 Marks) (2024)

On the basis of this circuit, answer the following questions:  
(a) Find the value of total resistance between points A and B.  
(b) Find the resistance between the points B and C.  
(c) (i) Calculate the current drawn from the battery, when the key is closed.  
OR
(c) (ii) In the above circuit, the 16 Ω resistor or the parallel combination of two resistors of 8 Ω, which one of the two will have more potential difference across its two ends? Justify your answer. 

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Rs = 4 Ω + 6 Ω + 16 Ω = 26 Ω

Formula:

1/Rp = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3

(b) 

1/RP = 1/8 + 1/8

1/RP = 2/8

RP = 4Ω

(c) (i) Total resistance = 26Ω + 4Ω = 30Ω

Potential difference = V = 6V

Current I = VR

= 630 = 15 A or 0.2 A

OR
(c) (ii) 16 Ω
Justification: According to Ohm’s law when same current flows, the potential difference across a higher resistance is always higher.
Potential difference across 16 Ω = V = IR = 0.2 x 16 = 3.2V
Potential difference across 8 Ω = V = IR(total) = 0.2 x 4 = 0.8V


Q13: An electric source can supply a charge of 500 coulomb. If the current drawn by a device is 25 mA, find the time in which the electric source will be discharged completely.   (1 Mark) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Q = I x t
Previous Year Questions 2024


Q14: (a) (i) The potential difference across the two ends of a circuit component is decreased to one-third of its initial value, while its resistance remains constant. What change will be observed in the current flowing through it? Name and state the law which helps us to answer this question.
(ii) Draw a schematic diagram of a circuit consisting of a battery of four 1.5 V cells, a 5 Ω resistor, a 10 Ω resistor and a 15 Ω resistor, and a plug key, all connected in series. Now find (I) the electric current passing through the circuit, and (II) the potential difference across the 10 Ω resistor when the plug key is closed.
OR
(b) (i) When is the potential difference between two points said to be 1 volt?
(ii) A copper wire has a diameter of 0.2 mm and resistivity of 1.6 x 10-8 Ω m. What will be the length of this wire to make its resistance 14 Ω? How much does the resistance change if the diameter of the wire is doubled?  (4 to 5 Marks(2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) (i) 

  • Current becomes one-third of its initial value.
  • Ohm’s Law

The potential difference across the ends of a conductor is directly proportional to the current flowing through it, provided its temperature remains the same.      
(ii)
Previous Year Questions 2024
Total Voltage = V = 4 x 1·5 V = 6 V
Total resistance, R(s) = R1+ R2 + R3
= 5 Ω + 10 Ω + 15 Ω = 30 Ω

(I) Current, I = VR = 6 V30 Ω = 0.2 A

(II) V = IR = 0.2 A × 10 Ω = 2 V

OR

(b) (i) When 1 joule of work is done to move a charge of 1 coulomb from one point to the other.

(ii) d = 0.2 mm = 2 × 10⁻⁴ m; R = 14 Ω

ρ = 1.6 × 10⁻⁸ Ω m; A = πd²4

R = ρ lA = 4 ρ lπd² or l = π d² R4 ρ

l = 227 × (2 × 10⁻⁴)²4 × 1.6 × 10⁻⁸ × 14

= 27.5 m

When the diameter is doubled, d’ = 2d A’ = 4A

R’R = AA’ or R’ = RAA’ = RA4A

R’14 = A4A

R’ = 3.5 Ω

Change (14.0 – 3.5) = 10.5 Ω


Q15:  In the given circuit the total resistance between X and Y is:

(a) 12Ω
(b) 4 Ω
(c) 6 Ω
(d) 1 Ω
      (1 Mark) (CBSE 2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
To find the total resistance between points X and Y, we need to analyze the circuit configuration.

The given resistances are:
2 Ω, 3 Ω, and 6 Ω.

Looking at the circuit:
The 3 Ω and 6 Ω resistors are connected in parallel.
This parallel combination is then in series with the 2 Ω resistor.
Step 1: Calculate the equivalent resistance of the parallel combination of 3 Ω and 6 Ω.
Using the formula for parallel resistance:

1/Rparallel = 1/3 + 1/6

1/Rparallel = 2 + 1/6 = 3/6 = 1/2

So, Rparallel = 2Ω.
Step 2: Add the series resistance.
Now, the 2 Ω (from the parallel combination) is in series with the 2 Ω resistor at the start:
Rtotal = 2 + 2 = 4Ω
Therefore, the total resistance between points X and Y is 4 Ω.
The correct answer is (b) 4 Ω.


Q16: Draw a schematic diagram of a circuit consisting of a battery of four dry cells of 1.5 V each, a 2 Ω resistor, a 6 Ω resistor, a 16 Ω resistor and a plug key all connected in series. Put an ammeter to measure the current in the circuit and a voltmeter across the 16 Ω resistor to measure the potential difference across its two ends. Use Ohm’s law to determine: 
(A) ammeter reading, and 
(B) voltmeter reading when the key is closed.  (3 Marks) (2024)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

Previous Year Questions 2024

Equivalent resistance in the circuit: 
R = 2 + 6 + 16 
= 24 Ω 
The voltage supplied by the battery: 
V = 4 × 1.5 = 6 V 
(A) Using Ohm’s law we can calculate ammeter’s reading I. 
I = V / R = 6 / 24 = = 0.25 A 
(B) Voltmeter’s reading is: 
V’ = IR = 0.25 ×16 = 4 V

Previous Year Questions 2023

Q1: The expressions that relate (i) Q, I and t and (ii) Q, V and W respectively are (here the symbols have their usual meanings):  
(1 Mark) (2023)
(a) (i) I = Q/t (ii) W = V/Q 
(b) (i) Q = I × t (ii) W = V × Q 
(c) (i) Q = I/t (ii) V = W/Q 
(d) (i) I = Q/t (ii) Q = V/W

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
The correct expressions that relate charge (Q), current (I), time (t), voltage (V), and work done (W) are as follows: 
For the relationship between charge, current, and time: Q = I × t (the total charge is the product of current and time). 
For the relationship between work, voltage, and charge: W = V × Q (the work done is the product of voltage and charge). 
Thus, the correct answer is (b) (i) Q = I × t and (ii) W = V × Q.


Q2: (i) How is electric current related to the potential difference across the terminals of a conductor? Draw the labelled circuit diagram to verify this relationship.  (4 to 5 Marks) (2023)
(ii) Why should an ammeter have low resistance?
(iii) Two V-I graphs A and B for series and parallel combinations of two resistors are as shown.
Giving reason state which graph shows (a) series, (b) parallel combination of the resistors.  

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) It states that the potential difference V, across the ends of a given metallic wire in an electric circuit is directly proportional to the current flowing through it, provided its temperature remains the same. Mathematically,
V ∝ I
V = RI
where R is resistance of the conductor.
Previous Year Questions 2023
(ii) To measure the entire current passing through the circuit, the ammeter should have low resistance.
(iii) Series Combination:

RS = R1 + R2 = Maximum resistance. Therefore, the V-I graph for a series combination will have a steeper slope, indicating that the current increases less with the potential difference.
Parallel Combination:Previous Year Questions 2023

Therefore, the V-I graph for a parallel combination will have a flatter slope, showing that the current increases more sharply with the potential difference.So, RA > RB

Graph A: The graph with a steeper slope corresponds to the series combination of resistors.

Graph B: The graph with a flatter slope corresponds to the parallel combination of resistors.


Q3: (a) Define electric power and state its SI unit. The commercial unit of electrical energy is known as ‘unit’. Write the relation between this ‘unit’ and joule.   (5 Marks) (2023)
(b) In a house, 2 bulbs of 50 W each are used for 6 hours daily and an electric geyser of 1 kW is used for 1 hour daily. Calculate the total energy consumed in a month of 30 days and its cost at the rate of ₹ 8.00 per kWh.

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The electric power of an electrical device is the rate at which electric energy is dissipated or consumed in an electric circuit.
Power = Work/Time = Energy/Time
The SI unit of electric power is watt (W).
1W = 1 volt x 1 ampere = 1
VA 1 unit = 1 kWh = 3.6 x 10J
(b) 2 bulbs: P = 50 W, t = 6 hr daily
1 geyser: P = 1 kW, t = 1hr
E=P x t used by every 2 bulbs + energy used by geyser
= 30 days, Rs. = 8/kWh
Now, total energy consumed in one day
= 2 × 50 × 6 + 1 x 1000 =  1600 Wh
Total energy consumed in 30 days
= 30 x 1600 Wh = 48 kWh
Bill = 8 x 48 = Rs. 384.


Q4: If four identical resistors, of resistance 8 ohms, are first connected in series so as to give an effective resistance Rs, and then connected in parallel so as to give an effective resistance Rp, then the ratio RS / Ris:
(a) 32 
(b) 2 
(c) 0.5 
(d) 16
  (1 Mark) (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Given:
Four identical resistors, each with a resistance of 8Ω.
Calculate the total resistance in series (
RS):
When resistors are connected in series, the total resistance is the sum of individual resistances:
RS = 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 = 4 × 8 = 32Ω
Calculate the total resistance in parallel (RP):When resistors are connected in parallel, the total resistance is given by:

Previous Year Questions 2023

So, RP = 2Ω
Calculate the ratio RS / RPPrevious Year Questions 2023

Therefore, the correct answer is (d) 16.


Q5: In the following diagram, the position of the needle is shown on the scale of a voltmeter. The least count of the voltmeter and the reading shown by it respectively are: 

Previous Year Questions 2023

(a) 0.15 V and 1.6 V 
(b) 0.05 V and 1.6 V 
(c) 0.15 V and 1.8 V 
(d) 0.05 V and 1.8 V 
     (1 Mark) (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
To determine the least count of the voltmeter and the reading shown by the needle, let’s analyze the diagram.

Least Count Calculation:

  • The scale on the voltmeter ranges from 
    0 to 
    3 volts.
  • There are 15 divisions between 0.0 and 
    1.5 volts, and similarly 15 divisions between 1.5 and 
    3 volts.
  • Therefore, each division represents: 1.5V / 15 = 0.1V
  • So, the least count of the voltmeter is 0.1 V.

Reading of the Voltmeter:

  • The needle is positioned at 1.8 V on the scale.

Based on this analysis, the correct answer is:

  • Least count: 0.1 V
  • Reading shown by the voltmeter: 1.8 V

Thus, the correct option is (c) 0.15 V and 1.8 V.


Q6: (A) An electric iron consumes energy at a rate of 880 W when the heating is at the maximum rate and 330 W when the heating is at the minimum. If the source voltage is 220 V, calculate the current and resistance in each case. 
(B) What is the heating effect of electric current? 
(C) Find an expression for the amount of heat produced when a current passes through a resistor for some time. (4 to 5 Marks) (CBSE 2023)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) Power = VI = V2 / R, 
where V is voltage, I is current, R is resistance. 
First case, 
Power = 880 W 
Voltage = 220 V 
⇒ 880 = 220 × I 
⇒ I  = 4 A 
⇒ 880 = 2202 / R 
⇒ R = 55 Ω 
Second Case, 
Power = 330 W
P = VI = V2/R
P = 220 × I 
⇒ 330 = 2202 / R 
⇒ R = 440 / 3 Ω
(B) When a conductor provides resistance to current flow, the work done by the current in overcoming this resistance is converted into heat energy. This is known as the current heating effect.
(C) The amount of work done W in carrying a charge Q through a wire of resistance R in time t is given by: 
W = Q × V Since Q = I × t 
Therefore. 
W = V × I × t 
where V is the potential difference across the wire. 
Since by Ohm’s law, 
V = IR
Therefore, W = I2Rt 
The electric energy dissipated or consumed is directly proportional to the square of the current I, directly proportional to the resistance R and to the time t during which current flows. 
H = I2Rt

Get additional INR 200 off today with EDUREV200 coupon.Avail Offer

Previous Year Questions 2022

Q1: (a) State Ohm’s Law. Represent it mathematically.  (2022)
(b) Define 1 ohm.
(c) What is the resistance of a conductor through which a current of 0.5 A flows when a potential difference of 2V is applied across its ends?  

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Ohm’s law states that the electric current flowing through a conductor is directly proportional to the potential difference applied across its ends, provided physical conditions like temperature etc., are kept unchanged.
Mathematically, V ∝ I
or V/I = constant or V/I = R ⇒ V = IR
where, R is called the resistance of the conductor. SI unit of resistance is ohm and is denoted by Ω. It is a constant of proportionality and its value depends upon the size, nature of material and temperature. (b) If the potential difference across the two ends of a conductor is 1 V and the current through it is 1 A, then the resistance R, of the conductor is said to be 1Ω.
We know that, R = V/l

Therefore, 1 ohm = 1 volt1 ampere or 1Ω = 1 V1 A

(c) Given, potential difference V = 2V

Current, I = 0.5 A

Using Ohm’s law, V = IR

⇒ R = VI ⇒ R = 2V0.5 A = 4Ω


Q2:  In the following figure, three cylindrical conductors A, B and C are shown along with their lengths and areas of cross-section.

If these three conductors are made of the same material and RA,RB, and RC be their respective resistances, then find 
(I) RA/RB, and (II)RA/RC .  (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) L We have three cylindrical conductors A, B and C-
Previous Year Questions 2022
These three conductors are made of the same materials and their respective resistance are σ RA. RB and Rc.

∴ R = ρ LA

So, RA = ρ × LA = ρ LA

RB = ρ × L / 22A ⇒ ρ L4A

RC = ρ × LA / (2 × 2) ⇒ ρ LA

Then, (I) RARB = ρ LA / ρ L4A ⇒ 4; RA : RB = 4

(II) RARC = ρ LA / ρ LA ⇒ 1

Q3: (a) List the factors on which the resistance of a uniform cylindrical conductor of a given material depends.
(b) The resistance of a wire of 0.01 cm radius is 10Ω. If the resistivity of the wire is 50 x 10-8 Ω m, find the length of this wire.  (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The resistance of a uniform cylindrical conductor depends on
(i) Length of the conductor (l)
(ii) Area of cross-section of the conductor (A)
(b) The formula of resistance, R = ρl/A,

Given, Radius, r = 0.01 cm = 0.0001 m

Resistance, R = 10 Ω

Resistivity, ρ = 50 × 10⁻⁸ Ω m

R = ρ (L / A)

L = (R × A) / ρ

= (10 × 3.14 × (0.0001)²) / (50 × 10⁻⁸)

= 0.628 m

Hence, the length of the wire is 0.628 m.

Q4: Calculate the equivalent resistance of the following electric circuit:  (2022)

Previous Year Questions 2022

Hide Answer  

Ans: First, calculate the resistance of 2 series resistors inside the loop, i.e., = R1 +R2
 =10Ω + 10Ω
= 20Ω
To calculate the equivalent resistance in the given electric circuit, let us find the parallel resistance. For that we use

= R1 × R2R1 + R2

= 20Ω × 20Ω20Ω + 20Ω

= 400Ω40Ω

= 10Ω

Now, again applying the series formula to add the resistors together =10Ω + 10Ω + 20Ω = 40Ω
So the total resistance of the given 40Ω


Q5: (i) Write the formula for determining the equivalent resistance between A and B of the two combinations (I) and (II) of three resistors and arranged as follows:Previous Year Questions 2022

(ii) If the equivalent resistance of the arrangements (I) and (II) are and respectively, then which one of the following graphs is correctly labelled? Justify your answer.  (2022)Previous Year Questions 2022

Hide Answer  

Ans:  (i)
We know that resistance R1, R2 and R3 are in series.
So, RAB = R1 + R2 + R3
Previous Year Questions 2022
So,

1/R = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3

1/R = R2R3 + R3R1 + R1R2/R1R2R3

(ii) The slope of V-I graph gives the resistance. The greater the slope greater will be the resistance. We know, Rs > R
∴ Graph (I) is correct


Q6: Study the following electric circuit in which the resistors are arranged in three arms A, B and C  (2022)
(a) Find the equivalent resistance of arm A. 
(b) Calculate the equivalent resistance of the parallel combination of the arms B and C. 
(c) (i) Determine the current that flows through the ammeter. 
OR 
(ii) Determine the current that flows in the ammeter when the arm B is withdrawn from the circuit

Hide Answer  

Ans: The equivalent resistance in the arm A = 5Ω + 15Ω + 20Ω =40 Ω
(b) The equivalent resistance of the parallel combination of the arms B and C= ((1/10Ω + 1/20Ω + 1/30Ω) + (1/5Ω + 1/10Ω + 1/15Ω))-1 =20Ω
(c) (i) Current flow flowing through the ammeter = 6/60 = 0.1 A
OR
(ii) Current that flows in the ammeter when the arm B is withdrawn
from the circuit = 6/60 = 0.1A


Q7: (i) State Joule’s law of heating. Express it mathematically when an appliance of resistance R is connected to a source of voltage V and the current I flows through the appliance for a time t.
(ii) Α 5 Ω resistor is connected across a battery of 6 volts. Calculate the energy that dissipates as heat in 10 seconds.  (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) According to Joule’s law of heating, when a current (I) is passed through a conductor of resistance (R) for a certain time (t), the conductor gets heated up and the amount of energy released is given by
Previous Year Questions 2022
Previous Year Questions 2022
Previous Year Questions 2022
Previous Year Questions 2022


Q8: (a) Calculate the resistance of a metal wire of length 2 m and area of cross-section 1.55 × 10-6 m(Resistivity of the metal is 2.8 × 10-8 Ωm)
(b) Why are alloys preferred over pure metals to make the heating elements of electrical heating devices? (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Here, the length of the wire, l = 2m
Area of cross-section, A = 1.55 × 10-6 m
Resistivity of metal, ρ = 2.8 × 10-8 Ω m
Previous Year Questions 2022

Previous Year Questions 2022

(b) Why Alloys Are Preferred Over Pure Metals for Heating Elements

  1. Higher Resistivity: Alloys have higher resistivity than pure metals, which helps in generating more heat.
  2. Less Oxidation & Corrosion: Alloys do not oxidize or corrode easily at high temperatures, increasing durability.
  3. Better Heat Tolerance: Alloys can withstand high temperatures without melting or softening.
  4. Stable Resistance: The resistance of alloys does not change significantly with temperature, ensuring consistent heating.
    Thus, alloys are preferred for making heating elements in electrical heating devices. 


Q9: An electric heater rated 1100 W operates at 220 V. Calculate 
(i) its resistance, and 
(ii) the current drawn by it.  (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Power of electric heater, P = 1100 W
Operating voltage, V = 220 V
(i) Its resistance, R= V2/P
R = 220 x 220/1100 Ω : R = 44 Ω
operating voltage, V = 220 V
So, current I = V/R = 220/44= 5A
(ii) Using the formula:
I = P / V
= 1100 / 220
5 A


Q10: (a) What is the meaning of electric power of an electrical device? Write its SI unit.
(b) An electric kettle of 2kW is used for 2 hours. Calculate the energy consumed in
(i) kilowatt-hour and
(ii) joules  (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The electric power of an electrical device is the rate at which electric energy is dissipated or consumed in an electric circuit.
Power = Work/Time = Energy/Time
The SI unit of electric power is watt (W)
1 W =1 volt × 1 ampere = 1 V A
(b) (i) Electrical energy is the product of power and time.
E = P x t
= 2 kW × 2h = 4kW h
(ii) Electric energy consumed in joules
1 kWh =3.6× 106 J
4 kW h = 3.6 × 106 x 4 = 14.4 x 106 J.


Q11: (i) Define electric power and write its SI unit.
(ii) Two lamps, one rated 100 W at 220 V, and the other 60 W at 220 V, are connected in parallel to an electric mains supply. What current is drawn from the line if the supply voltage is 220 V? (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) The rate at which electric energy is dissipated or consumed in an electric circuit is called electric power.
SI unit of electric power is watt (W).
(ii) Given, P1 = 100 W, V1 = 220 V
P2 = 60 W, V2 = 220 V
P = VI

∴ Total current = l1 + l2 = 0.45 + 0.27 = 0.72 A


Q12: Define the term electric power. An electric device of resistance R when connected across an electric source of voltage V draws a current I. Derive an expression for the power in terms of resistance R and voltage V. What is the power of a device of resistance 400 Ω operating at 200 V ?  (2022)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Electric Power: The rate at which electrical energy is consumed or dissipated is called electrical power.
(b) Why Alloys Are Preferred Over Pure Metals for Heating Elements
P = VI,
[∵ V = IR]
P = (IR) I = I2 R

Given:

  • Resistance (R) = 400 Ω
  • Voltage (V) = 200 V

Power Calculation:
Using the formula:
P = V² / R
= (200 × 200) / 400
= 40000 / 400
100 W

Previous Year Questions 2021

Q1: Two lamps one rated 100W at 220V, and the other 60W at 220V, are connected in parallel to electric mains supply. What current is drawn from the line if the supply voltage is 220V?  (2021)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Current drawn by 1st lamp rated 100W at 220V

I1 = P1V = 100220 = 511 A

and current drawn by 2nd lamp rated 60W at 220V

I2 = P2V = 60220 = 311 A

In parallel arrangement the total current

I = I1 + I2 = 511 + 311 = 811 A = 0.73 A

Also read: Practice Questions: Electricity

Previous Year Questions 2020

Q1: If a person has five resistors each of value 5Ω, then the maximum resistance he can obtain by connecting them is  (2020)
(a) 1Ω
(b) 5Ω
(c) 10Ω
(d) 25Ω

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Sol: The maximum resistance can be obtained from a group of resistors by connecting them in series. Thus,

Rtotal = R + R + R + R + R = 5R
Rtotal = 5 x 5Ω

 
Q2: The maximum resistance which can be made using four resistors each of resistance 2 Ω is  (2020)
(a) 2 Ω
(b) 1 Ω
(c) 2.5 Ω
(d) 8 Ω

Hide Answer  

Ans: (d)
Sol: A group of resistors can produce maximum resistance when they all are connected in series.

Rtotal = R1 + R2 + R3 + R4.

Substitute R1 = R2 = R3 = R4 = 2Ω:

Rtotal = 2Ω + 2Ω + 2Ω + 2Ω = 8Ω.


Q3: The maximum resistance which can be made using four resistors each of resistance 1/2 Ω is  (2020)
(a) 2Ω
(b) 1Ω 
(c) 2.5Ω 
(d) 8Ω

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Sol: The maximum resistance can be produced from a group of resistors by connecting them in series.
Thus,
Rtotal = 12 + 12 + 12 + 12 = 4 × 12 = 2Ω


Q4: A V-I graph for a nichrome wire is given below. What do you infer from this graph? Draw a labelled circuit diagram to obtain such a graph.   (2020)

Previous Year Questions 2020

Hide Answer  

Ans: V-I graph: The nichrome cable’s V-I graph exhibits a straight line. It signifies that the resistance of the wire stays unchanged while the current supply has been varied. That is an ohmic conductor because it follows the ohm’s law.
Mathematically, ohm’s law can be represented as:
V = IR
Here,
R is the resistance.
V is the voltage.
I is the current.
The resistance of a wire will be:
⇒ R = V/I
= 0.4/0.1
= 4Ω
Thus, the circuit diagram for the given case is,
Previous Year Questions 2020
Therefore, because nichrome wire has a constant resistance of 4 but also obeys Ohm’s law, it is classified as an ohmic conductor.


Q5: (a) Write the mathematical expression for Joule’s law of heating. 

(b) Compute the heat generated while transferring 96000 coulomb of charge in two hours through a potential difference of 40 V.   (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) As per mathematical expression for Joule.s law of heating
Heat produced H = VIt = I2 Rt = V2/R t
When a voltage V is applied across a resistance R for time t so that a current I flows through it.
(b) Here charge Q = 96000 C, time t = 2 h and potential difference V = 40 V
Heat generated H=VIt = VQ
⇒ H = 40 x 96000 = 3840000 J = 3.84 x 106 J


Q6: Two bulbs of 100 W and 40 W are connected in series. The current through the 100 W bulb is 1A. The current through the 40 W bulb will be:   (2020)
(a) 0.4A
(b) 0.6A
(c) 0.8A
(d) 1A

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
Sol: Current through bulb:

  • The same current will flow through both bulbs in series.
  • When the same current flows through all of the circuit’s components, the circuit is said to be connected in series.
  • The current has only one path in such circuits.
  • As an example of a series circuit, consider the household decorative string lights.
  • This is nothing more than a string of tiny bulbs connected in series.
  • If one of the bulbs in a series burns out, none of the others will light up.
  • Hence, Option (D) is correct.


Q7: (a) What is meant by the statement, “The resistance of a conductor is one ohm”?
(b) Define electric power. Write an expression relating electric power, potential difference and resistance.
(c) How many 132 Ω resistors in parallel are required to carry 5 A on a 220 V line?  (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) If a current of 1 ampere flows through it when the potential difference across it is 1 volt
(b) The electric power is the electric work done per unit time [P=W/T]. the relation between electric power , potential difference and resistance is P = V2/R
(c) R= V/I
= 220/5 = 44 ohm
R= 44 = 132/n
hence, 132/44 = 3 Resistors 


Q8: (a) Write the mathematical expression for Joule’s law of heating. 
(b) Compute the heat generated while transferring 96000 coulombs of charge in two hours through a potential difference of 40 V. (2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The Joule’s law of heating implies that heat produced in a resistor is
(i) directly proportional to the square of current for a given resistance,
(ii) directly proportional to resistance for a given current, and
(iii) directly proportional to the time for which the current flows through the resistor. i.e., H = I2 Rt
(b) Given, charge q = 96000C time t = 2h = 7200s and potential difference V = 40V
We know,
Previous Year Questions 2020
Previous Year Questions 2020


Q9: A cylindrical conductor of length ‘l‘ and uniform area of cross-section ‘A‘ has resistance ‘R‘. Another conductor of length 2.5l and resistance 0.5R and of the same material has area of cross-section: 
(a) 5A 
(b) 2.5A 
(c) 0.5A 
(d) 1 / 5A (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)

For a conductor, resistance R is given by:

Previous Year Questions 2020where:

  • ρ is the resistivity of the material (constant for a given material),
  • l is the length of the conductor,
  • A is the area of cross-section.

Given:

  1. A conductor with length l, area A, and resistance R.
  2. Another conductor of the same material with length 2.5l and resistance 0.5R.

Let the area of cross-section of the second conductor be A′.

Since the two conductors are made of the same material, their resistivity ρ is the same. We can set up the resistance formulas for each conductor:

For the first conductor:

R = ρ ⋅ lA

For the second conductor:

0.5R = ρ ⋅ (2.5l)A’

Now, substitute R = ρ ⋅ lA into the equation for the second conductor:

0.5 ⋅ ρ ⋅ lA = ρ ⋅ (2.5l)A’

Canceling ρ and l from both sides:

0.5 ⋅ 1A = 2.5A’

Rearranging to solve for A’:

A’ = 2.5 × 0.5A = 5A

Therefore, the area of cross-section A′A′ of the second conductor is 5A.


Q10The resistance of a resistor is reduced to half of its initial value. In doing so, if other parameters of the circuit remain unchanged, the heating effects in the resistor will become: 
(a) two times 
(b) half 
(c) one-fourth 
(d) four times (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)

The heating effect H in a resistor is given by Joule’s law of heating:

H = I2Rt

where:

  • I is the current,
  • R is the resistance,
  • t is the time.

If the resistance R is reduced to half of its initial value, and assuming the voltage V across the resistor remains unchanged, the current I through the resistor will increase.

Using Ohm’s law:  I = V/R

When R is reduced to R/2, the new current I’ becomes:

I’ = VR/2 = 2 × VR = 2I

Now, substituting into the heating formula:

H’ = (I’)² R’ t = (2I)² × R2 × t

= 4I² × R2 × t = 2I² R t

Thus, the heating effect becomes twice the initial heating effect.
Therefore, the correct answer is (a) two times.


Q11: Assertion (A): Alloys are commonly used in electrical heating devices like electric iron and heater.
Reason (R): Resistivity of an alloy is generally higher than that of its constituent metals but the alloys have low melting points than their constitutent metals.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true, and (R) is the correct explanation of (A). 
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true, and (R) is not the correct explanation of (A). 
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false. 
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true.  (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Assertion (A): Alloys are commonly used in electrical heating devices like electric irons and heaters. This is true because alloys have certain properties that make them suitable for these applications, such as high resistivity, which allows them to produce heat effectively.
Reason (R): Resistivity of an alloy is generally higher than that of its constituent metals but the alloys have low melting points than their constituent metals.” This statement is also generally true. Alloys like nichrome have a higher resistivity, which is beneficial for heating applications, and they also tend to have controlled melting points, which can sometimes be lower than certain individual metals but still appropriate for their purpose in heating devices.
Therefore, both the assertion and reason are correct, and the reason correctly explains why alloys are used in heating devices.
So, the correct answer is (a) Both (A) and (R) are true, and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).


Q12: Assertion (A): At high temperatures, metal wires have a greater chance of short circuiting.
Reason (R): Both resistance and resistivity of a material vary with temperature.
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true, and (R) is the correct explanation of (A). 
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true, and (R) is not the correct explanation of (A). 
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false. 
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true.  (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Assertion (A): “At high temperatures, metal wires have a greater chance of short circuiting.” This statement is true. At high temperatures, metal wires can overheat, which may lead to insulation breakdown, increasing the risk of short circuits.
Reason (R): “Both resistance and resistivity of a material vary with temperature.” This statement is also true. The resistance and resistivity of metals generally increase with temperature due to increased atomic vibrations, which impede the flow of electrons.
However, the reason is not the direct cause of the assertion. The increased risk of short circuiting at high temperatures is mainly due to the possibility of insulation breakdown and not solely because of changes in resistance or resistivity.
Therefore, the correct answer is (b) Both (A) and (R) are true, and (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).


Q13: (A) An electric bulb is rated at 200 V; 100 W. What is its resistance? 
(B) Calculate the energy consumed by 3 such bulbs if they glow continuously for 10 hours for complete month of November. 
(C) Calculate the total cost if the rate is ₹ 6.50 per unit.  (CBSE 2020)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) 

V = 200 V

P = 100 W

R = ?

P = VI

V = IR

I = VR

P = V × VR or P = V²R

R = V²P

R = 200 × 200100

R = 400 Ω

(B) P = 100 W (given 3 such bulbs)
= 100 / 1000  = 0.1 kW
No. of bulbs = 3
time, t = 10 hours
Number of days in the month of November
= 30
E = P × t
Total energy consumed by 3 bulbs in 30 days
= 3 × 0.1 × 10 × 30
= 90 kWh
Hence, the energy consumed by 3 such bulbs for the month of November will be 90 kWh.
(C) Total cost = ? 
Rate of per unit = ₹ 6.50 per unit 
1 kWh = 1 unit 
90 kWh = 90 units 
Tost cost = 90 × 6.50 = ₹ 585.00 
Hence, the total of operating 3 such bulbs will  ₹ 585.

Previous Year Questions 2019

Q1: A student carries out an experiment and plots the V-I graph of three samples of nichrome wire with resistances R1, R2 and R3 respectively. Which of the following is true?  (2019)
Previous Year Questions 2019(a) R1 = R2 = R3
(b) R1 > R2 > R3
(c) R3 > R2 > R1
(d) R2 > R3 > R
1

Hide Answer  

Ans: (c)
Sol: Resistance is given by the slope of V-I graph.
Here the graph is I-V graph.
So, resistance is given by the inverse of the slope.
From the graph, the order of the slope is slope of R1 > slope of R2 > slope of R3
Therefore order of resistance is R> R2 > R1.
Hence, option (c) is correct.


Q2: When do we say that the potential difference between two points of a circuit in 1 volt?   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Potential difference between two points of an electric circuit is said to be 1 volt, when a work of 1 J is to be done for moving a charge of 1 C between these two points.


Q3: Define resistance. Give its SI unit.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Resistance of a conductor is the measure of opposition offered by it for the flow of electric charge through it. SI unit of resistance is ‘ohm’ (Ω).


Q4: State ohm’s law.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: According to Ohm’s law, temperature remaining constant, the current passing through a conductor is directly proportional to the potential difference across its ends, i.e.,
V ∝ I or V = IR
Here, constant R is known as the resistance of given conductor.


Q5: In the circuit given below, the resistors and have the values and respectively, which have been connected to a battery of 12 V. Calculate

(a) the current through each resistor,(b) the total circuit resistance, and(c) the total current in the circuit.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

(a) As all the resistances are in parallel, the voltage across each of them will be the same, which is 12V.

I1 = V / R1 = 12 / 5 = 2.4A

I2 = V / R2 = 12 / 10 = 1.2A

I3 = V / R3 = 12 / 30 = 0.4A

(b) Total current = I1 + I2 + I3 = 2.4 + 1.2 + 0.4 = 4A

(c) Total circuit resistance = V / Total current = 12 / 4 = 


Q6: On what factors does the resistance of a conductor depend?
Or
List the factors on which the resistance of a conductor in the shape of a wire depends.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Resistance is defined as the opposition to the flow of electrical current through a conductor. The resistance of an electric circuit can be measured numerically. Conductivity and resistivity are inversely proportional. The more conductive, the less resistance it will have.
Resistance = Potential difference/ Current
Factors on which the conductor depends

  • The temperature of the conductor 
  • The cross-sectional area of the conductor 
  • Length of the conductor 
  • Nature of the material of the conductor

Electrical resistance is directly proportional to the length (L) of the conductor and inversely proportional to the cross-sectional area (A). It is given by the following relation.
R = ρl/A
where ρ is the resistivity of the material (measured in Ωm, ohm meter)
Resistivity is a qualitative measurement of a material’s ability to resist flowing electric current. Obviously, insulators will have a higher value of resistivity than of conductors.
Previous Year Questions 2019


Q7: (a) A bulb is rated 40 W, 220 V. Find the current drawn by it when it is connected to a 220 V supply. Also, find its resistance.
(b) If the given blub is replaced by a blub of rating 25 W, 220 V, will there be any change in the value of current and resistance? Justify your answer and determine the change.   (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Here power of bulb P = 40 W and voltage V = 220 V

∴ Current drawn by the bulb I = PV = 40220 = 211 A

and resistance of the bulb R = VI = 220(2 / 11) = 220 × 112 = 1210 Ω

(b) On taking another bulb of power P’ = 25 W and voltage V = 220 V, there is a change in the value of current and resistance because their values depend on the power of the bulb.

New current I’ = P’V = 25220 = 544 A

and new resistance R’ = VI’ = 220(5 / 44) = 220 × 445 = 1936 Ω


Q8: Derive the expression for power P consumed by a device having resistance R and potential difference V.
Or
A device of resistance R is connected across a source of V voltage and draws a current I . Derive an expression for power in terms of voltage (or current) and resistance.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Amount of work done in carrying a charge Q through a potential difference V is
W = QV.
But Q = It  ∴ W = VIt

As power is defined as the rate of doing work, hence

Power P = Wt = VItt = VI

If R is the value of resistance of the conductor, then V = RI and hence

P = VI = (RI)I = I²R

Again P = VI = V × VR = V²R

Thus, in general, we can say that electric power is given by

P = VI = I²R = V²R


Q9: Compare the power used in 2 Ω resistor in each of the following circuits shown in Fig. (a) and (b) respectively.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: When a 2 Ω resistor is joined to a 6 V battery in series with 1 Ω and 2 Ω resistors, total resistance of the combination Rs = 2 + 1 + 2 = 5Ω

∴ Current in the circuit I1 = 6V5Ω = 1.2 A

∴ Power used in the 2Ω resistor P1 = I1² R = (1.2)² × 2 = 2.88 W.

(ii) When 2Ω resistor is joined to a 4V battery in parallel with 12Ω and 2Ω resistors, current flowing in 2Ω resistor is independent of the other resistors.

∴ Current flowing through 2Ω resistor I2 = 4V2Ω = 2 A

∴ Power used in the 2Ω resistor P2 = I2² R = (2)² × 2 = 8 W

P1P2 = 2.88 W8 W = 0.36 : 1.


Q10: Derive the relation R = R1 + R2 + R3 when resistors are joined in series.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

In series combination, the same current flows in all the resistances but the potential difference across each of the resistance is different.

According to Ohm’s law, we have

V1 = IR1, V2 = IR2, V3 = IR3

If the total potential difference between A and B is V, then

V = V1 + V2 + V3

= IR1 + IR2 + IR3

= I(R1 + R2 + R3)

Let the equivalent resistance be R, then

V = IR

and hence IR = I(R1 + R2 + R3)

⇒ R = R1 + R2 + R3.


Q11: (a) Write the relation between resistance and electrical resistivity of the material of a conductor in the shape of a cylinder of length ‘l’ and area of cross-section ‘A’ Hence derive the SI unit of electrical resistivity.
(b) Resistance of a metal wire of length 5 m is 100 Ω. If the area of cross-section of the wire is 3 x 10-7 m2, calculate the resistivity of the material.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The resistance R of a conductor, the shape of a cylinder, of length l and area of cross-section A is given as:
Previous Year Questions 2019
where ρ is a constant, which is known as the electrical resistivity of the material of conductor.
Thus, resistivity ρ = RA/l
∴ SI unit of resistivity ρ shall be Previous Year Questions 2019 = Ω-m
(b) Here l = 5 m, R = 100 Ω and A = 3 x 10-7 m2
∴ Resistivity of the material of wire ρ = RA/l = Previous Year Questions 2019


Q12: (a) With the help of a suitable circuit diagram prove that the reciprocal of the equivalent resistance of a group of resistors joined in parallel is equal to the sum of the reciprocals of the individual resistances.
(b) In an electric circuit two resistors of 12Ω each are joined in parallel to a 6 V battery. Find the current drawn from the battery.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)

In parallel combination of three resistances R1 R2 and R3, the current in each of the resistances is different. If I is the current drawn from the cell then it is divided into branches I1 Iand I3. Thus,
I = I1 + I2 + I3.
The potential difference across each of these resistances is the same.

Thus, from Ohm’s law

I1 = V/R1, I2 = V/R2, I3 = V/R3

If R is the equivalent resistance then,

I = V/R

∴ V/R = V/R1 + V/R2 + V/R3

and

∴ 1/R = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3

(b) Here R1 = R2 = 12Ω and V = 6V

Net resistance R of the parallel grouping is:

1/R = 1/R1 + 1/R2 = 1/12 + 1/12 = 1/6 ⇒ R = 6Ω

∴ Current drawn by the circuit from the battery I = V/R = 6V/6Ω = 1 A.


Q13: Study the circuit of Fig. and find out : (i) Current in 12 Ω, resistor (ii) difference in the readings of A1 and A2 if any.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) In the circuit resistor of R1 = 12 Ω is connected in series with parallel combination of two resistors R2 and R3 of 24 Ω each.
The effective resistance of parallel combination of R2 and R3 is given as :

1/R23 = 1/R2 + 1/R3 = 1/24 + 1/24 = 1/12 ⇒ R23 = 12Ω

∴ Net resistance of the circuit R = R1 + R23 = 12 + 12 = 24Ω

∴ Current through 12Ω resistor = Circuit current I = V/R = 6V/24Ω = 0.25 A

(ii) Both ammeters A1 and A2 give the same reading of 0.25 A and there is no difference in their readings.


Q14: (i) Draw a schematic diagram of a circuit consisting of a battery of five 2 V cells, a 5 Ω resistor, a 10 Ω  resistor and a 15 Ω  resistor and a plug key all connected in series.
(ii) Calculate the electric current passing through the above circuit when the key is closed. (iii) Potential difference across 15 Ω  resistor.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

(i) The schematic diagram is given in Fig. 12.25.
(ii) Here total voltage V = 5 x 2 = 10 V
and total resistance R = R1 + R2 + R3
= 5 + 10 + 15 = 30 Ω
∴ Current passing through the circuit when the key is closed Previous Year Questions 2019
(iii) Potential difference across resistor R3 of 15 Ω
Previous Year Questions 2019


Q15: An electric lamp of resistance 20 Ω and a conductor of resistance 4 Ω are connected to a 6 V battery as shown in the circuit. Calculate
(а) the total resistance of the circuit,
(b) the current through the circuit,
(c) the potential difference across the (i) electric, lamp and (ii) conductor, and
(d) power of the lamp.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Here voltage of battery V = 6 V, resistance of electric lamp = R= 20 Ω  and resistance of conductor R2 = 4 Ω.
(a) Since R1 and R2 are connected in series, the total resistance of the circuit
R = R1 + R2 = 20 + 4 = 24 Ω
(b) The current through the circuit I = V/R = 6/24 = 0.25 A
(c) (i) Potential difference across the electric lamp V= IR= 0.25 x 20 = 5 V
(ii) Potential difference across the conductor V= IR= 0.25 x 4 = 1 V
(d) Power of the lamp P = I2R1 = (0.25) x 20 = 1.25 W


Q16: (a) Three resistors R1, R2 and R3 are connected in parallel and the combination is connected to a battery, ammeter, voltmeter and key. Draw suitable circuit diagram and obtain an expression for the equivalent resistance of the combination of the resistors.
(b) Calculate the equivalent resistance of the network shown in Fig.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

(a) The arrangement is shown in circuit diagram of Fig.
In parallel combination of three resistances R1 R2 and R3, the current in each of the resistances is different. If I is the current drawn from the cell then it is divided into branches I1 Iand I3. Thus,
I = I1 + I2 + I3.
The potential difference across each of these resistances is the same.

Thus, from Ohm’s law

I1 = V/R1, I2 = V/R2, I3 = V/R3

If R is the equivalent resistance then,

I = V/R

∴ V/R = V/R1 + V/R2 + V/R3

and

∴ 1/R = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3

(b) In the network, resistors of 20Ω and 20Ω are joined in parallel and make a resistance R1, where

1/R1 = 1/20 + 1/20 = 1/10 or R1 = 10Ω.

This combined resistance R1 = 10Ω is joined in series with a given 10Ω resistance. Hence, the equivalent resistance of the network will be

R = 10 + 10 = 20Ω.


Q17: (a) Three resistors o f resistances R1, R2 and R3 are connected in (i) series, and (ii) parallel. Write expression for the equivalent resistance of the combination in each case.
(b) Two identical resistances of 12 Ω each are connected to a battery of 3 V.

Calculate the ratio of the power consumed by the resulting combinations with minimum resistance and maximum resistance.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) (i) In series arrangement, equivalent resistance Rs = R1 + R2 + R3
(ii) In parallel arrangement, equivalent resistance Rp is given as:

1/Rp = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3

(b) Here R1 = R2 = 12Ω and V = 3V.

For minimum resistance, two resistors must be connected in parallel so that

1/Rp = 1/R1 + 1/R2 = 1/12 + 1/12 = 1/6 ⇒ Rp = 6Ω

Hence power

Pp = V²/Rp = (3)²/6 = 1.5 W

For maximum resistance, two resistors must be connected in series so that

Rs = R1 + R2 = 12 + 12 = 24Ω

So, the power

Ps = V²/Rs = (3)²/24 = 0.375 W

⇒ Pp/Ps = 1.5/0.375 = 4​


Q18: Experimentally prove that in series combination of three resistances:
(а) current flowing through each resistance is same, and
(b) total potential difference is equal to the sum of potential differences across individual resistors.  (2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Series combination o f resistors : We take three resistors R1 R2 and R3 and join them in series between the points X and Y in an electric circuit as shown in Fig. 12.42.
Previous Year Questions 2019
(a) Plug the key and note the ammeter reading.
Then change the position of ammeter to anywhere in between the resistors and again note the ammeter reading. We find that ammeter reading remains unchanged. It shows that in series arrangement same current flows through each resistor.
Previous Year Questions 2019
(b) 

  • Insert a voltmeter across the ends X and Y of the series combination of resistors. 
  • Plug the key so as to complete the circuit and note the voltmeter reading V across the series combination of resistors.
  • Take out plug from key K and disconnect the voltmeter. Now insert the voltmeter across the ends of first resistor R1 as shown in Fig. 12.43. 
  • Plug the key and note the voltmeter reading V1. Similarly, measure the potential difference across the other two resistors R2 and R3 separately. 
  • Let these potential differences be V2 and V3, respectively. Experimentally we find that
    V = V1 + V2  + V3
  • It shows that in series arrangement of resistors total potential difference is equal to the sum of potential differences across individual resistors.


Q19: Unit of electric power may also be expressed as: 
(a) volt-ampere 
(b) kilowatt-hour 
(c) watt-second 
(d) joule-second (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
The unit of electric power can be expressed in terms of volt-ampere (V·A), which represents the power calculated as the product of voltage (in volts) and current (in amperes). This is particularly common in electrical engineering, where 1 watt = 1 volt × 1 ampere.
Here’s an explanation of the other options:
(b) kilowatt-hour: This is a unit of energy, not power. It represents the amount of energy used over time (1 kilowatt of power used for 1 hour).
(c) watt-second: This is also a unit of energy, as it represents the power used over a second (1 watt of power used for 1 second).
(d) joule-second: This is a unit related to angular momentum or action in physics, not specifically for electric power.
Therefore, the correct answer is (a) volt-ampere.


Q20: When a 4 V battery is connected across an unknown resistor there is a current of 100 mA in the circuit. The value of the resistance of the resistor is: 
(a) 4 Ω 
(b) 40 Ω 
(c) 400 Ω 
(d) 0.4 Ω
    (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
Using Ohm’s law:
V = I × R
where:
V = 4V (voltage),
I = 100mA = 0.1A (current).
We can rearrange the formula to solve for R
:

Previous Year Questions 2019

Therefore, the resistance of the resistor is 40 Ω.


Q21: (A) In a given ammeter, a student saw that needle indicates 12th division in ammeter while performing an experiment to verify Ohm’s law. If ammeter has 10 divisions between 0 to 0·5 A, then what is the ammeter reading corresponding to 12th division? 
(B) How do you connect an ammeter and a voltmeter in an electric circuit? (CBSE 2019)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (A) Least count of ammeter = 0.5/10 = 0.05 A 
Thus, value corresponding to 12 divisions = 0.05 ×12 = 0.6 A 
(B) An ammeter is connected in series and a voltmeter is connected in parallel in an electric circuit.

Previous Year Questions 2018

Q1: Show how would you join three resistors, each of resistance 9 Ω so that the equivalent resistance of the combination is (i) 13.5 Ω, (ii) 6 Ω?   (2018)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Here resistances R1 – R2 = R3 = 9Ω
(i) To obtain an equivalent resistance Req = 13.5Ω, we connect one resistor R1 in series to the parallel com bination o f R2 and R3 as shown in figure (i). Then
Previous Year Questions 2018
Previous Year Questions 2018
(ii) To obtain equivalent resistance Req = 6 Ω, we connect resistor Rin parallel to the series combination of R2 and R3 as shown in figure (ii). Then
Previous Year Questions 2018
Previous Year Questions 2018


Q2: State Joule’s law of heating.  (2018)

Hide Answer  

Ans: As per Joule’s law the heat produced in a resistor is (i) directly proportional to square of current flowing through it, (ii) directly proportional to resistance, and (iii) directly proportional to time. Mathematically,
Heat H = I2Rt


Q3: Why are metals good conductors of electricity whereas glass is a bad conductor of electricity? Give reason.  (2018)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

  • The electrons in the metal are loosely bound while the electrons in the glass are tightly bound together. 
  • Glass has one of the lowest possible heat conduction a solid. A good electrical conductivity is the same as a small electrical resistance. 
  • Silver is the best conductor because its electrons are freer to move than those of the other elements.  
  • When electricity is applied to the metal, ions start to migrate from one end to the other end of the metal, but it is not possible for electrons to travel freely in glass in which electrons are tightly bound. 
  • Glass is a bad conductor of electricity as it has high resistivity and has no free electrons.
Attention!Sale expiring soon, act now & get EduRev Infinity at 40% off!Claim Offer

Previous Year Questions 2017

Q1: Nichrome is used to make the element of an electric heater. Why? (2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Nichrome is an alloy of high resistivity and high melting point and does not oxidise easily.


Q2: Derive the relation  when resistors are joined in parallel. (2017)

Hide Answer  

Ans:

In parallel combination of three resistances R1 R2 and R3, the current in each of the resistances is different. If I is the current drawn from the cell then it is divided into branches I1 Iand I3. Thus,
I = I1 + I2 + I3.
The potential difference across each of these resistances is the same.
Thus, from Ohm’s law Previous Year Questions 2017
If R is the equivalent resistance then,
I = V/R
∴ Previous Year Questions 2017
and Previous Year Questions 2017

Previous Year Questions 2016

Q1: Why do electricians wear rubber hand gloves while working?  (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Rubber is an electrical insulator. Hence electrician can work safely while working on an electric circuit without a risk of getting any electric shock.


Q2: How are two resistors with resistances R1Ω and R2Ω are to be connected to a battery of emf 3 volts to obtain maximum current flowing through it?  (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: For maximum current flow, the net resistance of circuit must be least possible. Hence resistors R1 and R2 should be connected in parallel.


Q3: What potential difference is needed to send a current of 5 A through the electrical appliance having a resistance of 18 Ω?  (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Potential difference V = R x I = 18 x 5 = 90 V.


Q4: Power of a lamp is 60 W. Find the energy in SI unit consumed by it in 1 s.   (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: We know that the power can be stated as the amount of electric energy consumed per unit time.
Previous Year Questions 2016
On solving For Energy, we get
Energy, E = P/T
Here; P = 60W
t = 1s
E = 60W x 1sec
∴ E = 60J
Thus, the energy in joules is 60J.


Q5: (a) What do you mean by the resistance of a conductor? Define its unit.
(b) In an electric circuit with a resistance wire and a cell, the current flowing is I. What would happen to this current if the wire is replaced by another thicker wire of the same material and the same length? Give reason.   (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The resistance of a conductor is a property of the conductor, which affects the flow of current through it on maintaining a potential difference across its ends.
Unit of resistance is ohm. Resistance of a conductor is said to be 1 ohm, if a potential difference of 1 V is to be applied across its ends for maintaining flow of 1 A current.
(b) If given resistance wire is replaced by another thicker wire o f same material and same length then cross-section area of wire is increased and consequently its resistance decreases Previous Year Questions 2016 So the current flowing in the circuit increases.


Q6: (a) Why are electric bulbs filled with chemically inactive nitrogen or argon gas?
(b) The resistance of a wire of 0.01 cm radius is 10 Ω. If the resistivity of the material of the wire is 50 x 10-8 Ω-m, find the length of the wire.  (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Electric bulbs are generally filled with some inert gas like nitrogen or argon. This enables to prolong the life of the filament of electric bulb.
(b) Here radius of wire r = 0.01 cm = 0.01 x 10-2 m, resistance R = 10 Ω and resistivity p = 50 x 10-8 Ω-m.

As R = ρLA = ρLπr², hence length L = Rπr²ρ

⇒ L = 10 × 22 × (0.01 × 10⁻²)²7 × 50 × 10⁻⁸ = 2235 m = 0.629 m or 62.9 cm


Q7: (a) Define electric power. Express it in terms of V, I and R where V stands for potential difference, R for resistance and I for current.
(b) V -I graphs for two wires A and B are shown in the Fig. 12.34. Both of them are connected in series to a battery. Which of the two will produce more heat per unit time? Give justification for your answer.  (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Electric power is defined as the rate of supplying electrical energy for maintaining current flow through a circuit.
Electric power P = VI = I2R = V2/R.
(b) We know that slope of V-I graph for a given wire gives its resistance and in given figure slope of graph is more for wire A. It means that RA > RB.
In series arrangement same current I flows through both the resistance.
As heat produced per unit time is given by I2R, hence it is obvious that more heat will be produced per unit time in wire A.


Q8: (a) Establish a relationship to determine the equivalent resistance IS of a combination of three resistors having resistances R1, R2 and R3 connected in parallel.
(b) Three resistors are connected in an electrical circuit as shown. Calculate the resistance between A and B.  (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 
(a) The arrangement is shown in circuit diagram of Fig. 12.39.
In parallel combination of three resistances R1 R2 and R3, the current in each of the resistances is different. If I is the current drawn from the cell then it is divided into branches I1 Iand I3. Thus,
I = I1 + I2 + I3.
The potential difference across each of these resistances is the same.

Thus, from Ohm’s law

I1 = V/R1, I2 = V/R2, I3 = V/R3

If R is the equivalent resistance then,

I = V/R

∴ V/R = V/R1 + V/R2 + V/R3

and

∴ 1/R = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3

(b) Here series combination of R1 and R2 is joined to R3 in parallel arrangement. Hence the net resistance R between points A and B is given as

1/R = 1/R1 + R2 + 1/R3 = 1/4 + 4 + 1/8 = 1/8 + 1/8 = 1/4

⇒ r = 4Ω


Q9: (a) Establish a relationship to determine the equivalent resistance R of a combination of three resistors having resistances R1, R2 and R3 connected in series.
(b) Calculate the equivalent resistance R of a combination of three resistors of 2 Ω, 3 Ω and 6 Ω joined in parallel.  (2016)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a)
Previous Year Questions 2016

  • In series combination, the same current flows in all the resistances but the potential difference across each of the resistance is different.
  • According to Ohm’s law, we have
  • V1 = IR1, V2 = IR2, V3 = IR3
    • If the total potential difference between A and B is V, then
  • V = V1 + V2 + V3= IR1 + IR2 + IR3= I(R1 + R2 + R3)
    • Let the equivalent resistance be R, then
  • V = IRand hence IR = I(R1 + R2 + R3)⇒ R = R1 + R2 + R3.(b) Here R1 = 2Ω, R2 = 3Ω, and R3 = 6ΩThe equivalent resistance R for the parallel combination of resistors will be1/R = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3= 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/6 = 1/1 ⇒ R = 1Ω
Also read: Practice Questions: Electricity

Previous Year Questions 2015

Q1: Identify the following symbols of commonly used components in a circuit diagram:   (2015)
Previous Year Questions 2015

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) A rheostat, (b) A closed plug key.


Q2: Define electric current.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Time rate of flow of charge through any cross-section of a conductor is called electric current.


Q3: State the SI unit of electric current and define it.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: An ampere (A), which is defined as the rate of flow of 1 coulomb of charge per second.


Q4: In an electric circuit, state the relationship between the direction of conventional current and the direction of flow of electrons.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

Key Points:

  • Conventional current: The flow of positive charge from the positive terminal to the negative terminal.
  • Electron flow: The movement of negatively charged electrons from the negative terminal to the positive terminal (opposite to conventional current).

Thus, the direction of conventional current is opposite to the direction of the flow of electrons.

In summary:

  • The conventional current flows from positive to negative (from high potential to low potential).
  • The flow of electrons occurs from negative to positive (from low potential to high potential).


Q5: What is meant by the statement “potential difference between points A and B in an electric field is 1 volt”?   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Amount of work done to bring 1 C charge from point B to point A in the electric field is 1 joule.


Q6: Define kW h.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: A kilowatt hour (kW h) is the commercial unit of electrical energy. It is the energy consumed when 1 kW (1000 W) power is used for 1 hour.


Q7: How many joules are equals to 1 kW h?   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 3.6 x 106 J = 1 kW h.
1 kWh = 1000 × joule/sec × 60 × 60 sec
⇒ 1 kWh = 1000 × 60 × 60 joule/sec × sec
⇒ 1 kWh = 1000 × 60 × 60 joule
⇒ 1 kWh = 36, 00, 000 joule


Q8: Define an electric circuit. Draw a labelled, schematic diagram of an electric circuit comprising of a cell, a resistor, an ammeter, a voltmeter and a closed switch. Distinguish between an open and a closed circuit.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

  • A continuous and closed path of an electric current is called an electric circuit.
  • A labelled, schematic diagram of an electric circuit showing a cell E, a resistor R, an ammeter A, a voltmeter V and a closed switch S is shown here.
  • An electric circuit is said to be an open circuit when the switch is in ‘off’ mode (or key is unplugged) and no current flows in the circuit.
  • The circuit is said to be a closed circuit when the switch is in ‘on’ mode (or key is plugged) and a current flows in the circuit.
    In summary:


Q9: (a) n electrons, each carrying a charge -e, are flowing across a unit cross section of a metallic wire in unit time from east to west. Write an expression for electric current and also give its direction of flow. Give reason for your answer.
(b) The charge possessed by an electron is 1.6 x 10-19 coulomb. Find the number of electrons that will flow per second to constitute a current of 1 ampere.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Electric current in a circuit is defined as the time rate of flow of electric charge through any cross-section and its direction is opposite to that of flow of electrons. Hence in present case
electric current I = In summary:
As electrons are flowing from east to west, the direction of electric current is from west to east.
(b) Here current I = 1 A, time t = 1 s and charge on each electron e = 1.6 x 10-19 C.
Hence, number of electrons flowing n = In summary:


Q10: (a) List the factors on which the resistance of a cylindrical conductor depends and hence write an expression for its resistance.
(b) How will the resistivity of a conductor change when its length is tripled by stretching it?   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) The resistance of a cylindrical conductor i.e., a wire (R) is (i) directly proportional to its length L, (ii) inversely proportional to its cross-section area A and (iii) depends on the nature of material of wire. Mathematically,
In summary:
Here, ρ is known as the resistivity of given material. It is defined as the resistance offered by a unit cube of given material when current flows perpendicular to the opposite faces.
(b) The resistivity of the conductor remains unchanged.


Q11: (a) V-I graphs for two wires A and B are shown in the Fig. If both the wires are made of same material and are of same length, which of the two is thicker? Give justification for your answer.
(b) A wire of length L and resistance R is stretched so that the length is doubled and area of cross-section halved.

How will (i) resistance change, and (ii) resistivity change?   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (a) Resistance R of wire A is more than that of B (RA > RB) because slope of V-I graph for A is more.
The resistance of a wire is inversely proportional to its cross-section area.
Hence area of cross-section of wire B, of smaller resistance, must be more. Thus, wire B is thicker.
(b) (i) The new resistance of wire In summary:
Thus, resistance increases to four times its original value.
(ii) The resistivity remains unchanged because it does not depend on the dimensions of a conductor of given material.


Q12: Study the electric circuit of Fig. and find (i) the current flowing in the circuit, and (ii) the potential difference across 10 Ω resistor.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (i) Here V = 3 V, R1 = 10 Ω and R 2 = 20 Ω. Since R1 and R2 are connected in series, the effective resistance of the circuit
R = R1 + R2 = 10 + 20 – 30 Ω
∴ Current flowing in the circuit In summary:
(ii) The potential difference across R 1 = 10 Ω resistor is V1 = IR1 = 0.1 x 10 = 1.0 V.


Q13: Three resistors of 3 Ω each are connected to a battery of 3 V as shown in Fig Calculate the current drawn from the battery.   (2015)
In summary:

Hide Answer  

Ans: In the electric circuit shown the series combination of R1 and R2 is joined in parallel to the resistance R3. Hence equivalent resistance R of the circuit is

1/R = 1/R1 + R2 + 1/R3 = 1/3 + 3 + 1/6 + 1/3 = 1/2

⇒ R = 2Ω

∴ Current drawn from the battery I = V/R = 3/2 = 1.5 A


Q14: A 5 Ω resistor is connected across a battery of 6 volts. Calculate:
(i) the current flowing through the resistor.
(ii) the energy that dissipates as heat in 10 s.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Here V = 6 V and R = 5 Ω
(i) The current flowing through the resistor I = In summary:
(ii) Energy dissipated as heat in time t = 10 s is
∴ H = I2Rt = (1.2)2 x 5 x 10 = 72 J


Q15: Calculate the amount of heat generated while transferring 90000 coulombs of charge between the two terminals of a battery of 40 V in one hour. Also determine the power expended in the process.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: Here charge transferred Q = 90000 C, potential difference b etw een the terminals o f battery V = 40 V and time t = 1 h = 3600 s.
Current = In summary:
Amount of heat generated H = Vlt = 40 x 25 x 3600 = 3600000 J = 3.6 x 106 J
and power expended In summary:


Q16: How many 40 W; 220 V lamps can be safely connected to a 220 V, 5 A line?
Justify your answer.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: The current drawn by a 40 W, 220 V electric lamp In summary:
As the electric line is o f rating 220 V, 5 A, hence we can connect n lamps in parallel where
In summary:
Thus, we can safely connect 27 lamps of 40 W, 220 V rating to a 220 V, 5 A line.


Q17: What is meant by electric current ? Name and define its SI unit. In a conductor electrons are flowing from B to A. What is the direction of conventional current ? Give justification for your answer.
A steady current of 1 ampere flows through a conductor. Calculate the number of electrons that flow through any section of the conductor in 1 second.
(Charge on electron — 1.6 x 10-19 coulomb)   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

  • Electric current is defined as the rate of flow of electric charge through a cross- section of a conductor. 
  • If Q charge passes through a section of a conductor in time t, then-current I = Q/t.
  • SI unit of electric current is an ampere (A). Current is said to be one ampere, if rate of flow of charge through a cross-section of conductor be 1 coulomb per second.
  • Direction of conventional current is taken as the direction of flow of positive charge or opposite to the direction of flow of negative charge. If negatively charged in a conductor flow from B to A then the direction of conventional current will be from A to B.
  • Here current I = 1 A, time t = 1 s and charge on electron e = 1.6 x 10-19 C
  • Let n electrons flow through a section of conductor so that charge passing through the section is Q= ne.
    ∴ In summary:


Q18: What is heating effect of electric current ? Find an expression for amount of heat produced. Name some appliances based on heating effect of current.   (2015)

Hide Answer  

Ans: When a current flows through a conducting wire (resistance wire), heat is developed, and the temperature of the wire rises. It is known as the heating effect of electric current.
If V is the potential difference maintained across the ends of a wire then, by definition, the amount of work done for flow of 1 C charge through the wire is V.
∴ Work done for flow of Q charge
W = V/Q = V/It  [∵ Q = It]
where I is the current flowing in time t.
As V = IR, hence
W= V/It = (IR)It = I2Rt
This work done (i.e., electrical energy dissipated) is converted into heat. Hence, the amount of heat produced, Q = I2Rt J
This is known as Joule’s law of heating.
Incandescent lamps, electric irons, electric stoves, toasters, geysers, electric room heaters, etc., are appliances based on the heating effect of electric current.


Q19:  What is the minimum resistance which can be made using five resistors, each of 1 / 5Ω?
(a) 1 / 5Ω
(b) 1 / 25Ω
(c) 1 / 10Ω
(d) 25Ω (CBSE 2015, 13, 12)

Hide Answer  

Ans: (b)
To achieve the minimum resistance, all resistors should be connected in parallel because the equivalent resistance of resistors in parallel is always less than any individual resistor.
Given:
Each resistor has a resistance of 1/5Ω.
There are five resistors.
When resistors are connected in parallel, the equivalent resistance Req is given by:

In summary:Therefore, the minimum resistance that can be made using five resistors, each of 1/5Ω, is 1/25Ω.

Previous Year Questions 2014

Q1: Should the resistance of an ammeter be low or high? Give reason. (CBSE 2014)

Hide Answer  

Ans: 

The resistance of an ammeter should be low.

Reason:

An ammeter is used to measure the current flowing through a circuit. To ensure accurate measurement of current, the ammeter should have very low resistance. This is because if the ammeter had high resistance, it would impede the flow of current, and as a result, the current in the circuit would decrease, leading to an incorrect reading.

By having low resistance, the ammeter minimizes the potential drop across it, ensuring that it does not alter the current in the circuit significantly and provides an accurate measurement.

In summary, low resistance in an ammeter ensures that it doesn’t affect the current flow in the circuit, allowing for precise measurement.